Transcript
Tektronix, Inc . Ρ. Ο. Box 500 B eaverton, Oregon 070-2044-00
97077
Serial Nu mber Fi rst Pr i n ting NO V 1975
i &V Mange prWhegm. fektronix, Inc ., fjonverton, , ~ d i t, i, 200 ms i n seven decade steps p lus va r iable, with overlap on all ra nges . P erio ds longer than 200 ms ca n be o btain ed in custom range p ositio n .
J itter:
<0 .1%ο -1-50 ps .
PULS E O UTP UT: Transitio n Times:
<0 .1 ο/ο -i-50 p s.
D ELAY : (Time b etween leadi ng transitions in t he paired p ulse mode)
I nd epend ently adjustable lead ing and traili ng tra nsition times from <5 ns typical (<7 n s at some offset and amplit ude levels) to >50 ms, measure d from the 10 ο/ο p oi nt to the 90 ο/ο point, i n six d ecade steps p l us variable . V aria ble co ntrols with 100:1 ra nge (50 :1 on 5 n s) p rovide overlap on all ra nges . Transition times lo nge r t han 50 ms are obtainable in t h e custom ra nge positio n .
<10 n s to >100 ms in seve n d ecade steps p lus variable, wit h overla p on all r anges . Delays longer than 100 ms ca n be obtained in custom r ange position . Transitio n Deviatio n from straig ht li ne <5%ο L i nearity : between the 10 ο/ο αη d 90 ο/ο poi ntfor Duty Factor : tran sition times greater than 10 n s. Delays to at least 70ο/ο of pu lse periods for periods of 0.2 μs or greater, d ecreasing to at least 50 ο/ο Am plitu de: for α 20 ns perio d . P ulse h ig h a nd low levels indepe ndently ad justa ble ove r α +20 V ra nge from α 50 Ω low reac J itter: <-0.1% to +50 ps . ta nce source . M aximum p ulse am plitu de into α 50 0 load is->10 .V p ea k to p ea k; minimum is <0 .5 V DUR ATIO N p ea k to p ea k. M aximum p ulse am plitu de into an open circ u it is Range : <10 n s to >100 ms in seven >20 V pea k to pea k; minimum is d ecade steps p lus variable, with <1 .0 V pea k to p ea k . The preset overla p on all ranges. Du rations level co n trols are adj ustable over lo nger th an 100 ms can be obt h e same ra nges. tain ed in custom range position . An ad d itio n al positio n provides Aberratio n s : <5ο/ο, +50 mV into α 50 Ω load fo r du ratio ns of app roximately 50 ο/ο of pu lse levels betwee n +5 V . May th e perio d setting for square wave increase to <,10ο/ο, +-50 mV for output . pu lse levels outside th is range . R ange :
Duty F actor:
P ulse d urations to at least 70 ο/ο of p erio ds for periods of >0 .2 μs, d ecreasing to at least 50 ο/ο fo r α 20 n s p eriod .
p ulse
TRIGGER O UTP U T: Am p litu de :
>+2 V from 50 Ω .
Operating Instructions-- PG 508 Source Impeda n ce :
500.
Off: (Logic F alse)
Duty Cycle: Inte rn al Trigge ring
E xter nal Triggeri ng
-50ο/ο.
Determined by duty cycle of triggeri ng signal .
TRIGGER /GATE INPUT: Se nsitivity :
I np ut Im pedance :
M aximum I np ut :
M inim um Input P ulse Width :
80 mV pea k to peak to >_10 MHz ; 250 mV peak to peak to 50 MH z at 50 Ω i nput impe dance . I nternally selected , 50 Ω o r 1 MO parallele d by -20 pF . _4_5 V peak into 50 Ω, ±-20 V pea k into 1 ΜΩ .
10 ns .
P olarity:
F ro nt panel selectable, -h- or -slope .
Ra nge :
±3 V .
GATED
Flas hi ng:
On : ( Logic T r ue)
Sy n chro n ous Gate :
R ate ge n erator starts synch ro nously with external gating signal and co mpletes the last output pulse .
PULSE DELAY M OD ES: Undelayed, delayed and pai red . P aire d p ulse m ode limited to 25 MHz. M in imum pulse se paratio n governed by d uratio n duty factor specificatio n.
F IX ED DE LAYS: Trigger Out to Pu lse Ou t:
-=23 ns .
Gate I np ut to Trigger Out:
-25 ns .
CO N TRO L ERRO R L IG H T:
Trigger Level :
T R IG'D L IG HT :
TRIG/GATE IN i np ut potential below TRIG/GAT E LEVEL with SLO PE selected or above TRIG/GATE LEV E L wit h - SLO PE selected .
Stea dy On :
Ind icates invalid operating mo de. Outp ut is un defined.
F lashi ng :
Timing co ntrol setti ngs selected d o not properly define the output pu lse b ecause valid limits h ave been exceeded .
Steady Off:
Indicates valid operatio n fo r most co ntrol setti ngs .
P OWER R EQUIREMENT : I np ut triggered at greate r t han approximately α 10 Hz repetition rate o r followi ng the in put signal at slower re petitio n rates. TR IG/GATE IN i n put potential above TR IG/GAT E LEVEL setting with -+- SLOPE selected or below TRIG/GATE L EVEL setti ng with S LOPE selected .
N omi nal :
40 Watts
M aximum:
45 Watts
P OWER DISSI PATIO N :
N om inal :
25 Watts
M axim u m:
28 Watts
WE IG H T:
3.5 lbs.
Section 2--PG 508
I ntroduction
Refer to the bloc k d iagram an d t he sc hematics in t he foldout p ages at th e rear of t h is manual as well as the followi n g discussion to u nderstand t he operation of the P G 508. Input Ci rcuitry Th is circuitry processes th e external trigger or gati n g sign al p rovi d i ng trigge ring waveforms for the p eriod circ uit . The 50 Ω input impedance for th is circuitry is provi ded by R 12, switched in orout by internal switch S12 . Wh en R 12 is ou t of the circuit, the i n put impeda nce is 1 Μ Ω, obtained b y R 14 and R 16 . Diodes CR 16 and C R17 are p rotective d io des . Th e proper voltage at the d rai n of 020 is set by VR 20 . The source voltage of Q20 is set b y VR 22 . Im pedance transformation, wit h no voltage shift, is obtained by source follower Q20. Co nstant c urrent for Q20 is supplied b y Q22 . Α d ifferential comparator is formed by 025 an d Q26. T h is co mparator compa res th e trigger or gate input level wit h t he level set by the fro nt p anel TRIG/GATE control . Consta n t current for th is comparator is provided by Q30 . Level co ntrol voltage fo r the d iffere ntial com parator is p rovi ded by operatio nal a m plifier U 40 . The output, p i n 6, swi ngs over α ra nge of ±3 V. The voltage at ΤΡ36 is th e triggeri ng level voltage, as set b y the TRIG/GATE LEVEL co ntrol . If th e triggering or gati ng voltage at the base of Q25 is more p ositive th at ΤΡ36, then Q26 is cond ucting and Q25 is off. Th is places the collector of Q26 more positive than t he collector of Q25. Wh en the gating or triggeri n g waveform level d rops below -ΤΡ 36, Q25 cond ucts an d Q26 turns off. Th is switchi n g waveform is applie d to the b ases of
U 60A and U 60 B , o perating as α differential p air. Th e collector of U 60A d rives U 60C in α cascode mo de of operatio n . The collector of U 60C drives the base of U 60D wh ic h , as an emitter follower, drives the i np ut of U 70 B . This gate operates as α dual inp ut Sc hmitt trigger shaper . Wh en the emitter of U 60D goes to about 4.2 V above g ro und, pi n 7 of U 70 B goes h ig h. Wh en the emitter of U 60D d ro ps to about 3.8 V, p in 7 of U 70 B drops to its low level . The inverting output terminal, p in 6, is always in th e op posite state from p in 7 . P ositive feed bac k for th is p ortion of the Sc hmitt is p rovided by R 72 . If th e unit is ma n ually triggere d , p i n 10 of U 70 B is momentarily co n nected to +-5 V. P i n 10 of U 70 B , along wit h R 75 and R 76 now acts as α Sc h mitt s h ape r for the ma n ual trigger. Th is action h ol ds the outp u t, p i n 7, h ig h and t he i nverti ng outp ut, p in 6, low as long as the MAN button is d epressed . REV . Α , ΜΑΥ , 1976
Wh en t he p lus slo p e is selected for triggeri n g or gati ng, f-5 V is app lied to p in 4 of U 70A . Th is gate is now i nh ibited and t he signal p asses th roug h U70C . As the outputs of U 70A and C are co nnected together, α h ig h on either outp ut overri des t he low . P in 13 of U 70C is low as lo ng as the a n o des of CR 82 and CR84 are low, w h ic h occurs w hen t he logic circuitry h as enabled the i nput circuitry. Wh en t he co ntrol logic is set to d isable the i np ut circuitry, the anodes of these d iodes are raised to +5 V wh ic h disables gates U 70A and U 70C .
P in 12 of U 70C now s h ifts b etween the h ig h and low state corres pond in g with t he input gate or trigger. The ouput from U 70C, p in 14, is p asse d to th e period circuitry . Α h ig h at th e output of U 70C turns th e p eriod circuitry off a nd α low starts the period generator . T R IG'D/GAT ED Light Circuitry Transistors 0100, Q102, Q110 an d t heir associated compone nts com pose the circuitry that operates the front p anel TRIG'D/GAT E lig ht emitting d io de. The p air Q100 a n d Q102 form α modified astable multivibrator, wh ile Q110 operates as α voltage source . Wh en the output of U 70A or U 70C is h ig h (perio d generator off) or the logic circ u itry h as in h ibited t he i nput circuitry, the baseofQ100 is h ig h . This causes the base of Q102 to be low thr ough R106. Th e collector of 0102 is now h ig h a nd the light emitti n g d io de is off. Wh en t he base of Q100 goes Ιοω, the base of Q102 goes hig h , the collector goes low a n d t he lig ht emitting diode illuminates . The lig ht emitting d iode circuitry follows th e triggeri ng gate up to about α 5 H z rate, i .e ., about 100 ms on and 100 ms off. At faster gati ng freque ncies, C106 inh ibits the changi ng states of th is circuitry at about the 5 H z rate .
Trigge red
Mode
In the triggere d mode of operatio n S200-2 is closed . Th is p laces α h ig h on pi n 10 of U 140B locki ng p in 7 h ig h a nd p in 6 low ir respective of the level on p in 11 . Th is disa bles t h e period ge nerator. P i n 15 of U 140C now follows p in 4 of U 140A in coi ncide n ce with t h e in p ut triggering signal . P in 14 of U 140C drives Q244 and p in 15 d rives Q240 . The output from the collector of 0240 is i n p hase with t he trigger or gate in put sign al p rovidi n g the trigger outp ut, an d t he ph ase of the waveform at the collector of Q244 is i nverted .
T h eory
of Op eration-PG 508
Period Generator
'T his circuitry generates the internal period timing waveform. In th is mode, U 140B operates as an astable multivibrator. Wh en either i nput of U 140 B is h ig h , pin 7 is h ig h a nd pin 6 is low. The switched ti mi ng ca p acitances a re co nn ected from pin 7 to pi n 11 . These ca pacitors are switc hed by the perio d range switc h. The perio d variable control, R 190, varies t h e resistance in the negative feedback loop . To start th e perio d cycle, assume pin 7 of U 140 B goes h ig h and p in 6 low . This positive step, at p in 7, is couple d
t hroug h t he period timi ng ca pacitor to pi n 11 . As the ti m ing ca pacitor d isc harges th ro ugh t he resistances connecte d from pin 11 to p i n 6, th e voltage at p in 11 d ecays at α rate d etermi ned by the timi ng ca pacitor a nd t h ese resistances . Wh en the switc hing level (approximately 4 V) is reac hed, p in 7 goes low an d pin 6 goes h ig h. The negative step , at p in 7, is couple d t hroug h t h e timing capacitor, an d a pp ears at p in 11 . The ca pacitor now charges th roug h t he resista nces un til the switchi ng level is reac hed, and the period cycle re peats . Th e symmetry adjustme nt compensates for the bias current t h ro ug h pin 11 .
Wh e n t h e PERIOD switch is i n any p osition ot her tha n ΕΧΤ TRIG (MAN), switch S200-2 is opened . This lowers pin 10 of U 140B and p ermits t he p eriod generator to operate du ri ng the exte rn al gate on time . Duri n g the time of the extern al gati n g sig nal p ins 4 and 2 of U 140A are low. Pin 3 is h ig h. As transistors 0150 and 0160 form α comparator, with t heir bases connecte d to p i ns 3 and 1 of U 140A respectively, the collector of Q150 is low causin g the em itte r of 0175 to be low, as well as pi n 11 of U 140 B. Th is allows t he p eriod generator to operate. During the gate d off time this action reverses . Pi n 11 of U 140B rises and i nh ibits th e p erio d generator . R esisto r R170 and R 165 adj ust the lock up voltage at pi n 11 of U 140B so that, at turn on, the first period ge nerated is i dentical in time with subseq ue nt periods . R esistor R 165 is switched i n to the ci rcuit only on the 20 ns ra nge . Com ponents R 177 a nd C177 forma time constant to h el p compensate for first period erro r.
Delay Ge nerator Th is circuitry p rovi d es the d elay for d elaye d or paired p ulse operatio n. As the sig nal from the period generato r of t h e exte rnal trigger input goes from h ig h to low at p i n 7 of U 270B, p in 3 goes h ig h . This causes p i n 5 of U 270A to go h ig h a n d p i n 2 low. Pin 13 of U 270D an d p i n 9 of U 300B go low. P in 15 of U 270D goes h ig h bu t pin 10 of U 300 B d oes n ot follow until about 10 ns later, d ue to the delaying action of R 275 and C275 . Wh e n pi n 9 of U 300B goes low p in 6 goes h ig h , assu mi n g pin 11 isalready low. Pin 6stays 2-2
h ig h u ntil p i n 10 goes h ig h as descri bed above. Th is action p rovides the d elay ge nerator with about α 10 n s trigger pulse un der all input co nditio n s.
T he positive-going trigger pu lse, at p in 5 of U 300A, causes pin 3 to go low and pin 2 h ig h . Positive feed bac k t hroug h R300 and C300 causes pi n 4 to go h ig h. The low at the base of Q320 tur ns Q320 off . The emitter of Q320 goes n egative at α rate determined b y the timi ng ca p acitor and current source Q342, with its variable emitte r resistances. As the emitter of Q320 goes negative, it p ulls the base of Q294 negative whic h lowers p in 4 of U 300A . Wh en pin 4 reac hes t he switch ing th reshold (~4.0 V) pi n 2 goes low and pin 3 h ig h. The timing ca pacitor is now d isc harged th roug h Q320 . The monostable d elay ge nerator is now reset for th e n ext trigger pulse . Transistor 0290 provides a constant load for th e power supplies irrespective of th e curre n t flowi ng throug h Q294 . Components R 304, R306 and C304 provide α delay line for the CO N TROL ER R OR lig ht . The ou put from the delay generator is co nn ecte d to pin 13 of U 3000 . Pi n 15 of U 3000 is h ig h during the d elay time and p i n 14 low. Gates U 360B and D p rovide α positive-goi ng t r igger at pin 15 of U 360D when t he d elay time ends . Gates U 360A a n d C p rovide α p ositive-going trigger at p in 14 when t he delay time starts . As the d elay time starts, p in 4 of U 360A goes low as does p in 11 of U 360C . Pin 10 of U 360C is low as th e anode of CR378 is groun ded t h roug h t he UN D LY switch . The low at p in 11 of U 360C allows pin 14 to go h ig h . Pin 14 stays h ig h until the propagatio n time th ro ugh gate U 360A and t he delayi ng action of 8364 and C366 allow the h ig h ge nerated i n U360A, from pi n 2, to reset U 360C th roug h p in 10 . Th is causes pin 14 to retur n to its low state. T he widt h of the output trigger p ulse is a bout 6 ns . To obtain the delayed trigger, the anode of CR378 is con necte d to -Ι--5 V d isabling gate U 360C . The anode of C R382 is grou nde d t h roug h t he DLYswitc h . Gates U 360B and U360D now op erate in exactly the same ma nner as U 360A an d C . Α positive trigger p ulse app ears on pin 15 of U 360D wh en t he d elay time end s (pi n 6 of U360B goes from h ig h to low) . In the p aired pulse mode bot h gates operate . Gate U 360C p rovi des α positive-going trigger at the start of the d elay time and U360D α p ositive trigger at the end of the d elay time .
Duration Generator
Th is circuitry generates the d uratio n times . Gate U 400B acce pts the d elayed or u n delayed positive triggers from the d elay generator. The result is α p ositive-going pulse at p i n 5 or U 400A . Th is triggers the d uration generator wh ic h operates in the same manner as t he d elay generator. R efer to the d iscussio n under the h ea d ing Delay Ge nerator for α d escri ption of t he d uration generator operatio n . Gate U 4000 is an output buffer . Pin
T heory of O peration--- PG 508 12 goes h ig h duri ng the p ulse d uration time an d if pin 13 is low, p in 15 goes h ig h an d p in 14 low . Pin 13 controls U 4000 in th e square wave a n d exter n al d uration mo des . Duration an d Delay Co n trol Error
L ig ht
Circuitry
T h is circ uitry illu mi nates th e CO N TROL ERR O R light whe n t h e d uration or delay times are greater tha n t he p erio d s of t h eir respective triggers . The p ositive pulse from the duration generator is fed i nto t h e D i np ut, p i n 10, of U 480A . The cloc k enable line is low. If th e d uration time is set so that α trigger pu lse (conn ecte d to the cloc k i n) for the next duration p ulse occurs before the output of the d uratio n ge n erator goes low, the h ig h on the D i nput, pi n 10 of U 480A, is transferre d to t he output, p i n 1 . Th is h ig h is co n nected to the set input, p i n 5, of U 480B wh ic h causes th e outp ut, pi n 2, of U 480 B to go h ig h illuminating the error lig ht . Wh e n t he output, p in 2, of U 480B goes h ig h , the inputs to U 480A an d Β are disabled t hroug h t he cloc k enable li ne p reve nti n g furt her trigger in p uts until both fli p flops are reset. Wh e n th e output, pin 2, of U 480B goes and stays h ig h , C487 starts to charge to th e voltage on pi n 2, th roug h R 490. This ta kes a pp roximately 100 ms . Wh en t he reset i npu ts to U 480A and Β , p ins 13 an d 4, reac h th e h ig h level (about 4.0 V) U 480A an d Β are reset a n d C487 d ischarges th roug h R490 . Wh en these reset i nputs return to th e low level both flip flops are ready to accept triggers and the error cycle is read y to re peat. If th e d elay time is set for α time greater than th e period of the d elay triggers, the h ig h on pi n 7 of U480B transfers to p in 2 d irectly, an d th e lig ht is illuminate d . Reset ta kes p lace in the same m anner as describe d above. Also co nn ected to th is circuitry is α line from th e transitio n time boar d wh ic h also ligh ts th e CO NTRO L ERROR lig ht . "T he CO NTROL ERR OR lig ht is also illuminate d for certai n i mproper control setti ngs . Fig . 2-1 shows α simplified sc h ematic for t h e CO NTRO L ERR OR i ndicator logic an d co n trol settings causi ng illumi n ation . Variable Transition Time Circuitry
T his circuitry controls the output transitio n times.
R esistors R 534 an d R536 provide equivale nt 50 Ω termin a-
tio n im pedance for th e normal (positive-going) inp utfrom th e duration generator. Also, R 520 and R 522 p rovi de an ide n tical termination impe d an ce for t he com p leme nt i np ut (negative-going) from th e du ration ge n erator . T h ese inp uts d rive the bases of Q525 a n d Q530 . Wh en the in put from the du ration generator is h ig h an d th e com plement is low, the collector of Q530 d rops from ground to about --1/2 V . This turns Q565 on and Q560 off . The ad justa ble co nstant current th ro ug h Q545, to 1-15 V, is now p asse d th roug h R578, from the -- 15 V supply . Transistor Q560 is tu rn ed off as its b ase is connected to groun d . Ze ner d iodes VR620 and V R630 lowert hevoltage from the b ases of Q565 an d Q560 to the bases of Q625 an d Q630 by about 7 .5 V . Transistor Q625 is th erefore off an d Q630 is co n ductin g . Curren t flows from --15 V th roug h αη
adj ustable current source Q635 an d t he n th roug h Q630to charge the particular ca pacitor d etermined b y t h e transition time selected . As the ca pacitor c harges th roug h α co n sta n t current so urce, the j unction of CR584 an d C R600 goes n egative at α li near rate until the d io de CR600 turns on . T his d iode serves as the n egative clamp . T h e voltage at the anode of CR600 is set by R 615 th roug h Q608 an d 0600 . Th e voltage at the ju nction of CR 584 a n d CR600 remai ns low for the pulse d uration. At th e end of th e pulse d uration time, the collector of Q530 goes p ositive. Th is action turns Q565 off and Q560 on . Cur re n t from the --i-15 V supply flows th ro ug h constant current source 0545, t h e n th roug h 0560 raising the j u nction of CR584 and CR 600 at α li near rate determined by t he capacitor val ue an d t he current available. The j u n ctio n of CR584 a nd CR 600 goes p ositive u ntil CR584 turns on . The voltage at th e cathode of CR 584 is set by R 570 th roug h Q575 and Q580 . Tran sisto r 0625 is tur n ed on , an d Q630 off, p assi ng c urrent from co nstant current source Q635 th roug h Q625, CR604, an d R 604 to ground . Th e lead ing and traili ng transitio n times are varied indepen dently by varying the am ou nt of current passing th ro ug h co nstant current source transistors 0635 an d Q545 . Th e o ut pu t waveform at the j unction of CR584 and CR 600 passes to the gate of fet Q680 . This fet serves as α source follower for drivi n g Q685 and Q690 . T hese transistors com pose α linear differe ntial a mp lifier . T he clamp levels for d iodes C R584 an d C R600 are set so th at Q685 and 0690 are slig htly overdrive n . Th is serves to r emove any ri ngi ng or ot her sig nal irregularities at the to p an d botto m of the waveform . Operatio nal amplifier U 665 p rovi d es, alo ng with Q660, consta nt current for Q685 a nd Q690 . Transition "rime Control Error
L ig ht
Circuitry
T h is circuitry ill uminates the co ntrol error light whe n th e leading transition ti me is greater tha n t h e pulse du ration time, or when the traili ng transitio n ti me is greater th an the pulse off time . The inverted signal from t he leading a n d traili ng ge nerator app ears at the base of Q704 th ro ug h fet follower Q700 . Α d iffere ntial amplifier is formed by Q704 an d Q706 . T he out pu t is ta ken from the collector of Q706 . Tra nsistors Q704 and 0706 are overd riven to reduce the wi nd ow of comparisio n. Duri n g the p ulse on time, th e base of Q704 is negativewith respect vo grou nd . Th is action causes t h e collector of 0706 to also go negative, d riving the base of Q715, an emitter follower n egative . The emitter of Q715 is co nn ecte d to pins 7 and 10, the D in put of fli p flo ps U 720A and Β . T he waveforms driving the transitio n time circuitry are also a pplie d to gates U 740A a nd Β. P in 6 of U 740B is h ig h during pu lse time wh ile p in 4 of U 740A is low . The p urpose of th e fo u r gates in U740 is to d elay th e signal αρ -
2- 3
T h eory of Operation--PG 508
DE L AY
To CO N TRO L E R RO R L ig h t Circ uit
Switc h es are close d w he n cont rols are in th e labeled p ositio n . Th e CO N T R O L ERR O R lig h t ill um inates whe n t h e u n it is set to op e r ate u nd e r t he followi n g co nd itions : Delay a nd S qua re Wave Delay an d E xter nal D u ration I n ternal Pe rio d a nd Exter nal D u ration I n te rnal Pe r io d , Sy n c hr o no us Gate and Squ a r e Wave E xte rn al T rigge r a nd Squ a r e Wave E xte rn al Trigge r a nd Sync h ro n ous Gate
F ig . 2-1 . Sim plified sc h ematic fo r CONTRO L ER RO R indicato r logic wit h con trol setti n gs causi n g illuminatio n .
proximately t h e same amou n t as t h e circuitry i n t h e variable transition time ge n erator . The positive-going waveform from pin 14 of U 740C is fed t h roug h p i n 6 to t h e cloc k input, pin 6, of fli p flo p U 720A . -The negative-goi n g out p ut from p i n 15 is fe d to th e cloc k i np ut pin 11, of fli p flop U 720B . Flip flo p U 720A se n ses t h e pulse traili n g timi n g error a nd U 720 B , t h e p ulse lea d ing timing error. If t h e lea d i n g time from the o u t pu t of t he variable tra n sitio n ti me ge n erator is slow enoug h so t h at t h e D i n put of U 720 B h as n ot d ro pped below a pp roximately th e 50°/ο p oi n t, wh e n t h e waveform at t h e cloc k in p ut of fli p flo p
U 720 B (waveform driving t h e tra n sition time board) goes p ositive (e n d of p ulse), t h e h ig h on D input, p i n 10, tra n sfers to t h e out p ut, p i n 15, a n d t h e CO N TRO L ERRO R lamp is lit.
Wh en p in 15, of fli p flop U 720 B goes h ig h , C734 sta r ts to c h arge t h roug h R 728. Wh en t h e voltage at pi n 13 of U 720 B a n d p in 5 of U 720A reac h es t h e h ig h level (-4.0 V), bot h fli p flops are reset to t h eir initial con d itio n s and t h e CONTRO L ERROR lig h t goes out. If t h e trailing ti m e of t h e
Theory of Operation--PG 508 pulse is slow enoug h so th at the D inp ut of flip flop U 720A has not reac hed the h ig h level when the pulse at the cloc k te rm i n al (p i n 6) of flip flop U720A goes h ig h (lea ding portio n of the n ext pulse drivin g th e tran sitio n circuitry) the 0 termi nal, p i n 3, of fli p flop U720A goes hig h . Th is h ig h is connected to the set terminal, p in 12, of U 720B causing the 1 terminal of U 720B to go h ig h illuminating the CO N TR OL ERRO R light. The on time an d reset fort h is error in dicati ng mode now p roceeds as previously d escribed .
co n trol voltages . Thesevoltages are buffered by u n ity gai n am p lifiers U 780A and U 780B . Bot h co ntrol voltages ra n ge betwee n 0 and -Ι--5.2 V . Wh en t he co ntrol voltages are equal, the Υ nput is zero and the m ultiplier signal output (X-Y) equ als zero . Α differen ce of -42.6 V between th e h ig h a nd low level co n trol voltages correspo n ds to maximum output am plitu de from the pulse ge nerator .
i
T h is circuitry p rovides inde pe n de n t to p a n d bottom
Th e n ormal complement switch inverts t he level co ntrol voltage inputs to differential am plifier U 895B. H owever, si n ce the difference betwee n the voltages is unchange d , th e control voltage i np ut sign al h as co n stan t amplitu de, but reverses polarity . Th is com plements the pulse generator outp ut. T he normal compleme nt bala nce adj ustment, R 910, ensures that the Υ multiplier input respon ds equally to changes in eith er t h e h ig h or low level control voltages .
Am plitu de co ntrol of the sig nal occurs in the analog multiplier, U 850. T he p ulse sig nal p rovi des the Χ i np ut, and th e level control voltages p rovide th e Υ in put . Th e Χ- Υ p roduct of these inp uts is co nverted to α d rive current for the out put am plifier .
The signal current at p ins 5 and 6 of U 850 is the pu lse signal . Since Q845, in conjun ctio n with U800B, p rovides α co nstant current si nk , the curre nt t hroug h R 954, from the emitter of commo n base stage Q954, also contains signal cu r re nt variations . Th e cur rent d rive r for the output amplifier is Q954 . The sig nal currents i nto p in s 8 an d 9 of U 850 also co ntain t he p ulse signal . H owever co nstant current si nk R847, and commo n base stage Q950 are included only as α bala ncing thermal load for the multi plier .
Level
Co ntrol
M ulti plier
level co n trol of the output pulse by controlling the am p litu de a nd offset of the d rive sign al to the li near outp ut am p lifier . Also i ncluded is circuitry to accom p lish t he normal com pleme nt function and the p reset fu nction. Co n t rol voltage clam p s to e n sure t h e out p ut amplifier is n ot over d rive n are also p rovi ded .
I np ut and comp lement p ulses from the variable tra n sition time ge nerator are app lied to the bases of Q825 and Q840 . These tra nsistors form α d iffere ntial am plifie r, su pp lied by co n stant current source U 800B and Q820 . Α p ositive-going signal at the base of Q825, with t he complementary (negative-goi ng) signal at the base of Q840 causes the sign al currentat p in 11 of the multiplierto go negative an d t h e signal current at pin 12 to go positive . Wh en the pulse p olarity reverses, at the bases of 0825 an d Q840, the sig nal curre nt also reverses polarity at pins 11 a n d 12 . The difference between th e currents at p ins 11 an d 12 corres po nd s to t h e Χ sig nal i np ut for the multiplier . T he total current flowing from pins 2 an d 3 of U 850 is essentially equal to the current req u ired by the constant current source, U 895A an d Q900 . H owever, th e d ifference in currents between th ese pins corresponds to the Υ input signal for the multiplier . The am p litu de differen ce of these currents is co ntrolled by U 895 B. This is α do differential am p lifier whic h am p lifies t h e difference betwee n t h e h ig h & low level control voltages to prod uce the Υ i np ut signal . Gai n ad j ustment for the Υ input signal is provided by R 885. The h ig h and low level co n trol voltages are d etermined by their respective front panel co ntrols, R770B and R 770A . If the preset function is selected , the preset h ig h an d preset low potentio meters, R 775 and R 785, p rovi d e the
i
To obtain n depe ndent co ntrol of the output p ulse h ig h and low levels, the co ntrol voltages are averaged by resistor n etwork R914, R 915, R 918 and R920. H ig h and L ow trac ki ng potentimeters, R 915 an d R 920, are adj ustable to provide minimum interaction betwee n pulse levels . Th e d o voltage from th is n etwork, along with t he voltage from the offset ad j ustment R925, is summed an d inverted by U 930A . U 930B proves furt her gain and level s hifting an d , in conjunction with Q945, serves as α level controlled offset generator. Α d o current source to the collector of 0954 is provided by Q945 . The collector of Q954 is the virt ual ground input to the output amplifier. Wh en t he h ig h and low level control potentiometers are both at mi d ra nge (-42 .6 V zero outpu t) Q945 sources all the quiescent bias current required b y Q954, wh ic h is a pp roximately 15 mA . T herefore, there is no curren t d rive to t h e output am p lifier throug h R975 or R 1055 . If th e h ig h level control is t urned fully cw (maximum output), the low level control voltage remains at +2 .6 V . Th e h ig h level control voltage increases to +-5 .2 V . This causes the voltage output of U 930A to decrease, causi ng th e offset generator U 930 B and Q945 to sou rce ap proximately 20 mA . Th is is an increase of 5 mA . This d iffere nce i n co ntrol voltage settin gs also causes maximum d ifference in the co ntrol voltage inp ut sig nal to th e multiplier. This action also causes 10 mA pea k to p ea k sig nal current variations in the collector current of Q954 . Si n ce the sig nal current
T heo ry of Operation--PG 508 variatio ns a nd do offset curren ts are summed at the collectors of Q945 an d Q954, the output p ulse h ig h level ch anges to maximu rn voltage and the low level re mai ns at 0 V. It follows that any positive increase in eitherthe h ig h or low level co ntrol voltages causes an increase in the do offset c urrent. Α d ecrease in either control voltage causes α d ecrease in offset current . H owever, signal cu rrent variations respond only to d ifferences between t hese control voltages . 'T he la rger the voltage difference, the larger the signal current am p litude i nto th e output amplifier. Since the dy n amic range of the p ulse ge nerator output is 4- or - 20 V, and t he maximum am plitud e is only 20 V peak to peak, clam ping circuits are p rovided to prevent the differe nce between the h ig h a nd low level control voltages from exceed ing +2 .6 V, whic h corres pon ds to maximum outp ut. Α clampi ng circ u it also p revents the h ig h level from becoming less than the low level co ntrol voltage . "T he level control unity gai n am plifiers U 780A and
U 780 B co n tain α precision d io de clam p composed of
CR 782, CR790, R 780, an d R782. Si nce the feed bac k for U 780A is ta ken from the cathode of C R790, the voltage at th e ju nction of CR782 and C R790 is eq ual to the low level control voltage plus one d iode drop (C R790) . If the h ig h level attempts to d ecrease below the low level or attempts to increase ab ove the h ig h level co ntrol voltage, CR782 co nducts clampi n g the h ig h level at the low level voltage. Current limiting for U 780B , du ri ng clam ping, is p rovi d e d by R 780.
U 800A is also configured as α p recisio n clamping circuit. The output at pi n 1 is equal to the low level control voltage pl us 2 .6 V plu s one d iode drop . Therefore, if th e h ig h level voltage atte m pts to exceed t he low level plus 2.6 volts, or the low level is d ecreased more than 2.6 V below the h ig h level, CR805 co nd ucts and the h ig h level is clamped at the low level co ntrol voltage p lus 2 .6 volts . The low level co ntrol always overri des th e h ig h level control . Cu rre nt limiti ng for U 780 B , duri ng clam ping, is provided by R780.
Output Amplifier
Th e p ositive a nd negative d o voltages for this am p lifier are p rovided by dual power supplies wh ic h trac k t he h ig h a nd low level co ntrol voltages . These trac king su p plies ensure that the p ositive pote ntial is at least 6 V above t h e outp ut pu lse h ig h level and t he n egative p ote ntial is at least 6 volts b elow the output p ulse low level. 'T his ar rangeme nt enables the p ulse ge nerator to provide α 40 V dy namic range, with α 20 V pea k to pea k maxim um output pu lse, while maintaining mi n imum p ower d issipation and 2- 6
voltage requirements for th e amplifier transistors . T he ra nge of th e p ositive trac ki ng supply is -Ι-6 to -Ι-26 V, with α -6 to ---26 V ra n ge for the negative supply . The outp ut circuit functions as α linear cu rre nt drive n operational am plifier with α closed loop transresistance gain of 2 V/mA. N egative feedbac k t h roug h R1042 to the i nput no de (collectors of Q945 and Q954) causes α virt ural g rou n d at th e inp ut . Α 10 mA p ea k to pea k input signal creates α 20 V peak to peak output p ulse (o pen circuit) . Si nce the output a m plifier is α co mplementary circuit, only the operatio n of o ne side will b e explaine d .
F or α positive-going o utput pulse, current is driven i nto the in put no de. "This action causes an increase i n base current to Q975 wh ic h d ecreases the b ase d rive to Q980 . Α cascode circuit is formed by Q980 an d Q990, wit h R985 an d L980 servi ng as α co n sta nt current so urce to the common collector-emitter connection . 'T herefore, w hen t he b ase d rive to 0980 is decreased, the current in Q990 i n creases . (T he consta n t current source supplies approximately 60 mA wh ic h , with no signal, is equ ally d ivided between Q980 and Q990 .) Anot her consta nt current source, Q1000, causes α 2 .0 V dro p across R 1002 . The emitter follower, Q995, buffers th is potential and p rovides α voltage source for the base of the cascode transistor, Q990 . An i ncreasi ng current throug h 0990 i ncreases the base current from the out p ut parallel emitter followers, Q1010 and Q1015. The emitters of these transistors drive the output positive th roug h α network of resisto r s a n d ca pacitors. Components R 1020, R 1024, and C1024, in t his n etwork , are ad justable to provid e an internal resistive 50 Ω te rmi natio n for the output . N etwork C1048 an d R1048, wit h potentiometer R1050, p rovides transie nt response p ea k ing for the am plifier . Eq uivale nt biasi ng for the complementary outp ut emitter followers is p rovided by CR990, R 990, an d CR 992 . Wit h zero output, th e q uiesce n t current in eac h output follower is app roximately 20 mA . The output potential is availa ble at th e rear i n terface connector, pin 25A, for mo n itoring the output am plitude .
Power
Supply
-The -1-11 .5 Vd c from th e mai nframe p rovi des the raw su pp ly voltage for the series regulate d +5 .2 Vd c su pp ly . Th e precisio n voltage regulator, U 1210, i ncludes α temperature compensate d voltage refe rence su pply at p in 6. The +5 .2 V p otentiometer, R 1210, with t he voltage divider R1209 an d R1211 p rovides the reference in p ut to the non-inverting inp ut, pi n 5 . The output voltage is applie d to th e inverting inp ut, pi n 4, throug h R 1217 . Sen si ng d ifferences in th e two input pote n tials, the regulator amplifier p rovides b ase cu rrent drive f rom p in 10
T heory of Operatio n-- PEG 508 to the mai nframe tran sistor used as the series p ass element, un til the inverting and non-i nverti ng inp uts are app roxi mately equal. At th is co nd itio n, the series pass transistor d rops th e voltage from the raw su pp ly until th e out p ut is -+-5 .2 V . Cu rrent limiti ng is provided by R1215 . Wh en the current from the su pp ly exceeds a pp roximately 1 .1 Α, t he regulator p rovi des no furt h er b ase d rive current to the series pass element an d current limiting occurs . The -1-33 .5 V dc from t he mai n frame is the raw su pp ly for the regulate d -1-15 Vd c . Th e 3-terminal voltage reg u lator, U 1205, p erforms the entire reg u lating function . Current li miting occurs within U 1205 . The --33 .5 V dc from the mainframe is t he rαω supply for the regulated --15 Vd c. As in the -1-15 Vd c supply α 3term inal voltage regulator, U 1335, p rovides the regu lating fu nctio n . H owever, d ue to additional load consi derations, the raw su pply is pre-regulated to d ecrease power dissipated by t h e integrated circ uit . Α sh unt cu rrent path to the load is furn is hed by V R1330 and R1330 . Th e zener voltage is also used to mai ntain base drive to th e series pass mainframe tra nsistor . Th is transistor is u sed as α preregu lator to d rop th e voltage across U 1335 to approximately 3.6 V . Current limiti ng is also provided by the reg u lator, U 1335 . 'The d ual trac k ing supplies p rovide the positive and negative voltages re q uire d by the outp ut am plifier . Th e voltage at the b ase of Q1255 varies from 0 V to -1-5 .2 V d epen d ing on th e setting of the H IG H LEVEL control . Wh en the voltage at th e base of Q1255 varies from 0 V to -12 .6 V, the voltage at the collector of the series p ass transistor is -i-6 V . As the voltage at the base of Q1255 varies from 42 .6 V to +5 .2 V, the voltage at the collectorof the series pass transistor va r ies from -1-6 V to -+-26 V . Transistor 01255 and 01270 form α differential comparator. The voltage at the b ase of Q1270 is r eference d between the -Ι-5 .2 V supply, grou nd and th e output
REV. Α, ΜΑΥ, 1976
voltage. As t h e H IG H L EVEL co ntrol is move d in the p ositive directio n , th e collector of Q1255 goes negative. Th is i ncreases cu rrent flow thro ugh 01280 and therefore the series pass transistor in th e mainframe wh ic h raises the +- trac king s u pply voltage to th e output am plifier . Fee db ack to the d ifferential comparator is p rovided by R 1275 . Transistor Q1265 p revents the IN tracking su pp ly from going lower than about -+-6 V . The b ase of Q1265 is set at abou t 2.6 V . Wh en t he base of 01255 goes more n egative than about 2 .6 V, Q1265 comes in to co nd uctio n h oldi n g the common emitter circuit atone d io de d rop from t he b ase of Q1265 . If the base of Q1255 is lowere d furt her, Q1255 looses co ntrol of the circuit a nd th e supply voltage remains at the level d etermi ned by Q1265, +6 V .
Current limiters for t h is circuit are Q1285, Q1290 an d 01300. Α d ifferential com parator is formed by Q1285 an d Q1290. If the load on the +V supply exceeds the maximum current allowe d for the voltage su pp lied, the voltage drop across R 1282 becomes great enoug h t hat Q1285 comes into co nduction . Th is action increases conduction in Q1270 re du cing the cu rrent flow in 01255 . Finally, the cond uction th ro ug h th e series p ass transistor is limited to α safe value. Th e current through Q1300 is d etermi ned by the actual supp ly output voltage. The refore, t h e cu rre nt limit varies proportionally with t he supp ly voltage. In most overload conditions, the supp ly fold s bac k to minimu m current . Diode CR 1310 co nd ucts s ho uld the -1 -V su pply go more n egative t h an ground .
The ---V sup ply operates in t he same ma nn er as the +V supp ly . Only the p olarities are reversed. Transistors 01355 and 01370 are the basic comparator transistors . t he base of Q1355 varies betwee n 0 V an d 1-5.2 V . The --V output is p reve n te d from going more p ositive th an ab out --6 V by 01365. The series pass tra nsistor is d rive n by 01380 . The comparator tra n sistors fort he current limiting circuitry are Q1385 and Q1395 . The c urrent so urce for the cu rren t co mparator is Q1400. Diode CR 1410 prevents th e V outp ut from goin g more p ositive than g round .
2- 7
Section 3- P G 508
PA RTS O R DERI NG INFORMATION Re placeme nt p arts are available fro m o r t h ro ugh your local Tektro nix, I nc. F ield Office or r epresentative . Changes to Te kt ronix i nstruments are someti mes m ade to accommodate im proved com ponents as they become availa ble, an d to give you the be nefit of th e latest ci rcuit im prove ments d eveloped i n our engi neeri ng d epartment. It is therefore im p orta n t, wh e n o rd eri ng parts, to i nclude the followi ng i nformation i n yo ur ord e r: P art n um ber , instru ment type or number, se rial nu mber, and modificatio n n um ber if applicab le . If α p art you have ordered h as been replaced with α n ew or i mproved p art, you r local Te ktron ix, I n c. F iel d Office o r representative will contactyou co ncerning any ch ange i n part number. Change info rmation , if any, is located at th e rear of th is m anu al .
S PE CIA L NOTES AND SY MB O L S ΧΟΟΟ ΟΟΧ
P art first added at th is serial nu m ber
P art re moved afte r t h is
se rial nu mber
ITEM NAME In the P arts L ist, an Item Name is se parated from the descri ption by α colon (:) . B eca use of space limitations, an Item N ame m ay someti mes app ea r as i n complete . For furt her Item N ame i dentificatio n, t he U .S . Federal Catalogi ng H andboo k H6-1 can be u tilized where possib le .
A BBREV IA TIO NS ACT R ASSY CA P C ER CΚΤ CO MP
CO NN EL CT LT ELEC I N CA ND LE D NONW I R
ACTUATOR ASS EMBL Y CA PACITOR C ER A MIC CI R CUIT
CO MP OSITIO N CO NN E CTOR ELECT RO LYTIC ELECTRICA L I NCA ND ESC EN T L IG HT ΕΜΙΤΤλΝG DIOD E NON WI R EWOUN D
PL STC
Q"fΖ RE C P RES RF SEL SEM ICO ND SEN S VA R WW XFMR XTA L
PL ASTIC QUAR TZ RE CEP TACLE RE SISTOR RADIO FREQUENCY S ELE CT ED SEM ICON D UCTOR SE NSITI VE VAR IA BLE WI REWOUN D T RANSFORMER C RYSTA L
R e placeable
Electrical Parts--PG 508 C R OSS INDEX--MFR . COD E NUMBE R 1'0
M f r . Code 00853 01002 01121 01282 03508 04713 07910 12697 13511 14752 24931 27014 32997 53184 55210 56289 72982 73138 75042 79727 80009 80031 90201 91637
3- 2
Manufacturer SANGAMO- ELECTRIC CO ., 5 . CAROLINA DIV .v~m GENERAL ELECTR IC COMPANY, INDU ST RIAL A ND POWER CAPACITOR PRODUCTS DEPARTMENT ALLEN-BR ADLEY CO MP ANY PARKER S TEARNS AND CO ., IN C . GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY, SEMI -CONDUCTOR PRODUCTS D EP ARTMENT MOTOROLA, INC ., SEMICO NDU C T O R PR OD . DIV . TELEDYNE S EMICONDUCTOR CLAROS TAT MF G . CO ., IN C . AMPHENOL CARDRE DIV ., BUNK ER ΑΑΜΟ CO RP . ΕLECT RO CUBE INC . SPE CIALTY CO NNECTOR CO ., IN C . NA TIONAL SEMICONDUC TOR CO RP . B OU RN S, INC ., ΤΑΙΜΡΟΤ PRODUC TS DIV . XC IT ON CORP ORATI ON GETT 1G ENG . AND MF G. CO MP AN Y SPRAGU E EL ECTR IC CO . ERIE TECHN OLOG ICAL PRODU CTS, IN C . BE CKMAN IN STRUMENT S, INC ., HELIPOT DIV . TRW ELECTR ONI C CO MP ONENT S, IR C FI XE D RES I ST O R S, PHILADELPHIA DIVI S ION C-W INDU STRIES TEKTRONI X, IN C . ELE CTRA-MIDLAND CO RP ., MEPCO DIV. MA LL ORY CAPAC IT OR CO ., DIV . OF Ρ . R . MALLORY AND CO ., IN C .
D ALE ELECTRONI CS, INC .
MA NU FACT URER
Address
City, State, Zip
Ρ 0 BOX 128
PI CKENS,
JOHN STREET 1201 2ND STREET SOUTH 300 SHEF F IELD AVENUE
HUDSO N FALL S, NY 12839 MI LWAUKEE, WI 53204 BROOKLYN, NY 11207
ELECTRO NI CS PARK 5005 Ε M CDOW ELL RD,P O BOX 20923 12515 CHADRON AVE . L OWER W ASHINGTON S TREET
SYRACUSE, NY 13201 PHOENIX, AZ 85036 HAWTHORNE, CA 90250 D OVER, NH 03820 L OS GATOS, CA 95030 S AN GABRI EL, CA 91776 INDI ANAPOLI S, IN 46227 SANTA CLA RA, CA 95051 RIVERSIDE, CA 92507 LATHAM, NY 12110 SPRING MILL S, PA 16875 NORTH AD AMS, MA 01247 E RIE, PA 16512 FULLERTOΝ, CA 92634
1710 S . DEL MAR AVE . 3560 MADISO N AVE . 2900 SEMI CO NDUCTO R DR . 1200 CO LUMBIA AVE . 5 HEMLOC K STREET PO BOX 85, OFF ROUTE 45 644 W . 12TH ST . 2500 HARB OR BLVD . 401 Ν . BR OAD 5Τ . 550 DAVI SVILLE RD .,P 0 BOX 96 Ρ 0 BOX 500 22 CO LUMBIA ROAD 3029 Ε WASH INGTON STREET Ρ 0 BOX 372 Ρ . 0 . BOX 609
SC 29671
PHILADELPHIA, ΡΑ 19108 WARMINI ST ER, ΡΑ 18974 BE AVERTON, ΟΑ 97077 MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960
INDIAN APOLI S, IN 46206 CO LUMBUS, NE 68601
REV D,
J AN
1979
Rep lacea ble Electrical Parts----PG 508
C kt No.
Tektro nix P art No.
Serial/ Model No. E ff Dscon t
Α1 Al Α2 Α2 Α2
670-4273-00 670-4273-01 670-4274-00 670-4274-01 670-4274-02
8010100 ΒΠ 20245 ΒΟΙΟΙΟΟ 8020245 8030000
8020244
Α3 Α3 Α3 Α4 Α4
670-4275-00 670-4275-01 670-4275-02 670-4276-00 670-4276-01
8010100 8020245 8030000 8010100 Β020699
8020244 8029999
Α5
670-4272-00
C14 C36 C40 C55 C70
N am e & Descri ption
Mfr Code
Mfr P art Nu m ber
CK T CKT CK'Γ CK' Γ CΚ'Γ
BOARD BOAR D BOARD B OARD BOARD
ASSY : INPUT ASSY : INPUT ASSY :TIMIN G ASSY : TIMING ASS Y :T IMIN G
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
670-4273-00 670-4273-01 670-4274-00 670-4274-01 670-4274-02
CK'Γ CKT CKT CKT C KT
BOARD BOA RD BOARD BOARD BOARD
ASSY : TRAN SIT[ ΟΝ TIMIN G ASSY : TRA NSITION TIMING ΑSS Υ : ΤΙLΑΝ SΙΤΙΟΝ TIMIN G ASSY :OUTP UT ASSY :O UTPUT
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
670-4275-00 670-4275-01 670-4275-02 670-4276-00 670-4276-01
CKT BOARD ASSY : AU XILIA RY
80009
670-4272-00
281-0518-00 283-0178-00 283-0178-00 283-0178-00 283-0178-00
CAP ., FXD,CER D I :47PF , +/ -9 .4 PF ,SOO V
72982 72982 72982 72982 72982
301-000 U 2 J0470M 8131 Ν 145 Ε 104 Ζ 8131 Ν145 Ε 104Ζ 8131 ΝΙ 45 Ε 104Ζ 145 Ε 104Ζ Ν 8131
C76 C104 C106 C110 C140
283-0000-00 283-0000-00 290-0535-00 283-0178-00 283-0081-00
CAP .,FXD ,CER DI :O .OOlUF , +100-0 % ,500V CA P ., FXD,CER DI : 0 . 001UF , +100-0 % ,500V C AP ., FXD, ΕLC TLT :33U F ,207,,1O V CA P ., FXD,C ER DI :O . lUF , +80- 20 % ,100V CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI :O .lUF, +80-20% ,25V
72982 72982 56289 72982 56289
831 -516 ΕΙ 02 Ρ 831-516 Ε102Ρ 196D336XOO I OKAI 8131 Ν 145 Ε 104Ζ 36C600
C1.42 C154 C170 C171 C172
283-0081-00 283-0081-00 283-0081-00 281-0540-00 283-0111-00
CAP .,FXD ,C ER CAP .,FX D ,C E R CAP ., FXD ,C ER CAP ., FXD ,C ER CAP .,FXD ,C ER
56289 56289 56289 72982 72982
36C600 36C600 36C600 301 -000 U2JOS10J 8121-N088ZSU104M
C177 C180 C200 C2 Π1 C202
283-0663-00 283-0081-00 290-0722-00 290-0722-00 290-0722-00
CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :16 .8 PF , +/ -0 .5 PF ,SOO V CAP ., FXD ,C E R D i :O . l U F , +80-20%,25V 0AP ., FXD , ELC'[' LT :1000 F ,20% , lOV 0A P ., FXD , ELC' Ι' LT :IOO UF ,20% , lOV 0AP ., FXD , ELC'ΓLT : l 00UF ,20% , lOV
00853 56289 56289 56289 56289
D 155C16 .8 D0
C203 C205 C206 C207 C208
290-0722-00 290-0536 - ΠΟ 290-0536-00 290-0536-00 290-0536-00
0 AP ., FXD, EL CTL'Ι' :100UF ,20% , lOV
56289 90201 90201 90201 90201
196D107XOO l OPE 3 TDC106 M025 FL T DC106M025 FL TDC106 M025F L TD C106 M025 FL
C210 C212 C214 C216 C218
285-0576-00 285-0703-00 285-0598-00 283-0645-00 281-0540-00
0 AP .,FXD,PL STC : lUF,l 0% ,100 V
l U F ,5 % ,100 V 0A P ., FXD , PLS TC :O .O I UF ,S % , l00 V CA P ., FXD,MI CA D :790 PF , l % , l00 V CA P ., F'X D ,C ER DI : 5 1 PF', 5% , 500V
56289 56289 01002 00853 72982
410 Ρ10591 410Ρ10451 61 F 10 AC103 D151 E 791 F0 301 -000 U 2JO 5 10 J
C244 C260 C270 C275 C275
283-0081-00 283-0081-00 283-0081-00 283-0636-00 283-0634-00
CA P .,FXD ,C ER D I :O .IU F , +80 -20% ,25V CAP .,FXD ,C ER D I :O . lUF , +80-20% ,25V CA P ., FXD ,C ER DI :O . I UF , +80 -20% ,25V CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :36PF ,1 .4 % ,100 V CA P ., FXD, MI CA D :65PF , 1% , IOO V
56289 56289 56289 00853 00853
36C600 36C600 36C600 D155 F36000 D151 E 650 F0
C277 C279 C296 C300 C304
283-0000 - ΟΠ 283 -Π0Π0- ΟΠ 283-0081-00 281-0509-00 283-0634-00
CAP .,FXD,C ER D I :O .OOI UF , +100- 0 % ,500 V CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI :O .OOl UF ,+100- 0% ,500V CA P ., FXD ,C ER DI :O . I UF , +80 -20% ,25V CA P ., FXD,C ER D I :15 PF , +/ -1 .5 PF ,500V CAP ., FXD,MI CA D :65 PF , l % , I OOV
72982 72982 56289 72982 00 853
831 -5 ί 6 Ε 1 Π2 Ρ 831 -516 ΕΙ 02 Ρ 36C600 301-000COGO150K D151 E650 F0
C317
281-0516-00
CA P ., FXD,C E R D I :39 PF , +/ -3 .9 PF ,500 V
72982
301 -0 ΠΟ U 2 J0390 Κ
REV D, J AN 1979
8020244 8029999
8020698
0AP .,FXD ,CER 0AP .,FXD,C ER
DI :O . DI :O . CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O . CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI :O .
ΒΟΙΟ 100
Β010124 Χ
DI DI DI DI DI
l UF ,+80-20 % ,100 V lUF , +80 -20% ,100 V IUF , +80 -20% ,100 V I UF, +80 -20% ,100 V
:O . IUF , +80 -20% ,25V :O . IUF ,+80 -20% ,25V :O . IUF , +80 -20% ,25V :51 PF ,S % ,SOO V :O . l U F ,20 % ,50 V
CA P ., FXD, EL CTLT : l OU F ,20 % ,25V 0 AP ., FXD, E LC TLT : l0U F ,20 '1 ,25V 0 AP .,F XD,EL CTLT :l 0 UF ,20 % ,25V 0 AP .,FXD,EL CTL'Γ :l 0UF ,20°1,,25V
0 AP ., FXD , PL STC :O .
Β0Ι010 Ο Β010125
Β010100
Β 010124
Β020244 Χ
36C600 196D 107XOO lOPE 3 196D 107XOO l OPE 3 196D107XOO l OPE 3
3-3
Replaceable E lectrical Parts--PG 508
C kt No.
Te ktronix Part No .
Serial/ M del No . Eff Dscont
N ame & Descriptio n
Mfr Code
Mfr P art Nu mber
C325 C326 C328 C330 C332
281-0504-00 283-0677-00 283-0594-00 285-1049-00 285-0703-00
0AP ., FXD,C ER DI :l O PF,+/ -1 PF ,SOO V CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :82 PF ,1%,500 V CAP .,FX D, MI C A D :O .OO IUF,1%,100V 0AP ., FXD , PL SΣC :O .O IUF ,1%,200V 0A P ., FXD, PL S T C :O . IUF ,5%,100V
72982 00853 00853 14752 56289
301-OSS000O l 00F D 155E820F0 D151 F 102 F0 230B1C103F 410Ρ 10451
C334 C336 C338 C346 C360
285-0576-00 290-0536-00 290-0722-00 283-0081-00 283-0081-00
0AP ., FXD , PL S TC : IUF ,10%,100 V 0AP .,FXD,EL CTLT :l 0UF ,20%,25V 0AP .,FX D ,E L CT L'Γ :100UΣ ,201,1 ΟV CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI :O . lUF , +80-20%,25V CAP .,FX D ,C ER DI :O . lUF , +80-20%,25V
56289 90201 56289 56289 56289
410Ρ 10591 TD C106M025FL 196D107XOO l0PE 3 36C600 36C600
C366 C366 C375 C375 C378
283-0635-00 283-0634-00 283-0635-00 283-0634-00 283-0000-00
CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :51 PF',1%,100V CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :65PF ,1%,100V CAP .,FXD,MI CA D : 51PF ,1%,100V CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :65PF ,1%,100V CAP .,FX D ,C ER DI :O .OO lUF , +100 -0%, 500V
00853 00 853 00853 00853 72982
D151 E 510 F 0 D151 E 650F0 D 151 E 510 F0 D151 E650F0 831 -516 Ε102Ρ
C382 C385 C386 C389 C400
283-ΟΠΟΟ -00 283-0081-00 283-0081-00 283-0081-00 283-0111-00
CAP .,FX D ,C ER CAP .,FXD ,C ER CAP .,FXD ,C ER 0AP ., FXD ,CER 0A P ., FXD ,CF R
72982 56289 56289 56289 72982
831-516 Ε102Ρ 36C600 36C600 36C600 8121 -N088Z5U 104M
C415 C418 C432 C432 C432
281-0509-00 283-0634-00 281-0516-00 281-0509-00 281-0516-00
0AP .,FXD ,CE R DI :15PF , +/ -1 .S PF ,SOOV CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :65PF ,1%,100V CAP .,F'X D ,C ER DI :39PF , +/ -3 .9 PF , 500V CAP ., FXD,C ER DI :15PF , +/ - 1 .5 PF ,500V CAP .,FXD,CE R D I :39 PF , +/ -3 .9 PF ,500V
72982 00853 72982 72982 72982
301 -OOOCOGO150K D151E 650F 0 301 -000 U2J0390K 301 -000COG0150K 301 -000 U2J0390K
C432 C433 C435 C436 C438
281-0504-00 283-0111-00 283-0634-00 281-0504-00 283-0594-00
CAP ., F'XD,CER DI :l OPF, +/ -1 PF ,SOOV CA P ., FXD ,CER DI :O . I UF,20Y ,SO V 0AP .,F'XD,MI CA D :65 PF ,1%,100V CAP .,FXD ,C E R DI :l O PF, +/ -1 PF ,SOOV CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :O .OO I UF ,1%,100V
72982 72982 00853 72982 00853
301 -OSS000O l 00F 8121 -N088ZSU104M D151 E 650 F 0 301 -OSS000O I OO F D151F102F0
C439 C442 C444 C446 C448
281-0513-00 285-1049-00 285-0703-00 285-0576-00 290-0536-00
CA P ., F XD,C ER DI :27PF , +/ -5 .4 PF ,SOOV 0A P ., F XD , PL STC : 0 . 01 UF , 1 %,200V CA P ., FXD , PL S TC :O . lUF ,5%,100V 0A P ., FXD , PL STC : lUF ,10%,100 V 0AP .,FXD,ELCTLT :l 0U F ,20%,25V
72982 14752 56289 56289 90201
301 -000 P2G0270M 230 B 1C103F 410Ρ 1045 Ι 410 Ρ 10591 TDC106M025FL
C450 C460 C462 C480 C485
290-0722-00 283-0111-00 2Η 3-0081-00 283-0081-00 283-0111-00
0A P .,FXD , ELCTLT : l00 UF ,20%, l OV CA P .,FXD ,C ER DI :O . l U F ,20%,SOV CA P ., FXD ,C ER DI :O .IUF, +80-20 %,25 V CA P.,FXD ,C ER DI :O .iUF,+80-20%,25V CAP ., FXD,C ER DI :O . IUF ,20%, 50 V
56289 72982 56289 56289 72982
196D 107XOO lOPE 3 8121-N088ZSU104M 36C600 36C600 8121-N088 Z5U104M
C487 C493 C500 C502 C503
290-0530-00 283-0000-00 283-0000-00 283-0081-00 283-0081-00
0A P ., FXD, ELCTLT :68UF ,20Z ,6 V CAP .,F'XD ,C ER DI :O .OO l UF ,+100 -0%,500V CAP .,FXD,C ER DI : 0 . 00 1U F ,+100 -0%, 500V CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI :O . IU F , +80 - 20 %,25 V CAP .,FXD ,C E R DI :O . IU F, +80- 20 %,25 V
90201 72982 72982 56289 56289
TD C686 M006NLF 831 -516 Ε 102 Ρ 831 -516 Ε 102 Ρ 36C600 36C600
C505 C532 C544 C555 C563
283-0081-00 283-0024-00 283-0024-00 283-0024-00 28 1-0653-00
CA P ., FXD ,C ER CAP ., F XD ,C ER CA P ., FXD ,C ER CA P ., FXD ,C ER CAP ., FXD ,CER
56289 72982 72982 72982 72982
36C600 8121 Ν083Ζ5υ0104 Ζ 8121 N083Z5U0104 Z 8121 N083ZSU0104 Z 374000 M7J 339F
C569 C580 C581
283-0204-00 283-0204-00 290-0527-00
CAP ., FXD ,C E R DI : 0 . 01 UF ,20%, 50 V CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI : 0 . 01 UF',20 Z , 50 V 0AP ., FXD , ELCTLT :15U F ,20%,20V
72982 72982 90201
8121 N061Z5U0103 M 8121 N061Z5U0103 M TDC156 M 020 FL
3-4
Β010100 Β010125 Β010100 Β010125
Β010100 Β010100 Β010125 Β020245
Β010124 Β010124
Β020244 Χ Β010124 Β020244 Β029999
Β030000 ΧΒ 010125
Β010100
Β0 10169 Χ
ΧΒ 010170
Β029999 Χ
DI :O .OO lUF , +100 -0%,500V DI :O . lUF , +80-20 %,25V DI :O .lUF', +80-20 %,25 V DI :O . I U F ,+80-20 %,25 V DI :O .i UF ,20%,SOV
DI :O .lUF, +80- 20 %,25 V DI :O . IUF , +80 - 20 %,30ν D I :O . lUF , +80 - 20 %,30 V Dl :O .iU F , +80 - 20 %,30 V Dλ :3 .3 ΡΣ ,30%,200 V
REV D,
J AN 1979
Replaceable E lectrical
Ck t No .
Te ktronix P a r t No .
Se r ial/
E ff
Mo d el
No . Dsco n t
N ame & Description
Parts---PG
508
Mfr Co d e
Mfr P art N um b er
C586 C588 C590 C592 C594
285-0934- 00 285-0633-00 285-0566-00 283-0694-00 283-0625-00
CAP ., FXD , PL STC :2 .2UF ,10%,200V C AP ., FXD , PL STC :0 .22UF ,20%,100 V CAP ., FX D, PL STC :0 .022 UF ,10%,200 V CAP .,FXD,MICA D :2240PF ,0 .5%,300V 0AP .,FXD,MI C A D :220 PF ,1%,SOOV
56289 56289 56289 00853 00853
430Ρ 238 410Ρ 22491 410Ρ22392 D 193F2241 E0 D 105F221 F 0
C596 C600 C601 C622 C630
281-0544-00 290-0527-00 283-0204-00 281-0653-00 283-0204-00
CA P.,FXD ,C ER D I :5 .6 PF ,10%,SOOV 0AP .,FXD,ELCT'LT :15UF ,20%,20V CAP .,FXD ,C E R D I :O .O lUF ,20%,50V CAP .,FXD ,C ER D I :3 .3 PF ,30%,200 V CAP .,FXD ,C E R D I :O .O IUF,20%,SOV
72982 90201 72982 72982 72982
301-OOOCO H 0569 D T DC156MO20FL 8121 N061 Z5U0103M 374000M7 J 339F 8121 N061 ZSU0103 M
C643 C647 C662 C665 C675
283-0024-00 283-0024-00 283-0204-00 283-0024-00 283-0204-00
CAP .,FXD ,C ER CAP ., FXD,C ER C AP .,FXD ,C ER C AP .,FXD ,C ER CAP ., FXD,CER
72982 72982 72982 72982 72982
812 ΙΝ 083Ζ5υ0104 Ζ 8121 N083 Z5U0104 Z 8121 N061Z5U0103 M 8121 N083ZSU0104 Z 8121 N 061 Z5U0103 M
C680 C682 C697 C701 C708
283-0204-00 283-0648-00 283-0065-00 283-0204-00 283-0204-00
C AP .,FXD,C ER DI :O .O lUF ,20%, 50 V
CAP .,FXD,MI CA D : lOPF ,5%, lOO V CAP ., FXD ,C ER DI : 0 . 001UF ,5%,100V CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI : 0 . 01 UF ,20%, 50V CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI : 0 . 01 UF ,20%,50V
72982 00853 72982 72982 72982
8121 Ν 061 Ζ 5υ0103 Μ DI S1C100 D0 805-518-Z 5D0102 J 8121 N061 Z 5U0103 M 8121 N061 Z 5U0103 M
C720 C724 C734 C735 C736
283-0024-00 283-0024-00 290-0530-00 283-0024-00 283-0000-00
CAP ., FXD ,CER DI :O . IUF , +80- 20 %,30 V CAP .,FXD ,C ER D I : 0 . 1UF, +80- 20 %,30 ν 0AP ., FXD , EL CTLT :68U Σ',20 %,6V CAP ., FXD ,C ER D I :O . lUF , +80 - 20 %,30ν CAP .,FX D ,C ER DI :O .OOlUF ,+100 -0%,500V
72982 72982 90201 72982 72982
8121 N083Z SU0104 Z 8121 Ν 083 Ζ 5 υ0104 Ζ TD C686 M006NLF 8121 Ν083Ζ 5U0104 Ζ 831 -516 Ε 1ο2Ρ
C740 C744 C749 C749 C780
283-0024-00 281-0187-00 283-0648-00 281-0187-00 283-0178-00
CAP .,FXD,C ER DI :O .lUF, +80 - 20 %,30 V
CAP ., VAR, PL STC :4-40PF ,250 V CAP .,FXD,MI CA D : 10 PF ,5%,100V CAP ., VAR, PL STC :4-40PF ,250 V CAP .,FX D ,C ER D I :O . lUF , +80- 20 %,100V
72982 80031 00853 80031 72982
8121 N 083Z 5U0104 Z 2810 D00440Q N02 F0 D 151C100D0 2810 D00440Q N02 F0 8131 Ν 145 Ε 104Ζ
C800 C814 C820 C834 C836
283-0178-00 283-0000-00 283-0204-00 281-0604-00 283-0187-00
CAP ., FX D,CER CAP ., FXD ,C ER CAP ., FXD ,CER CAP ., FXD ,CER CAP .,FXD ,C ER
72982 72982 72982 72982 72982
8131 Ν 145 Ε 104 Ζ 831-516 Ε102 Ρ 8121 N061Z5U0103 M 301-000CO J0229C 8131 N401X5 R 0473 K
C840 C850 C850 C850 C852
290-0527-00 283-0752-00 283-0638-00 ------ -----° 283-0752- 00
90201 00853 00853
TD C156M020FL D155 E 3450 F0 D151 F 131 F0
00853
D 155E 3450 F0
C852 C852 C854 C854 C854
283-0638-00 ------ ----283-0752-00 283-0638-00 ------ -----
Β020699
00853
D151 F 131 F0
Β 010100 Β 020699
Β 020698
CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :130 PF ,1%,100V * NOMINAL IN STALLED, TE ST S ELECTED AS Α S ET
CA P .,FXD,MiC A D :345 PF ,1%, 500V CAP .,FXD, MI CA D :130 PF ,1%,100V * NOMINAL IN SI'ALLED,TE ST SE LECTED AS Α SET
00853 00853
D 155 E 3450 F0 D 151 F 131 F0
C856 C856 C856 C860 C863
283-0752-00 283-0638-00 ----- ----283-0002 -ΟΠ 283-ΟΟΠΟ -00
ΒΟΙΟΙΟΠ Β020699
Β020698
CA P ., FXD, MI CA D :345 PF ,1%,500V C AP .,FXD, MI CA D :130 P F ,1%,100V * NOMINAL IN STALLED,TE ST SELECTE D AS Α S E T CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI :O .O l UF , +80- 20%,500V CA P ., FXD,C ER DI :O .OO I UF , +100 -0%,500V
00853 00853
D155E3450 F 0 D151 F 131 F0
72982 72982
811 -546 Ε 103 Ζ 831 -516 Ε 102 Ρ
C879 C88 Π C895
283-0204-00 283-0002-00 283-0178-00
CA P ., FXD ,C ER DI :O .O lUF ,20%,50V C AP .,FXD,C ER DI :O .O l UF ,+80-20 %,500V CA P ., FXD,C ER DI :O . l UF , +80-20 %,100V
72982 72982 72982
8121 N06125U 0103 M 811 -546 Ε 10 3 Ζ 8131 Ν 145 Ε 104Ζ
REV D, J AN 1979
χΒ 030000 ΧΒ 020245 ΧΒ 030000 Β010100 Β030000
Β029999 Χ
Β029999
Β010100 Β020699
Β 020698
Β 010100
Β020698
DI :O . IUF , +80 -20 %,30 V DI :O . lUF , +80-20 %,30 V D Ι : Ο . ΟΙυΣ',20%,SO V DI :O .lUF, +80-20 %,30V DI : 0 . 01 UF ,20%,50V
DI :O .IUF, +80- 20 %, l OOV D I :0 . 00 1UF, +100 -0%,50 0 ν DI :O .O IUF ,20%, 50V DI :2 .2 PF , +/ -0 .25 PF ,SOOV DI :0 .047 UF ,10 Z ,400 V
0AP ., FΧD , EL CTLT :15U F ,20%,20 V
CAP .,FXD,MI CA D :345 PF ,1%, 500V CAP ., FXD,MI CA D :130 PF ,1%,100V
* NOMINAL IN STALLED,TEST S ELECTE D AS Α SET CAP .,FXD,MIC A D :345 PF ,1%, 500V
3- 5
Rep lacea ble
C kt No .
E lect rical Parts----PG
Tektronix P art No.
508
Serial/ Model No. E ff Dscont
Name & Descri ptio n
M fr Co d e
M fr P art N umber
C930 C938 C958 C962 C964
283-0178-00 283-0204-00 283-0204-00 283-0178-00 283-0178-00
C AP .,FXD ,C ER DI :O . lUF ,+80-20%,100V DI :O .O lUF,20%,50V DI :O .O lUF ,20%,50V DI :O . 1 UF , +80-20%,100V DI :O . lUF ,+80-20%,100V
72982 72982 72982 72982 72982
8131 Ν 145 Ε 104Ζ 812 ΙΝ 061Ζ5υ0103 Μ 8121 ΝΟ 61 Ζ5υ0 Ι 03 Μ 8131 Ν145 Ε 104Ζ 8131 Ν 145 Ε 104Ζ
C966 C975 C985 C989 C992
283-0178-00 283-0204-00 290-0573-00 283-0178-00 283-0204-00
CA P ., FXD ,CER DI :O . IUF , +80-20%,100V 0AP ., FXD,C ΕR DI : 0 . 01 UF ,20%, 50V 0AP ., FXD ,E LCTLT :2 .7 UF ,20%, 50V CAP .,FXD,C ER DI :O .lUF, +80- 20 %,100V CAP ., FXD,C ER D I : 0 . 01 UF ,20%, 50 V
72982 72982 56289 72982 72982
8131 ΝΙ 45 Ε 104Ζ 8121 Ν061 Ζ 5υ0103 Μ 196 D275XO050JAI 8131 Ν 145 Ε 104Ζ 8 12 ΙΝ 061 Ζ5υ0103 Μ
C997 C1017 C1024 C1048 C1055
283-0204-00 283-0669-00 281-0092-00 285-0598-00 283-0204-00
CAP ., F XD,CE R D I :O .O l UF,20%,SOV CAP .,FXD,M IC A D :360PF ,1%, 500V CAP .,VAR ,C ER DI :9-35 PF ,200V CAP ., FXD ,PL STC :O .O IUF ,5%, I OO V CAP .,FXD ,CER D I :O .O lUF ,20%,SOV
72982 00853 72982 01002 72982
8121 N061 Z SU0103 M D155 F 361 F0 538-011 D9-35 61 F 10 AC103 812 ΙΝ 061 Ζ5υ0Ι 03 Μ
C1065 C1072 C1075 C1077 C1097
290-0573-00 283-0204-00 283-0178-00 283-0204-00 290-0573-00
CAP .,FxD,ELCTL'r :2 .7 υF',20 %,50ν CAP ., FXD ,CER DI : 0. 01 UF ,20%,50V CAP ., FXD ,CER DI :O . lUF, +80 -20%,100V CAP .,FXD ,C ER D I :O .O IUF ,20Z ,50V CAP .,FXD , ELCTLT :2 .7UF ,20%, 50 V
56289 72982 72982 72982 56289
196D275X0050 JA 1 8121 Ν 061 Ζ51J0103Μ 8131 Ν 145 Ε 104 Ζ 8121 N061 Z SU0103 M 196D275XO050JAI
C1202 C1205 C1207 C1211 C1217
290-0633-00 283-0178- 00 283-0081-00 290-0527-00 283-0000-00
CA P ., FXD, εLCTL '1' :2400U F , +75 -10 %,30ν CAP .,FXD ,C ER D I :O . IU F, +80-20 %,100V CAP .,FXD ,C ER D I :O . I UF,+80-20 %,25 V 0 AP ., FXD , EL CTL'Ι' : I SU F ,20%,20V CA P .,FXD ,C ER DI :O .OO I UF ,+100 -0%,500V
56289 72982 56289 90201 72982
39 D360 8131 ΝΙ 45 Ε 104Ζ 36C600 TDC156 M020FL 831 -516 Ε 102 Ρ
C1219 C1220 C1240 C1242 C1244
283-0081-00 290-0527-00 283-0081-00 283-0081- 00 283-0081-00
C AP .,FXD ,C ER DI :O . l UF , +80-20 %,25 V
56289 90201 56289 56289 56289
36C600 TDC156 M020FL 36C600 36C600 36C600
C1246 C1248 C1250 C1259 C1280
290-0527-00 290-0527-00 290-0527-00 283-0178-00 283-01 0 3-00
C AP .,FXD,EL CTLT :15UF ,20%,20V C AP ., FXD , EL CTLT :15UF ,20%,20V
T DC156M020FL
CA P ., FXD, ELCTLT :15UF ,20%,20V CAP .,FXD,C ER D I :O .lUF, +80 -20Z,I OO V CA P ., FXD,C ER DI :180 PF ,5%, 500V
90201 90201 90201 72982 56289
C1307 C1308 C1310 C1327 C1335
283-0178-00 283-0178-00 290-0117-00 290-0633-00 283-0081-00
CA P ., FXD,C E R DI :O . l UF , +80- 20%,100V CAP .,FXD ,C E R DI :O . IUF , +80- 20%,100V CA P .,FXD,ELCT'LT :50UF, +75 - 10 %, 50V CAP ., FXD , ELCTLT :2400U F , +75 - 10 %,30V CA P ., FXD,C E R D I :O . IUF , +80 - 20%,25V
72982 72982 56289 56289 56289
8131 Ν 145 Ε 104Ζ 8131 Ν 145 Ε 104 Ζ 30D506GO 50 DD9 39 D360 36C600
C1337 C1340 C1342 C1344 C1359
283- 00 81-00 290- Π 527-00 290-0527-00 290-0527-00 283-0178-00
CAP .,FXD ,C E R DI :O . IUF ,+80- 20%,25 V
56289 90201 90201 90201 72982
36C600 TD C156 M020 FL TDC156 M 020 FL T DC156M020FL 8131 Ν145 Ε 104Ζ
C1380 C1407 C1408 C1410
283-0103-00 283-0178-00 283-0178-00 290-0117-00
C AP .,FXD ,C ER D I :180 PF ,5%, 500V
CA P ., F X D ,CER DI :O . lUF , +80-20 %,100V CA P ., FXD,CER D I :O . IUF , +80-20 %,100V CA P ., FXD, EL CTLT : 50 UF , +75-10 %, 50 V
56289 72982 72982 56289
40C638 8131 ΝΙ 45 Ε 104Ζ 813ΙΝ 145 Ε 104 Ζ 30D506G050 DD 9
CR 16 C R 17 C R 25 CR26
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
S EMICOND S EMICO ND S EMICOND S EM ICOND
80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
3-6
CA P .,FXD ,C ER C AP .,FXD ,C ER CAP .,FX D ,C ER CAP .,FXD ,CER
0A P ., FXD , E1.C TLT :15U F ,20%,20V CAP .,FXD ,C ER D I :O . lU F , +80 -20 %,25V C AP .,FXD,C ER D I :O . IUF , +80- 20 %,25V C AP .,FXD ,C ER D I :O . IUF , +80 -20 %,25V
CA P ., FXD, ELCTLT :15UF ,20%,20V CAP ., FXD , ELCTLT :15U F ,20%,20V CAP ., FXD, ELCTLT :15UF ,20%,20V CAP .,FXD,C E R DI :O . I UF , +80 -20 %,100V
DE VICE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150MA DEVICE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150MA DE VIC E :S ILICON ,30V ,150MA DEVIC E :S LL LCO N ,30V ,150 MA
TD C156 M020FL TD C156M020 FL 813 ΙΝ 145 Ε 104Ζ 40C638
REV D, J AN 1979
R eplaceable
C k t No . C R 80
Te k tronix P art No .
Se r ial/ E ff
M odel
No . Dscont
N ame & Descri p tion
Mfr P art N um ber 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
SEMICO ND DEVICE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150MA SEMICO ND DEVI C E :SI LICO N ,30V ,150MA
SEM ICO ND DE VICE :S ILICON ,30V ,150MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
C R 147 CR220 CR222 CR224 CR226
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
SEMICOND SEMICO ND S EMICOND S EMICOND SEMICO ND
DEVI CE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150MA DE VICE :S IL ICO N ,30V , ISOMA DEVI CE :S ILICO N,30V ,150MA DEVI CE :S ILICO N,30V ,150 MA DE VICE :SILI CO N,30V ,150MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
CR228 CR296 CR 304 CR305 CR378
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
SEMI COND SE MI COND SEMICO ND SEMICO ND SEMICO ND
DEVI CE :S ILICO N,30V ,150MA DE V I CE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150MA D F, VI CE :S ILICON ,30V ,150MA DEVI CE :S ILICON ,30V ,150MA DE VICE :S ILICON ,30V ,150MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
CR 382 CR493 CR495 CR584 CR600
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0536-00 152-0536-00
SEMICO ND DE VICE :S ILICON ,30V ,150MA
80009 80009 80009 04713 04713
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 MB D101 MBD101
CR 604 C R 782 CR790 CR 792 CR 794
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
S EMI CO ND DEVI CE :SILI CO N ,30V ,150MA SEMI COND S EMI COND SEMICOND SEMICOND
DE VICE :S II.I CO N ,30V,I SOMA DEVI CE :SI LI CO N ,30V ,1SOMA DEVI CE :S IL.I CO N ,30V,I SOMA DEVI CE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
CR 805 CR 876 CR885 C R 958 CR990
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
S EMI COND
SE MI CO ND SEMICO ND SEMICO ND SEMICO ND
DE VICE :S ILI CON ,30V ,150MA DE VICE :S ILICON ,30V ,150MA DEVICE :S ILICON ,30V ,150 MA DEVI CE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150MA DE VIC E :S ILI CO N ,30V ,150MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
CR991 CR1200 CR 1202 CR1207 CR1219
152-0141-02 152-0488-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00
S EMICO ND SEMICO ND SEMICO ND S EMICO ND SEMICO ND
DE V ICE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150 MA DEVICE :S ILICO N ,200 V ,1500MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0141-02 152-0488-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00
CR1225 CR1240 CR1242 CR 1244 CR 1246
152- 0488 -ΠΟ 152- ΟΠ 66 -00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00
Sk:M 1COND SEMICO ND SEMI CO ND SEM I CO ND SEM I CO ND
DEV IC E :S ILICO N ,200 V ,1500MA DE, VIC E :S ILICO N,400 V ,750MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA DE V ICE :S ILICO N ,400 V ,750MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0488-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00
CR 1248 C R 1250 CR 1272 CR 1282 CR 1283
152-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0141-02 152-0066-00 152-0066-00
SEMICO ND S EMICO ND SEMI COND SEMICOND SEMICO ND
DEVI CE :S ILI CO N ,400 V ,750MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA DEV I CE :S IL ICON ,3 ΠV ,150MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-ΟΠ 66 -00 152-0066-00 152-0141-02 152-0066-00 152-0066-00
C R 1306 CR 1310 CR 1325 CR 1327 CR 1337
152-0141-02 152-0066-00 152-0488-00 152-0066-00 152-0066 -ΠΟ
SEMI CO ND S EMICO ND SEMICO ND S EMICO N D SEMICO ND
DEVI CE :S ILI CO N ,30V ,150MA DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA DEVICE :S ILICON ,2 ΠOV ,1500MA DE V ICE :S IL ICON ,400 V ,750 MA DEV ICE :S I I, ICO N ,40OV,750MA
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0141-02 152-0066-00 152-0488-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00
CR 1340 CR1342 CR1344
152-0066-00 152- ΠΟ 66 -00 152-0066-00
SEMICO ND DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA S EMI COND DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA SEMI CO ND DEVICE :SILICON,40OV,750MA
80009 80009 80009
152-0066-00 152- Π066-00 152-0066- Π(1
J AN
1979
S EMICO ND DEVI CE :S ILICON ,30V ,150 MA
SEMICO ND SEMICO ND SEMICO ND SEMICO ND
DEVI CE :S ILICON ,30V ,150 ΜA DEVI CE :S ILICON ,30V ,150MA DEVI CE :S IL ICON,HOT CAR RIE R,4 V DEVICE :S ILICON,HOT CARR.IER ,4 V
508
Code
152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0141-02
DEVI
C E:S II , I CON ,30 V ,150MA
Mfr
CR82 CR84 CR86 CR145
REV D,
S EMICO ND
Electrical Parts---PG
3-7
R e placeable E lectrical
C kt No .
Te k tronix Part No .
P a rts-PG 508
Serial/ M odel No . E ff Dsco n t
Mfr Co d e
M fr P art N um b er
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0141-02 Ι 52-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0141-02 152-0066-00
DELAY LINE , ELEC :4 .75NS,50 OHM S
80009
119-0755-00
N ame S EMI COND
& Description
DEVI C E :S ILI CO N ,30 V ,150 MA
C R 1372
CR1382 C R 1383 CR1406 CR1410
152-0141-02 152-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0141-02 152-0066-00
DL 480
119-0755-00
DS110 DS500
DS1250
150-1029-00 150-1031-00 150-1029-00
LAMP,LED :2 .O V ,G REEN I .,AMP,LED :RED ,650 NM ,40MA ΜΑΧ LAMP,LED :2 .O V ,G REEN
53184 53184 53184
XC209G XC209 R XC209G
J 10 J 12 J 90 J 140 J 254
131-0955-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00
CONNECTOR,RCPT, CONNECTOR BODY, CONNECTO R BODY, CONNEC TOR BODY, CO NNECTOR BODY,
:BNC, FE MALE ,W/HA RDWARE :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG
13511 80009 80009 80009 80009
31-279 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00
J 255
J 260 J 305 J450 J452
131-0955-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00
CO NNE CTOR,RCPT, CO NNE CTOR BODY, CO NNECTOR BODY, CO NNECTOR BODY, CO NNECTOR B ODY,
:BNC, FEMALE ,W/HARDWARE :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRO N G
13511 80009 80009 80009 80009
31-279 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00
J 480 J 481 J485 J 520 J 522
131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00
CO NN EC TOR BODY, :C KT BD ΜΤ ,2 CO NNECTOR B ODY, :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 CO NN ECTOR B OD Y, :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 CO NNECTOR BO DY, :C KT BD ΜΤ ,2 CO NNECTOR BODY, :C KT BD ΜΤ ,2
P RONG PRONG PRON G PRONG PRONG
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00
J 1024 J 1025 J 1200 J 1201
131-1003-00 131-1315-00 131-1003-00 131-1003-00
CO NNECTOR BODY, CO NNEC TOR ,RCPT, CO NNECTOR BODY, CO NNECTOR BODY,
:C KT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG :BNC,FEMALE :C KT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG :C KT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG
80009 24931 80009 80009
131-1003-00 28JR235-1 131-1003-00 131-1003-00
L 240
L .507
1,507
276-0569-00 108-0114-00 ----- -----
80009 80009
276- 0 569-00 108-0114-00
L 980
108-0543-00
CO RE,TO ROID : CO IL,RF :6 UH * AB OVE SIN Β030000 REPLACED WIT H Α 422 * W IRE S T RA P CO IL, RF :FIXED,1 .IUH
80009
108-0543-00
L 1060
108-0543-00
0O IL, RF :FIXED,1 .lUH
80009
108-0543-00
LR 682
108-0328-00
CO IL , RF :0 .3UH
80009
108-0328-00
Q20 Q22 Q25 Q26 Q30
151-1042-00
SEMICOND DV C SE : MATCHED P A IR F ET
80009
151-1042-00
151-022 ί -00 151-0221-0 Π 151-0188-00
TRANSI STOR :S ILICON,PNP T RAN SI STOR :S ILICO N,PNP TRAN SISTOR :S ILICO N,PNP
80009 80009 80009
151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0188-00
Q100 Q102 Q110 Q150 Q160
151-0333-00 151-0333-00 151-0424-00 151-0424-00 151-0424-00
TRA NSI STOR:S ILICO N,NPN ,S EL F RO M MP S918 TRAN S I STOR :S ILICO N,NPN ,S EL FROM MP S918 TRAN SI STOR:S ILICO N,NPN TRAN S I STO R:S ILICO N,NPN TRAN S ISTOR :S 1 1, ICO N , NPN
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0333-00 151-0333-00 151-0424-00 151-0424-00 151-0424-00
Q175 Q178 Q240 Q244 Q290
151-0333-Ο0 151- 0221- 00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0424-00
TRA NS ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN ,S EL FROM MP S918 TRANS ISTOR :S IL.I CO N,PNP TRA NS ISTOR :S ILICO N,PNP TRANS ISTOR :S ILICO N,PNP T RANS ISTOR :S ILI CO N,NPN
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0333-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0424-00
3-8
SEMICOND S EMICOND SEMICOND SEMICOND Β010100
Β010100
ΧΒ 010125
Β020244 Χ
Β029999 Χ
DEVI CE :S ILICO N ,400V ,750MA DEVI CE :S ILICON ,400V ,750MA DE V ICE :S ILICO N ,30V ,150 MA DE V ICE :S ILICON ,400V ,750MA
REV D,
J AN
1979
Re p lacea b le Electrical
C k t No .
Te kt r o n ix P art No.
Se r ial/ M o d el No. E ff Dsco n t
Na m e & Description
Parts--PG 508
Mfr Co d e
Mfr P art Numb er
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0221-00 151-0424-00 151-0225-00 151-0424-00 151-0221-00
Q294 Q320 Q342 Q406 Q410
151-0221-00 151-0424-00 151-0225-00 151-0424-00 151-0221-00
T RA NSI STOR:S IL 1 CO N , PNP T RA NSIS T O R :SI LI CON ,NPN
Q435 Q460 Q525 Q530 Q545
151-0424-00 151-0225-00 151-0221-00 1 51-0221-00 151-0221-00
T RAN S ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN T RAN S ISTOR :S IL ICO N,NPN TRAN S IS T O R :S ILICO N,PNP TRAN S ISTO R :S ILICO N,PNP
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0424-00 151-0225-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00
Q550 Q560 Q565 Q575 Q580
151-0190-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0190-00 151-0301-00
T RAN S ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN
80009 80009 80009 80009 04713
151-0190-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0190-00 2 Ν 2907 Α
Q600 Q608 Q625 Q630 Q635
151-0302-00 151-0188-00 151-0424-00 151-0424-00 151-0424-00
T RANSISTOR:S ILICON,NPN
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0302-00 151-0188-00 151-0424-00 151-0424-00 151-0424-00
Q640 Q660 Q675 Q680 ε Q685
151-0188-00 151-0282-00 151-1042-00
T RAN S ISTOR:S ILICO N,PNP
T RAN S ISTOR:S ILICO N,NPN SEMICO ND DVC SE :MATCHED PAIR ΣΕΤ
80009 80009 80009
151-0188-00 151-0282-00 151-1042-00
151-0282-00
T RA NS ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN
80009
151-0282-00
Q690 Q700 Q7 π 1 ε Q704 Q706
151-0282-00 151-1042-00
T RA NS IS T OR:S ILI CO N,NPN
80009 80009
151-0282-00 151-1042-00
151-0333-00 15 Ι -0333-00
T RA NS ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN ,S EL F RO M T RA NS ISTOR:S ILICO N,NPN,S EL FROM
80009 80009
151-0333-00 151-0333-00
Q715 Q820 Q825 Q840 Q845
151-0424-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00
TRAN S ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN T RAN S IS T O R :S ILICO N,PNP T RAN S I ST O R :S ILICO N,PNP T RAN S ISTOR :S ILICO N,PNP TRAN S ISTOR :S IL ICO N,PNP
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0424-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-022 1 -00 151-0221-00
Q900 Q945 Q950 Q954 Q975
151-0190-00 151-0424-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 Ι 51-0438 -πΠ
TRAN S ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0190-00 151-0424-00 151-0221-00 151-0221-00 151-0438-00
Q980 Q990 Q995 Q1000 Q1010
151-021 ί -00 151-0285-00 151-0424-00 151-0302-00 151-0411-00
T RAN SI STOR :S ILI CON,NPN T RAN S I STOR :SI LI CO N,PNP T RAN SI STOR:S ILICON ,N PN T RA NSI STOR:S ILI CON,NPN T RA N S I S T O R :S ILI CON,NPN
01282 80009 80009 80009 80009
2 Ν3866 151-0285-00 151-0424-00 151-0302-00 151-0411-00
Q1015 Q1055 Q1060 Q1070 Q1075
151-0411-00 151-0424-00 151-0285-00 151-0211-00 151-0188-00
T RA N SI S T O R :S ILI CON , NP N T RA N SI STOR:S IL ICON , NPN T RAN SISTOR :SILI CON,PNP T RA NSISTOR :S ILICON,NPN T RA NS I STO R :S 1LI C 0 N,PNP
80009 80009 80009 01282 8000 9
151-0411-00 151-0424-00 151-0285-00 2Ν3866 151-0188-00
Q1080 Q1090 Q1095
151-0301-0 π 151-0450-00 151-0450-00
T RA NS ISTOR :S ILICO N,PNP T RA NS ISTOR :S ILICO N , PNP ,S EL TRA NS ISTOR :S ILICO N , PNP ,S EL
04713 80009 80009
2Ν2907 Α 151-0450-00 151-0450-00
REV D, J AN 1979
T RAN S ISΤOR :SIL ICON , NPN T RAN S IS TOR :SII., 1 CO N,NPN
T RAN S ISTOR :S II,I CO N,PNP
TRAN S ISTOR :S ILICO N,PNP
T RAN S ISTO R :S ILI CON,PNP
T RAN SI STOR:S ILICON ,PNP T RA NSISTOR:S ILICON,NPN T RA NSISTOR:S ILICON,PNP TRAN SISTOR:S ILICON,PNP TRAN SISTOR:S ILICO N,NPN T RAN S ISTOR:S ILICO N,NPN T RA NS ISTOR:S ILICO N,NPN
SEMICO ND DVC SE :MATCHED PAIR FET MP S918 MP S918
T RAN S ISTOR :S IL ICON,NPN
T RAN S I S TO R :SI LI CO N,PNP
TRAN SI S TO R :SIL,ICO N,PNP T RA NS I STOR :S ILICO N,PNP ,S EL FROM S PS6927
FRO M 2Ν5583 FROM 2Ν5583
3- 9
Replaceable Electrical Parts-- PG 508
C kt No.
Te ktronix P art No.
Se r ial/ M odel No. Eff Dscont
Name & Descriptio n
Mfr Code
M fr P art Nu mber
Q1255 Q1265 Q1270 Q1280 Q1285
151-0432-00 151-0432-00 151-0432-00 151-0463-π0 151-0350-00
TRANS ISTOR :S ILICO N ,N PN TRAN S ISTO R :S I Ι.,ICO N,NPN TRAN S ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN TRAN S τSTOR :S ILτCO N,PNP TRA NSISTOR :SILI CO N, PNP
80009 80009 80009 03508 80009
151-0432-00 151-0432-00 151-0432-00 D41 E 7 151-0350-00
Q1295 Q1300 Q1355 Q1365 Q1370
1 .51-0350-00 151-0347-00 151-0453-00 151-0453-00 151-0453- 0 0
Τ'RAN S I STOR :S ILICO N,PNP Τ' RANSI STOR :S IILI CO N,NPN T RANS I S TOR :S ILICO N,PNP TRANSI S'IO R :S ILICO N,PNP Τ'RANSISTOR :S ILICO N, PNP
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0350-00 151-0347-00 151-0453-00 151-0453-00 151-0453-00
Q1380 Q1385 Q1395 Q1400
151-0439-00 151-0347-00 151-0347-00 151-0453-00
Τ'RAN SISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN TRAN SISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN T RAN S ISTOR :S ILICO N,NPN TRAN SI STOR :S ILICO N,PNP
80009 80009 80009 80009
151-0439-00 151-0347-00 151-0347-00 151-0453-00
Α 12 R 14 Α16 Α20 R22
301-0510-00 315-0913-00 315-0914-00 301-0471-00 301-0471-00
R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN :51 ΟΗΜ ,5%,O .SOW
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
ΕΒ 5105 CB9135 CB9145 ΕΒ 4715 ΕΒ 4715
Α25 R28 Α30 Α32 Α33
315 - 0470 - ΟΛ 315-0102-00 315-0152-00 315-0302-00 315-0512-00
R ES ., FXD ,C MP SN:47 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB4705 CB 1025 CB1525 CB3025 CB5125
R36
315-0470-00 315-0101-00 321-0302-00 321-0327-00 321-0289-00
RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
., FXD,C MP SN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., F XD ,F'1LM :13 .7 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W .,FXD ,FILM :24 .9 K ΟΗΜ, 1 %,0 .125W .,FXD,FILM :l OK ΟΗΜ,1%,0 .125 W
01121 01121 91637 91637 91637
CB4705 CB1015 MFF1816G13701 F MFF 1816G24901 F MFF 1816G10001 F
R 45 R 48
321-0290-00 311-1484-00 315-0101-00 315-0101-00 315-0182-00
RE S .,FXD , FI LM :10 .2 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RES ., VAR,NONWIR : PNL ,2 .5 K OHM ,1W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :1 .8K OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637 01121 01121 01121 01121
MFF 1816G10201 F Ι 1Μ 110 CB1015 CB1015 CB 1825
R 56
R57 R60 R 62 R 64
315-0392-00 315-0242-00 315-0220-00 315-0271-00 315-0220-00
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :3 .9 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S .,FXD ,CMP SN :2 .4K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :22 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :270 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES ., F XD ,CMP S N :22 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB3925 CB2425 CB2205 CB2715 CB2205
R66 R70 R72 R 73 R 75
315-0471-00 315-0151-00 315-0331-00 315-0391-00 315-0102-00
RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :470 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :150 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :330 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FX D ,CMP SN :390 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,C MP SN :I K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
C B4715 CB1515 CB3315 CB3915 CB1025
R76 R78 R 90 R92 R95
315- π 102-00 315-0101-00 315-0391-00 315-0102-00 315-0561-00
RES ., FXD,CMP SN :1 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD,CMP SN :100 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :390 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :I K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :560 OHM ,57,,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB 1025 CB 1015 CB3915 CB1025 CB5615
R100
301- Π 152-00 315-0331-00 315-0161-00 321-0297- 00
RES ., FXD,C MP S N :1 .S K ΟΗΜ ,5%,O .SOW RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :330 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :160 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 91637
ΕΒ 1525 CB3315 CB 1615 MFF1816G12101 F
Α38 Α40 Α42 R 43
R52 R53 Α55
R 102 R104 R 106
3- 1 0
RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:91K OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:910 K OHM,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 ΟΗΜ,5%, 0 . 50W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 ΟΗΜ ,5%, 0 . 50W RES .,FX D ,C MP SN: IK OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., F X D ,C MP SN:1 .S K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,F XD ,C MP SN :3K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN:S .1 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S RE S RE S RES
Β 010100
Β 020244
RES .,FXD,FILM :12 . IK ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W
REV D, J AN 1979
Replacea ble Electrical
C k t No .
Tektronix P art No.
Serial/ Model No . E ff Dscont
Parts--PG 508
Mfr Code
M fr P art Nu m ber
R ES .,FXD,FILM :22 .1 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RE S ., F XD ,CMP S N :330 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .78K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .42K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 ω RES .,FXD,FILM :6 .19 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W
91637 01121 91637 91637 91637
MFF 1816G22101 F CB3315 MFF1816G1780ύF MFF1816G44200 F MFF1816G61900 F
Name & Descriptio n
R 106 R 110 R 112 R 113
321-0322-00 315-0331-00 321-0217-00 321-0255-00 321-0269-00
R 140 R 142
315-0131-00 315-0820-00 315-0471-00 315-0471-00 315-0121-00
RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :130 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :82 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., ΣXD ,C MP SN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,C MP S N :120 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB1315 CB8205 CB4715 CB4715 CB1215
R 152 R 154 R 156 Α 160 Α 162
315-0430-00 301-0132-00 315-0430-00 315-0101-00 315-0242-00
RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :43 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXΩ ,C MP S N :1 .3K ΟΗΜ ,5%,O .SOW R ES .,FXD ,CMP SN :43 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,CMP SN :2 .4K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB4305 ΕΒ 1325 CB4305 CB 1015 CB2425
R 165 Α 167 R 169 R 170 R 171
311-1561-00 315-Π 112-00 315-0362-00 311-1560-00 315-0430-00
RES .,VAR,NONW IR :2 . 5K ΟΗΜ ,20%,0 .50W RES .,FXD,CMP SN :I .1 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :3 .6 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., VAR ,NONW IR :SK ΟΗΜ ,5%, Π .50W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN:43 OHM,5%,0 .25W
73138 01121 01121 73138 01121
91 Α R 2500 CB1125 CB3625 91 Α R 5K CB4305
R 172 R 175 R 177
315-0152-00 315-0431-00 315-0680-00 315-0271-00 311-1560-00
RES ., FXD ,CMP SN:1 .S K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN:430 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD,C MP SN:68 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:270 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., VAR,NONWIR :S K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .5 ΠW
01121 01121 01121 01121 73138
CB1525 CB4315 CB6805 CB2715 91 Α Α5Κ
R 182
Α185 R 186 Α190 R 192
315-0683-00 315-0101-00 311-1567-00 311-1832-00 315-0123-00
RE S ., FXD,C MP S N:68K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,C MP SN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., VAR,NON WIR :TRM R ,100 OHM ,0 .50W RES ., VAR ,N ONWIR : 5K ΟΗΜ ,10%, 0 . 50 W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :12K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 73138 01121 01121
CB6835 CB 1015 91-89-0 14Μ395 CB1235
Α 194 Α 195 R214 R 218 Α219
315-0432-00 311- 1 566- 00 307-0113-00 3 1 5-0180-00 315-0100-00
RES RES RES RE S RES
01121 73138 01121 01121 01121
CB4325 91-88-0 CBSIGS CB1805 CB 1005
Α224 R230 R 232 R 234 R 240
315-0471-00 315-0471-00 315- 0471-00 315-0471-00 315-0220-00
RES ., FXD,C MP SN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD,C MP SN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FX D ,C MP SN :22 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB4715 CB4715 CB4715 CB4715 CB2205
R 242
301-0431-00 301-0431-00 315-0100-00 315-0510-00 315-0100-00
RE S ., FX D ,C MP SN :430 οΗΜ ,5%,0 .50 ω RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :430 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .50W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,C MP SN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,C MP SN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
ΕΒ 4315 ΕΒ 4315 CB1005 CB5105 CB 1005
R 253
315- 0 510-00 315-0271-00 315-0471-00 315-0471-00 315-0680-00
RES RES RES RE S RE S
., FXD,C MP SN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,C MP SN :270 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,CMP SN :470 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,CMP SN :470 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W ., F XD ,CMP SN :68 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB5105 CB2715 CB4715 CB4715 CB 6805
R 280
315-0471-00 315-0471-00 315-0271-00
ftES ., FXD ,CMPSN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., F XD,C MP SN :270 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121
CB4715 CB4715 CB 2715
Α113
R145 R 147 R150
Α178 R 180
R244 R 248 R 249 R252 R270 R272 Α274 R 275 R 284 R 290
REV D,
J AN
1979
Β020245 Β010100 Β020245
Β010100
ΧΒ 010125
Β020244
Β010124 Χ
., F XD ,C MP S N :4 .3 K OHM,5%,0 .25W .,VAR,NONW IR :200 ΟΗΜ ,20%,0 .50W ., FXD ,CMP SN :5 .1 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD,CMP SN :18 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,CMP SN:10 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
3- 1 1
R e placeable
Ck t
No.
Elect r ical P arts--PG
Te ktro n i x P art No.
508
Serial/ Model No. Dsco n t E ff
Mfr Code
Mfr P a rt N um b er
RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :110 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :3 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :10 ΟΗΜ,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :120 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP S N :43 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB1115 CB3025 CB1005 CB1215 CB4305
RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :150 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES ., F XD ,CMP SN :270 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :270 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :39 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB1515 CB2715 CB2715 CB3905 CB5105
Name & Descri p tio n
Α292 R 294 R 296 R 300 Α304
315-0111-00 315-0302-00 315-0100-00 315-0121-00 315-0430-00
R 306 R 310 R 312
315-0151-00 315-0271-00 315-0271-00 315-0390-00 315-0510-00
R320 R325 R 328 R 342
RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :22 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :27 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD,C MP SN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
Α346
315-0220-00 315-0270-00 315-0100-00 315-0101-00 315-0202-00
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB2205 CB2705 CB1005 CB1015 CB2025
Α348 Α350 Α352 Α352 R 354
315-0201-00 315-0621-00 311-1562-00 311-1560-00 315-0124-00
RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :200 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES ., F X D ,C MP SN :620 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2 K ΟΗΜ ,20%, 0 . 50 W RES .,VAR,NONWIR : 5K ΟΗΜ ,5%, 0 . 50W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :120 K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 73138 73138 01121
CB2015 CB6215 91 Α R2K 91 Α R5K CB1245
Α354 Α354 Α355 Α360 R 362
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB1245 CB1845 73M4G040L503 A CB4715 CB4715
R 362
Α315 Α317
Β010100
Β020244 Χ
Β010100
Β020244 Χ
Β010100
Β020244Χ
RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
Β010100 Β030000 Β010100
Β029999
315-0124-00 315-0184-00 311-1834-00 315-0471-00 315-0471-00
Β020245 Β030000
Β029999
Β010100
Β020244
RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:120 K ΟΗΜ ,( ΝΟΜ V ALUE),SE L RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:180 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,VA R,N ONWIR :SOK ΟΗΜ ,10%,O .SOW R E S ., FXD,C MP SN:470 OHM , 5Y,,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
315-0471-00 315-0680-00 315-0471-00 315-0471-00 315-0471-00
Β020245
Β020244
RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 ΟΗΜ ,( ΝΟΜ VALUE),SEL R ES ., FXD ,C MP SN:68 OHM,5%,0 .25W R ES ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W R ES ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,C MP SN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB4715 CB6805 CB4715 CB4715 CB4715
315-0471-00 315-0680-00 315-0471-00 315-0102-00 315-0471-00
Β020245
Β010100
Β010124
R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 ΟΗΜ ,( ΝΟΜ VALU E),SEL R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN:68 OHM,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W R ES .,FXD ,C MP SN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,C MP S N:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB4715 CB6805 CB4715 CB1025 CB4715
R 400
R402 R402 R406 R408
315-0271-00 315-0471-00 315-0271-00 315-0271-00 315-0111-00
Β010125 Β010100 Β010125
Β010124
RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:270 RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:470 RE S ., FX D ,C MP SN:270 R E S ., FXD ,C MP S N:270 RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:110
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB2715 CB4715 CB2715 CB2715 CB 1115
R410 R412 R415 R420 R422
315-0302-00 315-0100-00 315-0121-00 315-0430-00 315-0151-00
R ES .,FXD ,C MP SN:3 K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:10 OHM,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FX D ,C MP SN:120 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:43 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FX D ,C MP SN:150 ΟΗΜ,5%, 0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB3025 CB 1005 CB1215 CB4305 CB1515
Α425 R 426 R430 R432 R436
315-0271-00 315-0271-00 315-0390-00 315-0510-00 315-0270-00
RE S ., FX D ,C MP SN:270 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:270 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:39 OHM,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN:51 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:27 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB2715 CB2715 CB3905 CB5105 CB2705
R439
315-010 0 -00 315-0220-00 315-0101-00
RE S ., ΣX D ,C MP SN:10 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:22 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121
CB1005 CB2205 CB 1015
Α364 R 366 R 368 R 370
R 370 R 372
Α375 R 380 R400
R455 R456
3- 1 Ζ
Β010100
Β020244
Β010100 Β010100
Β020244 Χ Β020244 Χ
Β010100
Β020244 Χ
Β010100
Β020244 Χ
OHM,5%,0 .25W ΟΗΜ,5%,0 .25ω ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W OHM,5%,0 .25W OHM,5%,0 .25W
REV D,
J AN
1979
Replaceable E lectrical Parts--,PG 508
C k t No.
Tektro n ix P art No.
Serial/ Mo d el No. E ff Dsco n t
N ame & Descri ptio n
M fr
Code
Mfr P art Nu mber
RES .,FXD,C MP SN:2 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S .,FX D ,C MP SN :1 .6 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,VAR,N O NWIR :2 .5 K ΟΗΜ ,20%, 0 . 50W RE S .,FXD ,C MP SN :200 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :620 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 73138 01121 01121
C B2025 C B 1625 91 Α R 2500
RES RES RES RES RES
73138 01121 01121 01121 01121
91 Α R2K CB1245 CB1245 C B 1845 73M4G040L503A
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN : λK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :82 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP S N :82 OHM,5%,0 .25W ΑES ., FXD ,C MP SN :130 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB1025 CB8205 CB8205 CB1315 C B1025
RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :130 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :I K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :1 . 5K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FxD ,CMPSN :750 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMP SN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
C B1315
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :82 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :130 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :100 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :150 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB8205 CB1025 CB1315 C B1015 C B1515
R460 R460 R465 Α462 Α 467
315-0202-00 315-0162-00 311-1561-00 315-0201-00 315-0621-00
Α470 R 473 R473 R473 R475
311-1562-00 315-0124-00 315-0124-00 315-0184-00 311-1834-00
Β010100 Β020245 Β030000
Β020244 Β029999
R 482 R482 R483 Α484 R485
315-0102-00 315-0820-00 315-0820-00 315-0131-00 315-0102-00
ΧΒ010125 Β020245 ΧΒ030000 ΧΒ020245 Β010100
Β020244
Α485 R487 R490 Α490 R492
315-0131-00 315-0102-00 315-0152-00 315-0751- 00 315-0102-00
Β030000
Α492 Α 493 R494 R495 R500
315-0820-00 315-0102-00 315-0131-00 315-0101-00 315-0151-00
R520 R522 Α525 R 527 R528
315-0131-00 315- 0820-00 315-0510-00 315-0102-00 315-0220-00
RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :130 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP S N :82 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP S N:51 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN:22 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB1315 CB8205 CB5105 CB 1025 CΒ 22 05
R 530 R 534 R536 R 538 R 540
315-0102-00 315-0820-00 315-0131-00 315-0510-00 311-1833-00
RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:1 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:82 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:130 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN :51 ΟΗΜ,5 Ζ ,0 .25W RES .,VAR,NONWIR :50K ΟΗΜ, ΙΟ %,0 .50W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
C B 1025 C B8205
R542 Α544 R 545 R 547 R550
311-1248-00 315-0111-00 315-0111-00 315-0391-00 315-0271-00
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :500 ΟΗΜ ,10%,0 . 50 W R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN :110 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,C MP SN :110 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,C MP SN :390 OHM,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN :270 OHM,5%,0 .25W
73138 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB 1115 CB 1115 CB3915
R 552 R 554 R 555
315-0332-00 321-0225-00 321-0297-00 317-0470-00 317-0470-00
R E S ., FXD,C MP SN :3 .3K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .15 K ΠΗΜ , Ι %, Λ .125W R ES ., FXD,FILM :12 .1 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :47 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W RES ., F XD ,C MP S N :47 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W
01121 91637 91637 01121 01121
CB3325 MFF1816G21500 F MFF 1816G12101 F ΒΒ 4705 ΒΒ 4705
R565 R571 R575
317-0220-00 315-0751-00 311-1237-00 315-0512-00 3 ί 5-0102-00
RE S RES RES RES RES
01121 01121 32997 01121 01121
ΒΒ 2205 CB7515 3386 Χ-Τ07 -102 C B5125 CB1025
R 578 R585 R586
301-0471-00 317-0150-00 317-0150-00
RES ., FXD,CMP SN :470 ΟΗΜ ,5%, 0 . 50 W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :15 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W RES ., FXD,CMP SN :15 ΟΗΜ ,5%, 0 .125W
01121 01121 01121
ΕΒ 4715 ΒΒ 1505 ΒΒ 1505
R 560 R 563
R 569 R 570
REV D, J AN 1979
Β010100 Β020245
Β010100 Β020245 ΧΒΠ10125 Β020245 ΧΒ020245
Β020244
Β029999
Β020244 Β020244
.,VAR,NONWIR :2 K ΟΗΜ,2 ΠΖ ,0 .50W .,FXD ,CMP SN :120K OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,CMP SN :120 K OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,CMP SN :180 K OHM,5%,0 .25W .,VAR,NONW IR:SOK ΟΗΜ ,10%,O .SOW
., FXD,C MP SN :22 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W ., FXD ,C MP SN :750 OHM,5%,0 .25W .,VAR,NONWIR :IK ΟΗΜ ,10%,O .SOW ., FXD,C MP SN :5 .1 K OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,C MP SN :IK ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
CB2015 CB6215
CB1025 C B1525 CB7515 C B 1025
CB 1315 CB5105 73AI G040 L503A 72 Χ-23- 0 -501 Κ
CB2715
3- 1 3
R ep laceable E lect rical
C k t No . Α600
Te k tro n ix Part No .
Parts-PG 508
Serial/ M odel No . E ff Dscont
Mfr P art Nu mb er
RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP S N :1 .S K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., VAR,N ONWI R :IK ΟΗΜ ,10%,O .SOW
01121 01121 01121 01121 32997
CB2215 CB 1615 CB 1025 CB 1525 3386 Χ-Τ07 -102
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB4725 CB751 .5 ΒΒ 4705 CB 2205 CB7515
R 614 R 615
R608
315-0221-00 315-0161-00 315-0102-00 315-0152-00 311-1237-00
R 616 R 620 R 622 R 625 R 630
315-0472-00 315-0751-00 317-0470-00 315-0220-00 315-0751-00
RE S RE S RE S RE S RES
R 631
317-0470-00 315-0220-00 315-0332-00 315-0271-00 321-0297-00
RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :47 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :22 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :3 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :270 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD, FILM :12 .1 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W
01121 01121 01121 01121 91637
ΒΒ 4705 CB2205 CB3325 CB2715 MFF 1816G12101 F
R 644 R 647
321-0225-00 315-0111-00 315-0111-00 311-1248-00 311-1833-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .15K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :110 ΟΗΜ ,5%, 0 . 25 W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :110 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,VAR,NONW IR :500 ΟΗΜ ,10%, 0 . 50 W RES .,VAR ,NONWIR :SOK ΟΗΜ ,10%,0 .50W
91637 01121 01121 73138 01121
MFF 1816G21500 F CB 1115 CB 1115 72 Χ-23-0 -501 Κ 73A1G040 L503A
R 660
R662 R 667 R 668 Α670
321-0173-00 315-0101-00 321-0289-00 321-0282-00 321-0289-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :619 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637 01121 91637 91637 91637
M FF'1816G619 ROF
Α671 Α678 R682 R685 R687
321-0282-00 317-0101-00 315-0151-00 321-0069-00 315-0220-00
R E S ., FXD , F ILM :8 .45K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN:100 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 ω R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN:150 OHM,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FXD , F IL M :51 .1 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN:22 OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637 01121 01121 91637 01121
M FF1816G84500 F
Α690 R692 R695 R697 Α698
321-0069-00 315-0220-00 321-0199-00 317-0101-00 321-0153-00
RE S ., FXD , F ILM :51 .1 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RE S ., F XD,C MP SN:22 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD, FILM :1 .15K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W R ES ., FXD,C MP SN :100 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W R ES ., FXD , F I I. M :383 ΟΗΜ , Ι %,0 .125W
91637 01121 91637 01121 91637
MF F1816GS1 R10 F CB2205 MFF1816G11500 F ΒΒ 1015 MFF1816G383 ROF
R700 R 702 R 704 R706 R 708
315-0751- 00 315-0100-00 315-0162-00 315-0100-00 315-0271- 00
RES ., Σ'XD,CMP SN :750 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S RES RES RES
., FXD ,C MP SN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD,C MP SN :1 .6 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,C MP S N :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD,C MP SN :270 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB7515 CB 1005 CB1625 CB1005 CB2715
R 710 R 712 R 715 Α722 R 724
321-0153-00 321-0199-00 315-0431-00 315-0561-00 315-0561-0 0
RES RES RES RES RE S
. ,F XD,FILM :383 OHM, Ι%,0 .125W ., FXD ,FII.M :1 .15 K ΟΗΜ,1%,0 .125 W ., F XD ,C MP SN :430 OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,C MP SN :560 OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,C MP S N :560 OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637 91637 01121 01121 01121
MFF 1816G383 ROF MFF 1816G11500 F CB4315 CB5615 CB5615
R 728 R728 R73 Π R732 R734
315-0152-0 0 315-0751-0 0 315- 0561-Οπ 315-0151- 00 315-0102 - ΠΟ
RE S .,FXD ,C MP SN :1 . 5K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25 W RES ., FXD ,CMP S N :750 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., F'XD ,CMP SN :560 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :150 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMP SN. :1K ΟΗΜ ,5 Ζ ,0 .25 W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB1525 CB7515 CB5615 CB1515 C B1025
R742 R743 R744
315-0471-00 315-0680-00 315-0301-00
RES ., FXD,C MP SN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD,CMP SN :68 OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :300 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121
CB4715 CB6805 CB 3015
R 604
Α635 R637 R 640 Α643
R648 R650 R 655
3-14
ΧΒ010125
M fr Co d e
N ame & Descri p tio n RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :220 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES ., FXD ,C MP SN:160 OHM,5%,0 .25W
., FXD ,C MP SN :4 .7 K OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,C MP SN:750 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,G MP SN :47 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W ., FXD ,C MP SN :22 OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,C MP SN :750 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :I OK ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RES ., FXD , FILM :8 .45K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RES .,FXD,FILM :I OK ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W
Β010100 Β020245 Β 0101 Π0
ΧΒ 030000
Β020244 Β 029999 Χ
CB 1015 MFF1816G10001 F M FF1816G84500 F MFF1816G10001 F ΒΒ 1015 CB 1 515 ΜΣ 'F1816GS1 R 10 F CB2205
REV D,
J AN
1979
Replaceable
C kt
No .
Te k tronix P art No .
Serial/ M o d el No . E ff Dscont
N ame & Descriptio n
Electrical
Parts---PG 508
M fr Co d e
Mfr P art N um ber CB4715 CB6805 CB3015 381 -CM39691 72-28-0
Α748 R749 R 750 R 770A,B R 775
315-0471-00 315-0680-00 315-0301-00 311-1162-00 311-1245-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :68 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :300 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES ., VAR,NONWIR:2 Χ ΙΟΚ ΟΗΜ , ΙΟ %,1W RES .,VAR,NONWIR :IOK ΟΗΜ ,10%,O .SOW
01121 01121 01121 12697 73138
R 777
315-0105-00 315-0102-00 315-0182-00 317-0100-00 311-1245-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IM OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .8K ΟΗΜ,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 ω RES ., VAR,NON WIR :lOK ΟΗΜ ,10%,O .SOW
01121 01121 01121 01121 73138
Α788 R 790 R 794 Α796
315-0105-00 315-0102-00 315-0302-00 315-0302-00 315-0103-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IM OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I ΠK OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB1055 CB1025
R 798 R800 R802 R804 R 810
315-0103-00 315-0183-00 315-0223-00 315-0103-00 321-0289-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IOK ΟΗΜ,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 91637
CB1035 CB1835 CB2235 CB1035 MFF1816G10001F
R 811 Α814 R815 Α817 Α820
321-0289-00 321- Π289-00 321-0289-00 321-0182-00 315-0101-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :IOK ΟΗΜ ,1%,0.125W
91637 91637 91637 91637 01121
MFF1816Gi0001F MFF1816GI0001F MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G768ROF C B1015
R825 R827
321-0107-00 315-0470-00 321-0142-00 321-0142-00 315-0153-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :127 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W
RES .,FXD,FILM :294 ΟΗΜ , 1 %,0 .125W RES .,FXD,FILM :294 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
91637 01121 91637 91637 01121
MFF1816G127ROF C B4705 MFF1816G294ROF MFF1816G294ROF CB1535
R 836 R 840
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:30K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,FILM :127 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES .,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,FILM :169 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,FILM :316 ΟΗΜ , Ι%,0 .50W
01121 91637 01121 91637 91637
C B3035
Α842 R845 R847
315-0303-00 321-0107-00 315-0470-00 322-0119-00 323-0145-00
R850 R850 R 850 Α 852 Α852
321-0114-00 321-0121-00 ----- ----321-0114-00 321-0121-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :150 ΟΗΜ,1%,0 .125W RES .,F'XD,FILM :178 ΟΗΜ,1%,0 .125 W * NOMINAL VALUE,TES'Υ S ELECTED AS Α SET RES .,FXD,FILM :150 ΟΗΜ , 1 %,0 .125 W RES .,F'XD,FILM :178 ΟΗΜ ,1 Ζ ,0 .125W
91637 91637
ΜΣ'F1816GI 50 ROF MFF1816G178ROF
91637 91637
MFF1816G150ROF MFF1816G178ROF
Α852 R854 R854 R 854 R856
-----° ----321-0114-00 321-0121-00 ---°--- -----321-0114-00
91637 91637
MFF1816G150 ROF MFF1816GI78ROF
91637
MFF1816G150ROF
R 856
RES .,FXD,FILM :178 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W * N OMINAL VAL UE,TEST SELECTED AS A SET RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,C M PSN :2 .2 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :200 OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637
MFF1816G178ROF
R 860 R 861 R 863
321-0121-00 ----- -_--°315-0102-00 315-0222-00 315-0201-00
01121 01121 01121
C B1025 CB2225 CB2015
Α865 R 866 R868
315 - 0222 - ΠΟ 315-0222-00 315-0222-00
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CM PSN :2 .2 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121
CB2225 CB2225 CB2225
Α778 Α 780 R782 R785
R 787
R830 R832 R834
R 856
REV D, J AN 1979
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :18K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,CMPSN:lOK OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,FILM :I ΠK ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES .,FXD,FILM :IOK ΟΗΜ , Ι%,0 .125 W RES .,FXD,FILM :IOK ΟΗΜ ,1%,0.125 W RES .,FXD,FILM :768 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
Β010100 Β020699
Β 020698
Β010100 Β020699
Β020698
Β010100 Β 020699
Β020698
Β010100
Β02 0698
Β020699
* NOMINAL VALUE,TEST SELECTED AS Α SET RES .,FXD,FILM :150 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RES .,FXD,FILM :178 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W * NOMINAL V ALUE,TE S T S ELE C' ΥΕ D A S Α SET RES .,FXD,FILM : 1 50 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W
CΒΙ 055
C B1025
CB1825 ΒΒ 1005 72-28-0
CB3025 CB3025 CΒΙ 035
MFF1816G127ROF CB4705 ΜFF1421GI69ROF MF'Ρ'1226G316ROF
3- 1 5
R e p lacea b le Electrical P arts-PG 508
C kt
No.
Te ktronix P art No.
Serial/ Mo d el No. E ff Dscont
Name & Descri ption
M fr
Code
M fr P art Nu m ber
R 869 R 875
315-0222-00 315-0301-00 315-0272-00 315-0510-00 315-0470-00
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :2 .2 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FX D ,CMP SN :300 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :2 .7 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
CB2225 C B3015 C B2725 C B5105 C B4705
R 885
311-1566-00 321-0097-00 321-0097-00 321-0271-00 321-0289-00
RES ., νAR , NONWIR :200 ΟκΜ ,20%,0 .50 ω RES .,FXD,FILM :100 ΟΗΜ,1%,0 .125 W RES .,FXD,FILM :100 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES .,FXD,FI LM:6 .49 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0.125W RES .,FXD,FILM :l OK ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W
73138 91637 91637 91637 91637
9 1 -88-0 MFF 1816G100 ROF MFF 1816G100 ROΣ MFF 1816G64900F MFF 1816G10001 F
R 895 R 897 R 898
321-0271-00 321-0289-00 323-0133-00 315-0101-00 321-0223-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :6 .49K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0.125W
91637 91637 75042 01121 91637
MFF1816G64900F MFF 1816G10001 F CE CTO-2370 Σ CB 1015 MFF 1816G20500F
R 905 R 908
RES ., FXD , ΣILM :23 .2 K οΗΜ ,1%,0.125 W
Α910 R 911 Α914
321-0324-00 321-0223-00 311-1562-00 321-0322-00 315-0203-00
91637 91637 73138 91637 01121
MFF 1816G23201 F MFF1816G20500F 91 Α R2K MFF 1816G22101 F CB2035
Α915 R 918 R 920 R 924 R 92 .5
311-1559-00 315-0203-00 311-1559-00 315-0273-00 311-1559-00
RES .,VAR ,NONWIR :I OK ΟΗΜ ,20%,O .SOW RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES ., VAR,NONWIR :l O K ΟΗΜ ,20%,O .SOW RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :27K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,VAR,NONWIR: 10 K ΟΗΜ ,20%, 0 . 50 W
73138 01121 73138 01121 73138
91 Α-1 Ο001Μ CB 2035 91 Α-10001 Μ CB 2735 91 Α-10001 Μ
Α930 Α932 R934 Α936 R938
315-0432-00 321-0287-00 321-0260-00 321-0260-00 321-0289-00
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :4 .3 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,FILM :9 .53K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0.125W RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .99K οΗΜ ,1%,0.125W RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .99K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0.125W RES .,FXD,FILM :I OK ΟΗΜ,1%,0 .125 W
01121 91637 91637 91637 91637
CB4325 MFF 1816G95300F MFF 1816G49900F MFF 1816G49900F MFF 1816G10001 F
R942 R944 Α945 Α947 R950
321-0289-00 315-0101-00 315-0821-00 323-0157-00 317-0100-00
RES RES RES RES RES
.,FXD,FILM :l OK ΟΗΜ,1%,0 .125W ., FXD ,C MP S N :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,C MP S N :820 OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD,FILM :422 ΟΗΜ, Ι %,O .SOW .,FXD ,C MP SN :1 0 οΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W
91637 01121 01121 91637 01121
MFF 1816G I 0001 F C B1015 C B8215 MFF 1226G422 ROF ΒΒ 1005
R954 Α956 R 958 Α975 R977
317-0100-00 317-0101-00 315-0102-00 315-01 00-00 315-0160-00
RES RE S RES RES RE S
., FXD,CMP SN :10 OHM ,57,,0 .125W ., FXD ,C MP S N :100 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .125 W .,FXD,C MP SN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,C MP S N :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,C MPS N :16 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
ΒΒ 1005 ΒΒ 1015 CB1025 CB1005 C B1605
R978 R 982 R985 R 990 R992
301-0751-00 321-0001-00 322-0051-00 307-0110-00 315-0100-00
RES RES RES RES RES
., FXD ,C MPS N :750 ΟΗΜ ,5%, 0 . 50 W .,FXD,FILM :10 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W ., FXD, FILM :33 .2 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .25W ., FXD ,C MPS N :3 OHM,5%,0 .25W ., FXD ,C MP S N :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 75042 75042 01121 01121
ΕΒ 7515 C EATO-1O R00 F C EBTO-33 R 20 F C B30G5 C B 1005
R 995 Α 1000 R1002 R 1005 R 1014
301-0472-00 321-0218 -ΠΟ 321-0136-00 315-0430-00 307-Π 114-ΟΠ
RES RES RES RE S RES
., FXD ,C MP SN :4 .7 K οΗΜ ,5%,0.50W ., FXD, FILM :1 .82K ΟΗΜ , Ι %,0 .125 W .,FX D,FILM :255 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W ., FXD,C MP S N :43 ΟΗΜ ,( ΝΟΜ VALUE),SEL .,FXD,C MP S N. :6 .2 OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 91637 91637 01121 01121
ΕΒ 4725 MFF 1816G18200F MFF 1816G255 R OF CB4305 CB62G5
R 1017
315-0821-00 307-0114 -ΟΠ 301-0132-00
RES ., FXD ,C MP S N :820 ΟΗΜ ,5%, 0 .25W RES ., FXD,CMP S N :6 .2 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD,C MPSN :1 .3 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,O .SOW
01121 01121 01121
C B 8215 CB62G5 ΕΒ 1325
Α876 Α878 R 883 Α887 Α888 R 892 R 893
Α900 R 904
R 1018 R 1019
3-16
RES .,FXD,FILM :l OK ΟΗΜ,1%,0 .125W RES .,FXD,FILM :237 ΟΗΜ ,1%,O .SOW RES ., FXD ,CMP SN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,FI LM :2 .OSK οΗΜ ,1%,0.125W RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .OS K οΗΜ ,1%,0.125 W RES ., VAR,NONWIR :2 K ΟΗΜ ,20%,O .SOW RES .,FXD,FILM :22 .1 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0.125W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :20 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
REV D, J AN 1979
R ep laceable Electrical Parts-°--PG 508
Te ktronix Serial/ M odel No . Co C k t No . Part No . E ff Dsco nt
R 1020
N ame & Descri p tio n
Mfr
de
Mfr Part
Nu mb er
Α 1021 Α 1024 R1026 R1027
311- 1563-ΠΟ 303-0391-00 311-1567 -ΛΠ 305-0470-00 305-0470-00
RES .,VAR,NONWIR : IK ΟΗΜ ,20%,0 .5 ΠW RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:390 ΟΗΜ ,5%,1W RES .,VAR,NON WIR :T RMR ,100 0HM ,O .SOW RES ., FXD ,C MP S N :47 ΟΗΜ ,5%,2W RES .,FXD ,C MP S N :47 ΟΗΜ ,5%,2W
73138 01121 73138 01121 01121
91 Α R 1K G B3915
R1Π28 R1029 R1030 R 1031 R 1032
303-0100-00 303-0100-00 305-0470-00 305-0470-00 303-0100-00
RES ., FXD ,C MP S N :10 ΟΗΜ ,5%,1ω
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
G B 1005
R1033 Α1035 R 1040 Χ1042 R1 Π44
303-0100-00 315-0273-00 315-0105-00 322-0222-00 315-0105-00
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :10 ΟΗΜ ,5%,1 W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :27 K ΟΗΜ,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN:IM ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,FILM :2K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN:1 M ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 75042 01121
G B1005
R 1048 Α1050 Α1055 R1057 R1058
315-0390-00 311-1568-00 315-0100-0 0 315-0160-00 301-0751-00
RES ., FX D ,C MP SN :39 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,VAR,NONWIR :50 ΟΗΜ ,20%,0 .50W RE S ., FXD,C MP SN:10 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:16 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN:750 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .50W
01121 73138 01121 01121 01121
C B3905 91 Α R 50 C B 1005 C B 1605
Α1062 R1065 Α1072 R1075 Α1080
321-0001-00 322-0051-00 315-0100-00 301-0472-00 321-0218-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :10 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W
RE S ., FXD, FILM :33 .2 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN:10 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FX D ,C MP S N :4 .7 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,O .SOW RES .,FXD,FILM :1 .82 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W
75042 75042 01121 01121 91637
C EATO-1O R00 F C EBTO-33 R20 F
Α1082 R1085 R 1094 R 1098 R 1202
321-0136-00 315-0470-00 307- Π 114-00 307-0114-00 315-0272-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :255 ΟΗΜ , Ι %,0 .125W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN :47 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S .,FX D ,C MP SN :6 .2 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :6 .2 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :2 .7 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
91637 01121 01121 01121 01121
MFF1816G255 ROF CB4705 CB62G5 CB62G5 CB2725
R 1205 R 1209 R 1210 Α 1211 R 1215
308-0179-00 321-0209-00 311-1562-00 321-0265-00 308-0245-00
RE S RES RES RES RE S
., FXD,WW :5 ΟΗΜ ,5%,SW .,FXD,FILM :1 .47K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W .,VAR,NONW IR :2K ΟΗΜ,20%,O .SOW .,FXD,FILM :5 .62K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W ., FXD, WW :0 .6 ΟΗΜ ,5 %,2W
91637 91637 73138 91637 91637
RSS-D5R000J MFF 1816G14700 F 91 Α R 2K MFF 1816G56200 F CW-2530 .60ΗΜ 5%
Α1217 R 1230 R1232 R1234 R1236
315-0182-00 315-0123-00 311-1559-00 315-0123-00 311-1559-00
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :I .8 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25 W RE S ., FXD,CMP SN :12K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,VAR,NONW i R :l OK ΟΗΜ ,20%,0 .50W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:12K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,VAR,NONWIR :l OK ΟΗΜ ,20%,0 .50W
01121 01121 73138 01121 73138
CΒ 1825 CB 1235 91 Α-10ΟΟ 1Μ C B 1235 91 Α-10001 Μ
R1250 R1255 R1257 R1257 R 1259
315-0221-00 315-0182 -ΟΠ 315-0752- 00 315-0512-00 315-0103-00
RE S ., FXD,C MP S N :220 ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :I .8 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RES ., FXD ,C MP SN:7 .5 K OILM,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FXD ,C MP SN:5 .1 K ΟΙΙΜ ,5%, 0 .25W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :l OK ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W
01121 01121 01121 01121 01121
C B2215 C B 1825
R1260 R1265 R1266 R1270 R1272
315-Οί 03 - ΠΟ 321-0246-00 321-0246-00 315-0103 -ΠΟ 321-0238-00
RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :I OK ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD , F 1 LM :3 .57 Κ ΠΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RES .,FXD,FII.M :3 .57 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W R ES .,FXD,C MP SN :l OK ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W R E S ., FXD , F 1 LM :2 .94 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W
01121 91637 91637 01121 91637
CB 1035 MFF1816G35700 F MFF 1816G35700 F C B 1035 MFF 1816G29400 F
R1273 R1275 R1276
321-0254-00 321-0296-00 315-0470-00
R ES ., F XD, F i LM :4 .32K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RE S ., FXD,F 1 LM :11 .8 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RE S ., FXD,C MP SN :47 ΟΗΜ ,5"/ 0 .25W
91637 91637 01121
MFF 1816G432 ΠOF MFF 1816G118 0 1 F CΒ4705
REV D, J AN 1979
RES RES RES RΕS
Β010100 Β 010150
Β010149
.,FXD ,CMP S N :10 ., FXD ,CMP SN :47 ., FXD ,CMP S N :47 ., FXD ,C MP S N : I O
ΟΗΜ ,5%,1W ΟΗΜ ,5%,2W ΟΗΜ ,5%,2W ΟΗΜ ,5%,1W
91-89-0 ΗΒ 4705 ΗΒ 4705 G8 1005 ΗΒ 4705 ΗΒ 4705 G B 1005
CB2735 C B 1055 C EBTO-2001 F C B 1055
ΕΒ 7515
CB 1005 ΕΒ 4725 MFF1816G18200 F
CB 7525 CB5125 CB 1035
3- 1 7
R eplacea ble E lect rical
C kt No.
Tektronix Part No .
Parts--PG
508
Serial/ Model No . Eff Dscont
N ame & Descr iptio n
Mfr Code
M fr P art N umber
315-0102-00 308-0767-00 315-0272-00 315-0103-00 315-0101-00
R ES .,FXD ,CMP SN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W R ES .,F'XD,WW :1 .1 ΟΗΜ ,5%,1W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN:2 .7 K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 75042 01121 01121 01121
CB 1025 BW20- Ι RΙΠΠJ CB2725 CB 1035 CB 1015
R 1295
301-0152-00 321-0124-00 315-0392-00 321-0164-00 321-0326-00
R E S ., F XD ,C MP SN :1 .5 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,O .SOW
01121 91637 01121 91637 91637
ΕΒ 1525 MFF1816G191 ROF CB3925 MΣF1816G499 ROF MFF1816G24301 F
R 1305
321-0290-00 321-0211-00 315-0472-00 315-0272-00 305-0471-00
R ES RES R ES RES
.,FXD , FI LM :10 .2 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W .,FXD , FI LM :1 .54K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W .,FXD ,C MP SN :4 .7 K OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,C MP SN :2 .7 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,C MP S N:470 ΟΗΜ ,5 %,2W
91637 91637 01121 01121 01121
MFF1816G10201 F MFF1816G15400 F CB4725 CB2725 ΗΒ 4715
R 1355 R 1357 R 1359
315-0182 -ΠΟ 3 2 1-0277-00 315-0103-00 315-0103-00 321-0246-00
R ES ., F'XD ,C MP S N:1 .8 K OHM,5%,0 .25W
01121 91637 01121 01121 91637
CB 1825
MFF1816G75000 F CB 1035 CB 1035 MFF1816G3570O F
R 1366 R 1370 R 1372
R ES .,FXD ,FILM :3 .57 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES .,FXD ,C MP SN :l OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
Α1373 Α1375
321-0246-00 315-0103-00 321-0236-00 321-0278-00 321-0303-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .8 K ΟΗΜ , Ι %,0 .125 W R ES .,FXD , Σ ILM :7 .68K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W RE S .,FX D,FILM :14K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W
91637 01121 91637 91637 91637
MFF 1816G35700 F CB 1035 MFF 1816G28000 F MFF 1816G76800 F MFF1816G14001 F
R 1376 R 1380 R 1382 R 1385 R 1387
315-0470-00 315-0102-00 308-0767-00 315-0272-00 315-0103-00
RES .,FXD,C MP SN:47 OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,C MP SN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W RE S ., FXD,WW :1 .1 ΟΗΜ ,5%,1W RES ., FXD,C MP SN:2 .7 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD,C MP SN:l OK ΟΗΜ ,S Υ 0 .25 W
01121 01121 75042 01121 01121
CB4705 CB 1025 BW20- 1 R 100J CB2725 CB 1035
R1390 Α1395 Α1397 Α1398 Α1400
315-0101-00 301-0152-00 321-0124-00 315-0.392-00 321-0164-00
RES ., FXD,C MPSN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,C MP SN:1 .5 K ΟΗΜ ,5%,O .SOW RE S .,FXD, FILM :191 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RE S .,F"XD,C MP SN :3 .9 K OHM,5%,0 .25W R ES .,FX D,FILM :499 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125 W
01121 01121 91637 01121 91637
CB 1015
ΕΒ 1525 MFF 1816G191 ROF CB3925 MFF 1816G499 ROF
R 1402 R 1405 Α1406 R1410
321-0321-00 321-0306-00 321-0204-00 315-0472-00
RES .,FXD,FILM :21 . 5K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RES .,F'X D,FILM :15K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W R ES .,FXD,FILM :1 .3K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RE S ., FX D,C MP SN:4 .7 K OHM,5%,0 .25W
91637 91637 91637 01121
MFF 1816G21501 F MFF 1816G15001 F MFF 1816G13000 F CB4725
S12 S75A-C 5200 S330 A, B S380 A, B
260-0723-00 260-1723-00 263-1142-00 263-1141-00 260-1801-00
SW ITC H,S LIDE :DPDT ,O .SA,125 VAC SWITCH, PUSH :3 BUTT ON ,2 P OLE SW CAM ACTR AS : PE RIOD SW CAM ACTR AS : DELAY SWI'FCH,PU SH :DPD'r,2 BUTTON
79727 80009 80009 80009 80009
GF 126-0028 260-1723-00 263-1142-00 263-1141-00 260-1801-00
S450 S590 S785 S865
263- 1144 -ΟΠ 263-1143-00 260-1453-00 260-1453-00
SW CAM ACTR AS :D URATIO N SW CAM AC TR AS :RANGE SW ITCH,PU SH :1 BUTTON SW ITCH,PU SH :l BUTTON
80009 80009 80009 80009
263-1144-00 263-1143-00 260-1453-00 260-1453-00
U4 Π U6 Π U70 U140 U270
156-0067-00 156-0197-00 156-0182-ΠΟ 156-0182-00 Ι 56-0205-00
MI CROC IRCU IT,L I MI CROC IRCU IT,LI MI CROC IRCU IT ,D I MI CROC I RCUIT,D I MI CROC IRCU IT , DI
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
156-0067-00 156-0197-00 156-0182-00 156-0182-00 156-0205-00
R 1280 R 1282 R 1285 R 1287 Α 1290 R 1297 Α 1298 R 1300 Α 1302 Α 1306 Α1310 R 1327 Α1330
Α1360 Α1365
3- 1 8
RE S .,FX D,C MP SN: lOK OHM,5%,0 .25W R ES ., F'XD,CMP SN:100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :191 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W RE S ., FXD ,C MP SN :3 .9 K OHM,5%,0 .25W RES .,FXD ,FILM :499 ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W R ES .,FXD,FILM :24 .3K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W
RE S R ES R ES R ES
.,FX D , FILM :7 .5 K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W .,FXD ,C MP SN :l OK OHM,5%,0 .25W .,FXD ,C MP SN :l OK ΟΗΜ ,5%,0 .25W .,FXD,FILM :3 .57K ΟΗΜ ,1%,0 .125W
:O PE RATIONAL AMPLIFIER :5 TRANS ISTOR ARRAY :T RIPLE 2-3-2 INPUT G ATE :T RIPLE 2-3-2 INPUT G ATE :QUAD 2- INPUT NOR GAT E
REV D, J A N 1979
Replaceable Elect rical Parts-PG 508
C kt No .
Te ktro n ix Part No .
Serial/ M odel No. E ff Dsco nt
Name & Descri ption
Mfr Code
M fr P art Nu mber
MI C R OC IRCU IT , DI :T ΑΙΡLΕ 2-3-2 INPUT GATE MI CROCIRCUIT,DI :Q UAD 2- INPUT NOR GATE MI CROC IRCUIT ,DI : TRIPLE 2-3-2 INPUT GA TE MICROC IRCUIT,DI :DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP MI CROC IRCUIT,DI :D UAL D MASTER S LAVE FF
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
156-0182-00 156-0205-00 156-0182-00 156-0230-00 156-0880-00
MI CROC IR CU IT,LI :OPE RATI ONAL AMPLIFIER MI CROC IR CUIT,DI :DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP MI CROC IR CU IT, DI :D UAL D MASTER SLAVE FF MI CROC IR CUI T, DI :Q UAD 2- INPUT NOR GATE MI CROC IR CU IT,LI :D UAL OPE RATIONAL AMPLIFIER
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
156-0067-00 156-0230-00 156-0880-00 156-0205-00 156-0158-00
U300 U 360 U400 U 480 U480
156-0182-00 156-0205-00 156-0182-00 156-0230-00 156-0880-00
U665
156-0067-00 156-0230-00 156-0880-00 156-0205-00 156-0158-ΟΠ
U 800 U 850 U 895
156-0158-00 155-0078-10 156-0158-00 156-0158-00 156-0312-00
MI CROC IR CU IT,LI :DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER M ICROC IR CU IT,LI :ML,VERTICAL AMPLIFIER ,S EL MI CROC IR CUTT,LI :D UAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MI CROC IRCUIT,LI :DUAL OPERATI ONAL AMPLIFIER MI CR OC IRCUIT,LI :V OLTAGE REGUL AT O R,I SV,lA
80009 80009 80009 80009 27014
156-0158-00 155-0078-10 156-0158-00 156-0158-00 LM340 T -15
U 1210 U 1335
156-0071-00 156-0527-00
MI C ROC IRC UIT,LI :VO LTAGE RE GULAT O R MI CROC IRCUIT,LI :NEG VOLTAGE RE GU LATO R ,15V
80009 80009
156-0071-00 156-0527-00
VR20 V R 22 VR 65 VR172 VR 6201
1 .52-0127-00 152-0127-00 152-0217-00 152-0279-00 153-0063-00
SEMICOND SEMICOND SEMICOND S EMI CO ND SEMICOND
DEVI CE : ZENER,0 .4W,7 .5 V ,5% DEVI CE : ZENER,0 .4W,7 .5 V ,5% DEVI CE : ZENER,0 .4W,8 .2 V ,5% DEVI CE : ZENER ,0 .4W,5 .1 V ,5% DVC SE :MA7C HE D,50 MV AT 10 ΜΑ
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
152-0127-00 15 Ζ-0127-00 152-0217-00 152-0279-00 153-0063-00
VR 630J VR 944 VR975 VR 1000 VR 1080
152-0279-00 152-0149-00 152-0278-00 152-0278-00
SEMI CO ND SEMICO ND SEMICO ND S EMI CO ND
DEVI CE :ZENER ,0 .4 W ,S .1 V ,5% DEVI CE : ZENER,0 .4W,1O V ,5% DEVI CE :ZENER ,0 .4 W ,3V ,5% DEVI CE :ZENER ,0 .4 W ,3V ,5%
80009 80009 07910 07910
152-0279-00 152-0149-00 1Ν4372 Α 1 Ν4372 Α
VR 1257 VR1330
152-0280-00 152-0395-00
ΧΒ 010150
SEMICO ND DEVICE : ZENE R,0 .4W,6 .2 V ,5% SEMI CO ND DEVICE : ZENER,0 .4 W ,4 .3 V ,5%
80009 04713
152-0280-00 1Ν749Α
W306 W 422 W 455
131-0566-00 131-0566-00 131-0566-00
ΧΒ 020245 ΧΒ 020245 ΧΒ 020245
LINK ,TERM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA Χ 2 .375 IN CH L LINK,TERM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA Χ 2 .375 INC H L LINK , TERM .CONN E :0 .086 DI A Χ 2 .375 IN CH L
55210 55210 55210
L-2007-1 L-2007-1 L -2007-1
υ 720 U 72 Π U740 U 780
U930 U1205
REV Β, J AN 1979
Β 010100 Β 030000
Β 029999
Β010100 Β030000
Β029999
3- 1 9
Sectio n 4---
Sy m bols and
E lectrical
Reference
PG
508
Designators
components s h ow n on t h e d iagrams are i n th e following units u nless note d oth erwise :
V alues o n e V al u es less
Capacitors = R esistors =
Gra p h ic symbols a nd class designation letters are
or greater are in picofara d s (P F ) . t h an one are in microfara d s ( μ F ) .
O h ms ( Ω ) . b ase d on A NSI Sta n dar d Υ 32 .2-1975 .
sym bology is b ased on A NSI Υ 32 .14-1973 in terms of positive logic . L ogic symbols d epict t h e logic f u nction performe d and may d iffer from t h e man u facturer's data . t h e low state . The overli n e on α signal n ame in d icates th at th e signal performs its inten d e d f u nction w h en it goes to
L ogic
Abb reviations are base d on A NSI Υ 1 .1-1972 . Oth er A NSI stan d ards t h at are u se d in t h e pre p aration of diagrams by Te k tronix, Inc . are : Drafting P ractices . L ine Co n ve n tions and Lettering . L etter Sym b ols for Quantities U sed in E lectrical E ngineeri n g .
Υ 14 .15, 1966 Υ 14 .2, 1973 Y10 .5,1968
E lectrical
Science and
Th e following prefix letters are u sed as reference designators to i d entify components or assemblies on t h e diagrams . Η
AT
Asse mb ly, se pa ra ble o r re p ai ra ble (ci r c u it b oard, etc) Atte nu ator, fixe d or va riab le
BT C CB CR
Battery Ca p acitor, fixed o r va ria b le Ci rc u it br ea k er Diod e, sig nal o r r ectifie r
J
Α Β
DL
DS Ε F
FL
Motor
Delay li n e
I nd icati n g d evice (lamp ) Spa rk Ga p , F er rite b ead Fu se
HR ΗΥ
L
Μ Ρ
ο R
FIT
F ilte r
Heat d issi pati n g device (h eat si nk , h eat r ad iato r, etc) H eate r
H br d r u Co nnecto r , statio n ary p ortion y
i
ci
c it
S Τ TC ΤΡ
υ
R elay
nd uctor, fixed o r var ia ble M ete r Connecto r, mova b le p ortio n T ra nsisto r o r silicon -con t rolled rectifie r Resistor, fixe d o r va riable Th erm istor
V
I
VR W
Υ Ζ
Switc h o r co n tactor T ra nsfo rme r Th e rm ocoup le Test poi n t Asse mb ly, inse p arab le o r non-repairable (integrated ci rc u it, etc.) E lect ron t ub e V oltage r eg u lato r (zen e r d iod e, etc .) Wi rest ra p o r cab le C rystal Ph ase sh ifter
P
T h e following s p ecial sym bols may a p pear on t h e diagrams :
l
ug
to
E.C. B
d
oar
I d e n tifies P a n el Co n trols, Con n ecto rs a nd I nd icators
Cam Switc h Closu re C h art (Dot i n dicates switc h clos ur e)
Modifie d Co mpo n ent---See Pa rts L ist(De p icted i n g rey, o r wit h grey outli n e)
P lug I nd ex
H eat Si nk Assembly
Decou p led o r F iltered Voltage
N u mber
B oa rd Na me
ΓρΑκ i = Ι`Αι: Α i 'VTKTiCAL BOARD VERTICAL AM
R EV . Α A PR 1977
E tc h e d Circuit B oar d Outli n e d i n B lac k
PL IFIE R
Sc h ematic N ame an d Nu m be r
Internal Adjustme nt Procedure---PG 508
Services Available
'Tektronix, Inc. p rovi des com plete instrument repair an d adjustme nt at local Field Service Ce nters and at the Factory Service Center . Co ntact your local Te ktronix F ield Office or R eprese ntative for furt he r i nfo rmation.
M aintenance
Refer to the TM 500-series p ower modu le manuals for complete maintenance information. F or re placeme n t of ca m switch contacts, cam switch re pair kits are available from Te ktronix . To obtain t he k its, contact yo ur local Te ktronix Fiel d Office or representative . If trou ble exists in the outp ut am p lifier, remove the + an d --- trac ki ng power su pp ly ju mpers located as show n n t he ad justment location illustratio n. Th is completely isolates the trac king p ower su pp lies from th e outpu t ci rcuit ry.
i
Circuit
Board R emoval
To r emove the outp ut circuit board an d gain access to the components on the variab le tran sition timing board, first remove the four screws on the p lug-in rear p a n el an d remove th e panel . N ext remove the TRANSITION TIME kn ob . Disconnect the coaxial cable p lugs and u nplug all the wires co nn ected to th e output or transition time boar ds. Fi nally, remove thefourscrewsholding theoutput boar d to the plug-in frame an d remove the two boards by sliding toward the rear of the p lug-in u ntil th e TRANSITION TIME shaft clears the front panel h ole . Now lift the boards and remove them from the mainframe. To remove the input b oard remove the wi res and cables to the i np ut board and the two screws h ol ding the b oard to the chassis. To remove the timi n g board, first remove the rea r pa nel, as ex p lai ned above. Th en remove th e PE RIOD, DE LAY, and DUR ATIO N knobs from their shafts . Disconnect all wires and cables leading to the timi ng board . R emove th e four screws h olding the timi ng board to the spacers. Slide the timing board toward the rearof the pl ug-in until th es hafts clear the front p anel an d lift th e b oard out. Test
E quipme nt
For complete calibratio n of the PG 508, the followin g equi pme n t is recommen ded : Power mo du le with fou r compartments or more, TEKTRONIX TM 504. Digital voltmeter with ranges greater than ±26 V, TEKTRONIX D M 502 or equivalent (req uires α TM 500series power module) . Digital cou nter capable of freq ue ncies to 51 MHz, TEKTRONIX DC 504 (requires α 7° Μ 500-series power m odu le). 5 k Hz to 500 kH z sq uare-wave generator with variable frequ ency co ntrol an d external triggering ca pabilities, TEKTRONIX P G 501 (req u ires α TM 500-series power mo d ule) . Complete oscillosco pe system, sampling and real time, capable of fait hful re p roduction to at least 500 MHz. TEKTRONIX 5440 mainframe, 5Α45 real time vertical amplifier, 5Β42 real time d elayin g sweep pl ug-in , and 5S14 N sa m pler p lug-in su ggeste d.
Two flexible p l ug-in exte nd er cables, Te ktronix Part No . 067-0645-02. 50 Ω 42 inch coaxial ca b le with bnc co nn ecto rs, Te ktronix Part No . 012-0057-01, or equ ivalent. 50 Ω te rmination , bnc connectors, Tektronix Part No . 011-0049-01, or equivale nt. 50 Ω 10 Χ atte nuato r, bnc co nn ectors, Te ktronix Part No . 011-0059-02, or equ ivale nt.
Bn c female to d ual ba n ana adapter, Te ktronix Part No . 103-0090-00. General
For easy access to all adju stments, calibrate t h e P G 508 u si n g th e extender cables . M ake certai n t he cables an d pl ug-in are p ro perly co nn ecte d ; top of each end of extender cable to to p of p ower module and to top of pl ugin . Adj ustments a re locate d on th e outp ut b oard (rig ht si de of i nstrume nt), period board (left side and to p) and transitio n board (t h roug h t he b ottom of the i n strument). M ak e ad j ustm ents at an amb ie nt temperat u re between i-20°C and +30°C. R ecomme nd ed recali b ration interval is 2000 h ours of operation or six mont hs, wh ic hever occurs first.
O utput Voltage Co ntrol K no b C hec k or Adj ustme n t
To chec k or reset the OUTP UT (VOLTS) co ntrol k nobs,
u se t he following p rocedure . Connect an oscillosco pe to
the PG 508 OU TP UT co nn ecto r. Set the DUR ATIO N control to the SQ W AVE position, an d t he PER IOD control at the 2 ms p ositio n. Set th e H IG H LEVEL knob for an output level of abo ut +5 V on the oscillosco pe, an d t he L OW LEVEL for 0 V. If the L OW LEVEL kn ob does not point to 0, loosen t he set screw an d reset the kn ob to the O mark on the front panel . Now set the L OW L EVEL knob for α readin g of about -5 V, and t he H IG H L EV E L for 0 V on the oscilloscope . If the H IG H L EV EL kn ob d oes n ot point to 0, loosen t he setscrew and readj ust. 1 . Adj ust 5.2 V Su pp ly
Connect the -Ι- lead from the DVM to th e p oi nt labeled -Ι-5 .2 V in the illu stration and the-- lead to grou nd . Adj ust R 1210, 5 .2, for α reading of . ί-5 .2 V . 2. Adjust 2 μs P eriod
Connect the coaxial ca ble to the +TRIG OUT co n nector. Co nn ect the 50 Ω term inatio n to the ot her e nd of the cable an d co nn ect the terminatio n to the co unter inpu t. Set the counter to read 500 kH z. Set the PER IOD co ntrol to the 2 μs position . M ake certain the CA L k no b is fully ccw. Ad just R 186, Per, for α freque n cy of 500 kH z . 3. Adjust Symmet ry
M ai ntain t he PER IOD as in th e p revious step and the CA L knob fu lly cloc kwise . Co nnect the +TRIG OUT th ro ugh t he coaxial cable and termination to the vertical am plifier in put of the oscilloscope . Set the oscillosco pe swee p rate so that one- half cycle of the waveform is d isplayed over most of the graticule . Wh ileswitc h ing from i- slope to -- slope on the oscillosco pe triggeri ng, adj ust R 180, Sym, so that the waveform transitions occur at exactly the same point on the oscillosco pe graticule . R EV.
C APR 197 8
4. Ad just 20 ns P eriod
Co nn ect the -i- T R IG OUT th roug h α coaxial cable an d termi natio n to th e co u nter set to read 50 MHz . M a ke certai n t he CA L kn ob is in the fully ccw p osition. C h ange the PER IOD to the 20 ns position . Now adj ust R 195, 20 ns Per, for α readin g of 50 MH z. 5. Ad just 1st Period 2 μs
Set the P ERIOD to 2 μs a nd t he D UR ATIO N to SQ W AVE . Turn th e PERIOD CA L control fully cw . P us h t he correct button s for SY NC GATE an d -+- S LO P E operatio n. Co nn ect the + TRIG OUT from the PG 508 to the vertical amplifier of the oscillosco pe . Co nn ect the trigger output from the square-wave generator to th e extern al trigger inp ut of th e oscillosco pe real time base . Co n nect the output from the sq uare-wave ge nerator to the TRIG/GATE IN co nn ector of t h e P G 508 . Set th e square-wave generator for α 5 kHz square wave . Adjust th e TR IG/ GATE LEVEL co ntrol of th e PG 508 for gated operatio n . The TRIG'D/GATED lig ht will flas h wh en t h e un it is properly triggere d . Set the oscillosco pe swee p spee d at 50 μs and trigger the time base externally fro m th e squarewave ge nerator . Now a d just the square-wave ge nerator variable freque ncy co ntrol for α gated burst of about ten cycles from the-+- TRIG OUT co nn ectoron th e PG 508.Set the d elayed swee p rate for t h e time base at 5 μs an d switch t he time base to the d elaye d sweep. U sing the d elay time multiplier d ial, compare th e period of the first and fo u rt h cycles in t he burst. Ad j ust R 170 1 Per for α first perio d length matc hing the fourth period length . 6. Ad just 1st Period 20
ns .
Change t h e PER IOD to 20 ns . Turn th e PER IOD CA L co n trol fully cw . Set the sq uare-wave freque ncy to 500 kH z. Install the sampling p lug-in an d connect the -Ι-T R IG O UT th roug h t he coaxial cable a n d terminatio n to the sampling p l u g-in in p ut . Connect the sq uare-wave ge nerator trigger outpu t to the external trigger in p ut of the sam p li ng u nit . Set the delayed swee p time to 0 .5 μs (mai n sweep time 0.5 μs) an d adju st the frequency variable control on th e sq uare-wave generator for α bu rst of abo ut te n cycles . Now switc h t h e d elayed swee p time to 50 n s. U se t h e delay ti m e multiplier to compare the periods of the first an d fourth cycles in the b urst measured at the 50 ο/ο points . If necessary, adjust R 165, 20 ns 1 Per for α first p eriod le ngt h matc h i ng the fourth period le ngt h. 7 . Adjust 1 μs Duration
C h ange the DUR ATIO N switc h to 1 μs. M ake certai n the variable co n trol is fully ccw. Change th e PER IOD to
2 μs an d ma ke certain the variable control is fully ccw . Co nnect the O UTPU T to the sam p li ng u n it's vertical i np ut and the + TR IG OUT to th e sampling un it's external trigger inp ut . M ake certai n t h e TRANSITIO N TIME is in the 5 ns p ositio n an d t he LE ADI NG and T RAI L ING controls are fully ccw. Pus h t he M OD E butto n placin g th e PG 508 i n t he UN D LY mo d e; all ot her pushb uttons out. Set the swee p rate at 0.2 μs . Set the OU TPU T L OW an d H IG H LEVEL controls for α convenie nt vertical deflection of the oscilloscope trace . Νοω ad ju st R 470, Dur 1 μs, fora p ulse duratio n (on time) of exactly five h orizontal divisions . Leave all connections as they are for th e next step.
8. Ad just 10 ns Duration
U sing the same setu p as in t he p revious step, change the PERIOD to 20 ns an d t he DUR ATIO N to 10 ns . Set the p erio d variable (CA L) kn ob about 45° from the fully ccw p ositio n . Change the sweep rate to 2 ns per d ivisio n . Now adj ust R465, Dur 10 ns, fora duration of 10 n s meas ure d at the 50 ο/ο points on the waveform . 9. Ad just Delay
Set the PER IOD to 2 μs an d t he DUR ATIO N to .1 μs. M ake certai n t he CA L controls are fully ccw. Set the DEL AY to 1 μs. Change the sweep rate to 0.2 μs per division . Leave all ot her co ntrols as in t he p revious step . N ote the time position of the pulse on the oscillosco pe. Now p us h t he M OD E D EL AY b utto n an d adjust R 352, Del, for α p ulse delayed exactly 1 μs (five divisions) from the p revious pulse. 10 . Adjust
B otto m L evel Cla mp
Con nect th e 10 Χ atte n uator betwee n the coaxial cable from the O UTP UT conn ector a nd t he sampling oscillosco p e input so that α 10 V ρ-ρ signal can conveniently be d is played, on the oscillosco pe . Set the O UTP UT (VOLTS) H IG H and LOW LEVEL controls foradisplay of-+and --5 V (maxim u m output). Set the PER IOD to 2 μs and theD UR ATIO N to1 μs. Set the TRAN SITION TIME tο 5 ns and turn th e L EADI N G and TRAI L I NG variable controls fully cw . L eave the ot her co ntrols as in t he p revious step . Set the oscillosco pe for α 0.2 μs swee p rate . Ad j ust R 570, B ot Lvl Clamp, until the transition from the bottom of the waveform to the leadi n g transitio n portion of the waveform is li near. Impropersetting of th is adj ustment causes either α fast step at the start of the leadin g transition or α time extension of th e transitio n start. 11 . Adj ust Top
L evel
Clam p
L eave all controls as in the previous ste p . Adj ust R 615, Top L vl Clam p until the transition from the top of the waveform to the traili ng transition is li nea r. Im pro per settin g of this adjustment causes either α fast fall at the start of t h e trailing transition or α time exte nsion of the transition start . 12 . Adjust
L ea d ing Transition Tim e
Turn the L EADI NG and TRAI L ING controls fully ccw . Ch ange the 'TRANSITION TIME to 0.5 μs and the oscillosco pe sweep speed to 0.1 μs . L eave all ot her co ntrols as in the previous step . Ad j ust the oscilloscope sweep so that the lea d i ng waveform transition is visible on the crt. Adj ust R 650, Set Leading, for α leadin g transition time of 0.5 μs measured from the 10 ο/ο to the 90ο/ο points of the waveform transition. 13 . Adj ust Trailing Transition Time
Adjust the oscillosco pe swee p so th at the trailing tra n sition is visible on the crt. Ad just R 542, Set Traili ng, for α traili ng transition time of 0.5 μs measured from the 10ο/ο to the 90 ο/ο portion of the transitio n time .
Internal Adjustmen t P rocedure--PG 508 14 . Adjust
N ormal Complement B alance
Change the osci Ιloscope swee p speed to 0 .5 μs . Setthe OUTP U T (VOLTS) H IG H and L OW level controls totheir 0 position an d set the N ORM /CO MPLEME NT button out. Short the center terminals of the NORM/COMPLEMENT switch as sh ow n in t h e illustration . Increase the vertical gain of the oscillosco pe by α factor of 10 . Νοω ad just R 910, Ν/C ΒαΙ, for equal h ig h and low level output voltages (no signal). Remove the short from the switch terminals. 15 . Adj ust Gain
U si n g the voltmeter co nnected to th e bottom center termin al of the Ν 0R Μ/COMPLEMENTswitc h and grou nd, adj ust th e O UT PU T" (V OL T'S) L OW LEVE L control for 1 .33 V dc . Now co nn ect th e voltmeter to th e top center pin of the N ORM /COMPLEMENT switch an d , without movi ng th e L OW LEV E L co ntrol, set the OUTPU T (volts) H IG H LEVEL control for 3.87 V dc . Adj ust R 885, Gain, fo r a peak to p ea k outp ut am p litu d e of 10 V into 50 Ω. 16 . Ad just
H ig h Level Trac king
Wh ile observing th e wavefor m low level on the oscillosco pe, vary the H IG H LEVEL from 0 V am plitude to maximum amplitude (10 V) an d ad just R 915, H i Tr k, for mi nimum shift. 17 . Ad j ust L ow L evel T racking Observe the waveform h ig h level on th e oscilloscope and vary th e L OW L E V EL control from 0 V to maximum am plitude . Adj ust R920, L o Tr k , for minimum s h ift . 18 . Ad just Offset
Connect t h e voltmeter to the bottom center pi n of the
N ORM /CO MPL E MENT switc h . Connect the negative lead to grou n d . Set th e L OW L E VEL co ntrol for α voltmeter readi ng of 2.600 . Now a d j ust R 925, Offset, until the waveform low level is at 0 V on the oscillosco pe . 19 . Ad just Output Impe dance
Set the Perio d at ΕΧΤ TRIG O R MAN a nd the D UR ATIO N at ΕΧΤ DUR. Make ce rtai n t h e "B RIG/GATE LEVE L co ntrol is t u rned cloc kwise enough so the Τ'RIG'D/GATED lig ht is lit. Co nnect the O U TPU T of the PG 508 to the digital voltmeter through a coaxial cable and bnc female to d ual b anana adapter. Adju st the H IG H LEVEL for α reading of 10 .0 V on the voltmete r. Connect a 50 Ω terminatio n between the coaxial cable and ad apter. Adj ust R 1020 for α read ing of 5.0 V on the voltmeter. 20 . Ad just Output Amplifier
Connect the OUTPUT terminal of the PG 508 th roug h α coaxial cable an d 10 Χ atte nuator to the input of the sam pli n g oscillosco pe. Set the sam pli ng oscillosco pe swee p speed at 20 ns p er d ivision. Set the DURATION at .1 μs, PERIOD at .2 μsa nd th e TRANSITION TIME at5 ns. Obtai n α free runn ing u n d elayed output waveform . Ad just th e OUTP UT (VOLTS) H IG H LE V E L a n d L OW LEVEL co n trols for α 10 V pea k to p ea k output waveform centered arou nd 0 V . Ad ju st R 1050, C1024a nd R 1024fort hefastest risetime an d least aberratio ns on the traili ng transitio n and corn er of the p ulse .
21 . Adjust Control Error
L ig ht
Co nn ect the OUTPUT terminal of the PG 508 th roug h α coaxial cable and 50 oh m terminatio n to th e input of th e real time oscilloscope . Set the oscillosco pe for α vertical se nsitivity of 1 V with do coupling an d for α 10 n s swee p rate . Set DUR ATIO N at 10 n s, PER IOD at 20 ns, TRANSI 1' ΙΟΝ TIME at 5 ns, T RAI LI N G and LE ADI N G co ntrols fully ccw, M OD E UN DLY b utto n n and M OD E DELAY bu tto n out. Set all TR IGG ER I NG buttons to o ut p osition, N ORM /CO MPLEMENT button out and PRESET/VAR button o ut. Adj ust th e O UTP UT (VOLTS) H IG H LEVE L and LOW L EV E L co n trols for α d is play of 4, 2.5 d ivisions an d --2 .5 divisions ce n tered aro u nd 0 V . Adj ust LE ADI N G co n trol cw to where the top of the waveform is d ecreased in am p litude by 10 ο/ο (0 .5 d ivision) . Adjust C749 for α flas h ing indication of the CO NTROL ERRO R lig ht.
i
NO ΤΕ If th e CO N TROL ERROR ligh t does not f lash, adjust LEADING control cw to where th e top of waveform is decreased by 5ο/ο more (0 .25 division); then adjust C749 again fo r α flashing in dication. If th e light still cannot be ma de to flas h with adjustment of C749, contin ue adjusting the LE ADING control cw in intervals of α 5ο/ο d ecrease until adjustme nt of C749 results in α flas hing indication of the CO N TROL ERR OR light (do not excee d α 50%ο dec rease in waveform am plitude). R ea dj ust C749 to α point w here the CO N T R OL ERR OR lig ht is j ust exti nguis h ed . R etur n LEADING control to its fully ccw p ositio n. Adjust TRAI L IN G co ntrol cw to where the bottom of the displayed waveform is decrease d n amplit ud e by 10 ο/ο (0 .5 d ivisio n) . AdjustC744foraflashing indicatio n of the CO NTROL ERR OR light.
i
NO ΤΕ
If the CO N TROL ERR OR light does not flas h, adjust TRAI L ING control cw to where the bottom o f waveform is decreased by 5ο/ο more (0 .25 division); then adjust C744 again for a flashing indication . If the light still cannot be made to flas h with adjustment of C744, continue adjusting the TRAI L ING control cw in in tervals of α 5ο/ο d ecrease un til adjustment of C744 results in α flas hing ind ication of th e CO NTROL ERR OR light (do not excee d α 50 ο/ο decrease in waveform amplitude). R ea dj ust C744 to α point where the CO NTR OL ERR OR light is just extinguished . R eturn TRAI L ING control to its fully ccw p ositio n.
Go bac k to steps 3, 7, and 8 a n d p erform the adjustments in th ese steps, if necessary, for optimum performa nce .
REV. Β APR 1978
PA R TS L OCATIO N G R ID I NPU T
B OAR D ( Α 1)
J 8θ
R 92 R 6
R73
C7 θ
Ln
R 8θ
ά
φ
ά ά Αα
030
cc
R 126θ
020 022
Β3 C3
026
C2
025
C R 16 C R 17 C R 25 C R 26 C R 82 C R 84 C R 86 C R 1246 C R 1248 C R 1250
Β3 83 82 Β2 D1 D1 Ο1 C1 C1 C1
J 12
Β3 81
030
0100 0102 0110
028
R12 R14 R16 R20 R22 R25 R28 R30
Β2 Β2
R60
Α3 83 83 C3 C3 Β3 θ2 θ2
R 57 R 62
R64 R66 R70 R72 R73 R75 R76 R90 R92 R95 R100
φ
R38
022
3B C38 R
82 82 C3 C3 C3 D3 D3 C3 C2
C2 C2 Β2
Β2
C2 C2
C2 C1 θ1 Θ1 Α1 Θ1 Β1 θ2 Α1 Α1 D1
U4θ
υ
Α
<
Ν
f
α α
R 40
R 46
R 22
R 32 R 33 R 36 R 38 R 40 R 42 R 43 R 45 R 52
Rill R192
C1 θβ
R 112 R 119
C66
028
RIGS
ΟΙΙΘ 01 8 2 0100 RING
ΤΡ 98
R29 VR 2θ
R53 R55 R56
D2 D2 D2
R69
R 26
VR 22
Ρ12 Ρ48 Ρ75 Ρ 90 Ρ110 Ρ1248 Ρ1251 Ρ1253
C110 C1246 C1248 C1250
026
J 12
Ρ 1263
J 90
w ~ φά ύ σμυ
62
CR 2Θ
ή ή α α υ η
912 R 12
R
ια η η
C11θ
C184 R 1 84
~ η, La ώ α ¢ ά σ
use
η ιη α
C
CR 1248 1248 C CR 126 9 124θ C R 88 ί26 θ
R 78 R 7θ
44
α rc η
Α Ν
C14 C36 C40 C55 C70 C76 C104 C106
C R 1248
C76
U 7θ
C RB 4 C R Θ2 CR 88
Ρ 1261
VR 86
Ρ4θ
R102 R 104 R106 R 110 R 112 R 113 R1250
D2 D2 D2 D1 D2 D2 Α3
Α3 C2 D3 C2 Α1
RF 4843- SE
CO N T R O L S A N D CO N MAN Pus h fo r m a nu al t r i gge r o r gate . Pu sh fo r t rigge r o r gate start on + slop e ; o u t for - slope sta rt .
PER IOD Selects pu lse p er io d time .
B utto n in f o r gated o p eratio n , o u t fo r free r u n . T R IG'D/GAT E D I nd icates w he n fu n ctio n i n g i n tr i ggere d or gated mo d e . τ Rσ
T R IG/GAT E LEVEL Selects starti n g level on t r igge r o r gate wave form . T urn fully εω for ma n ual t r igge r.
UN D L Y Pu sh wit h pu lses .
5υ 50οι 5οs
LEADING
D L Y button
fo r
pai re d
ο
D ELAY
χι
LE I
Pu s h 1 ο actuate delay c i rc u itry fo r d elayed o r pai red pu lses . CO NTROL ERRO R
T R IG/GAT E IN
DUR ATIO N
I np ut conn ecto r for trigger o r gati n g sig n als .
+ T R IG O U T Supp lies p ositive-goin g wavef o rm from t h e pe r iod gen e r ator fo r co n trol of exte rnal circuitry.
Ου1 Pu ts
CO N T R O LERR O R I nd icates i mpro p e r co n t r ol setti ngs.
PO WER I
D UR ATIO N Selects pu lse du ration
nd icates w h e n p owe r is a pp lied.
AN D CO NNE CTO R S
:r or gate .
)D Γ s pu lse pe r io d time .
T R A N SITIO N TIME Selects t ra nsition times measured from t he 10 ο/ο to t he 90ο/ο poi n ts . LE ADI N G V aries t h e lead i n g tra nsitio n time from X1 to >X100 .
TR AI L I N G V a r ies t he traili n g t ra n sitio n time fro m X1 to >X100 .
C U STO M TI M I N G P OSITIO N
Bu tto n out selects n o rmal pu lse, butto n in com p le m e n t pu lse .
O U TPU T ( V O LTS) H IG H LEVEL Co n t rols t h e pu lse h ig h level . O U T PU T ( V O L TS) L O W LEVEL Con t r ols th e pu lse low level .
Bu tto n out selects O U T PU T H IG H an d LO W LEVEL co ntrols fo r o u tpu t amplitud e ; bu tton in selects preset LEVEL co nt rols.
H IG H LEVEL
Con t r ol fo r pr eset h ig h level . D UR ATIO N Selects p ulse dur atio n time .
" ι is a pp lie d .
LOW
LEVEL Co n t r ol fo r preset low level .
PG
508
PA R TS L OCATIO N G R ID TRA NSITIO N TI MI NG B OARD ( Α 3)
c675
φο 6 θθ σ
φr. 0580 φσ
C669 c686
[588 C1342
1344 `_
CR
1342
C R134"
6 R 1344
Ρ 1248
ή
Φ σ
C134θ
R
Φ
Φσ
-~
Φ
ώα
Laσ 57 θ
616
α πσ
[R65s
R
071
1
σσ υσσ
542
R
m π
~
742 R743 C744
α Φ T π α Φ
Tπ υ
R
G RID C K T L OC NO
C532 C544
D3 D3 E2
RE V . C A PR 1978
D2 Β2 D1 D1 Β2 Β3 C1 C1 D2 D2 D1 D1 C2 ρ2 C2 C3 F1 ρ2 D1 D1
σ
π
C KT NO
C682 C697 701
C708 C720 C724 C734 C735*t ς740
C744t C749t C1340 C1342 C1344
C R584 C R600
CR604 C R 1340 C R 1342 C R 1344
J520* J522*
G R ID CK T LOC NO
G R ID CKT L OC NO
G R ID CK T L OC NO
G RID CK T L OC NO
Ε1 E2
LR 682
Ο1
Ε1 Ε1
D2 D2
Ρ248 Ρ540 Ρ655
Α3 F4 F4
b 525
E3
Ε1 F1 F3 F3 F2 Α2 Ε4 D4
E4
Α3 Α3 Α3 D1 D1 Α1 Α3
Α3 Α3 C3 D3
0 7θs 07 1 5
R 7θ 6
ρ~ R78 ,4 υ~ R 662
m m m η η φ φ φ φ φ
U74 θ
C555 C563 C569 C580 C581 C586 C588 C590 C592 C594 C596 C600 C601 C622 C630 C643 C647 C662 C665 C675 C680
R7θ2
07 60 07 9 ,
R
7Ι2
Φ
C662 068θ R 7 68 ., π ..ε6θθ Φ cse2 π ossθ R 7 19 __ ~ m C68 8 LR682 R 682 ά R 66 0 φ φ ~ υ R686 R 667 C R 6 96 C R 584 ~ m ύ R 69 9 U 665 0606 R668 ύ φ R 586 C694" 14 0698 R665 ~ R 686 C696 c66 φ R66 8 π φ °' φ σ σ R671 40 C697 σ 06300569 0565 ά 0626 R6711 R 695 ύ R647 ω R635 R 563 C622R631 C63 0 R66 8 0545 ο55θ 0649 0636 Υ R62 9 C563 , C734 C655 R622 Φ R545 R 654 η Υ R63 9 R 552 π π C644 R555 η Φ ~ Α f < m Φ . . Φ Φ Φ R528 053 9 0526 α α f ~ ά ά σ σ φ ά R63 0 Φ σ π φ m R527 φ σ φ σ ~° η Ρ 72 θ R 724 ά R 64 Θ υ
α ~ ω ~σ ~ 057ό~ 068 β R 578
_
α
0675
~530 Ο545 0 550 0560 565 575 580 0 600 0 608 625 630 635 Ο640
0 0 0 0 0 0
Ο 660 0675 0680 0685 0690
D3
E2 E2
02 D2 Β1 Β1 Α1 Α1 C2 D2 C2 C2
Ε1 D1 D1 Ε1 E2
0700 0701
0 704 0 706 0 715 R 520 R 522 R 525
Α527 R 528 R 530 R 534 R 536 R 538 R 542 R 544 R 545 R 547 R 550 R 552 R 554 R 555
Ε1 F1 F1
E3 E3 E3
D3 D3 03 D3 D3 D3 C3 D3 D2 D2
E2 E3 E2 E3
R560 R563 R 565 R 569 R 570 R 571 R 575 R 578 R 585 R 586 R 600*t R 604 R 608 R 614 R 615 R 616 R 620 R 622 R625 R630 R631 R635 R637
ρ640
D2 Β3 Β3 θ3 θ1 Α2 D2 D2 Α1 Α1 Α1 83 Β3 Β3 C3 C2 C2 C3 D2 C2 C3
C3
R 643 R 644 R 647 R 648 R650 R 660 R 662 R 667 R 668 R 670 R 671 R 678 R 682 R 685 R 687 R 690 R 692 R 695 R 697 R 698 R 700 R 702 R 704
C749
G RID C K T L OC NO C3 C3
C3 C3 C3 F1 Ε1 F1 F1 F2 F2 D1 Ε1 Ε1 F2 Ε1
E2 E2 E2 E2
Ε1 F1 Ε1
C724
Φ
~ σ
C72 θ 744 R 75 θ R
φ φ Φ ε
α f
_
d
2044-12
G R ID CKT L OC NO
R706 R708 R 710 R 712 R 715 R 722 R 724 R 728 R 730t R 732 R 734 R 742 R 743t R 744 R 748 R 749 R 750
F1 F1
S590
D1
F1 F1 F2 F3 F3 F3
F3
F3
E3 E4
D4 F3 Ε4
E4
F3
G R ID
L OC
U 665 U 720
U 740
F2 F2 E4
VR 620 VR 630
C2 C2
(BAC KSIDE) TRANSITION TI MING
B OA RD
(Α3)
Τ
R 600
0796 0715 R 712
i2
R 7θ8
R 71
ί 6θ ί67 ί 68
.
Φ π υ
θ
U665
C666 R 671 R67 θ
Φ η
ω Λ σ
η η Λ υ
η η Λ ¢ R 72 4 C724 ε7τθ
J 52 Θ
R 744 R 75/
ω ω Φ η ο f ω d
G R ID L OC F1 F1 F1 F1 F2 F3 F3 F3 F3 F3
2υ44-12
C KT NO
G R ID
U 665
F2
U 720 U 740 VR 620 VR 630
L OC F2
E4 C2 C2
E3 E4 D4 F3 E4 E4 F3
D1 tSee Pa rts L ist fo r ser ial nu mber ra nges. *On bac k of b oa rd .
( B AC K SID E) TRA N SI T IO N TI M I N G B OA R D ( Α 3)
+Τ
ΜΑΝ
S L OPE 0 =0 ι=ι
T R IG/
01
T r igge r
Amplifie r
P e r io d
V a r iable
TRIG/GAT E LE VE L
GATE
IN
PER IOD
SY N C GATE
I npu t Co n ditio n ing
εχΤ TRIG
De
Vari
Ο
P eriod Ge nerato r
Trigger Ge n e rato r
FR E E RUN
H
IG H LEV EL
PG 508
Trigger Generator
HIGH LEVEL
LOW LEVEL
PG
508
PA R TS L OCATIO N G R ID
ι
ρ 195
F
εRα22
ετ 16
R 186 ) ( R166
CR22 Θ
R 167
R17 8
J 26 8
R 248
Φ Φ -" υ
m0244 J
~jR 244 R 248 0248 - R242 ' C142
ύ
C586
C KT
G R ID C KT NO
C140 C142
D3 Β3
C170 C171t C172 C177 C180
C2 D2 C3 C2 Θ2
C154
C200 C201
C202 C203 C205 C206 C207 C208
C210 C212 C214 C216 RE V. Β
A PR
D3
E1 E1 E1 E1 E2 E2 E2 E2 G1 F1 D2 D1
1978
CR 147 ρ 142
G RID C KT
C218 C244
D2 Β2
C360 C366
C270 C275 C277 C279 C296
F2 F3 F3 F3
G2
C378 C382 C385 C386 ς389
G2 Η2 Η2 Η3 Η3 G4
C418t C432t C433t C435 C436 C438
C317 C325 C326 C328 C330 C332
C334 C336 C338 C346
G2 G1
12 G2 G2 Η1
ά σ
α m ~
C435
C448
C442
0436
R 439 C438
C375
ς 400 C415
C439 C442 C444 C446 C448
C444
G RID C KT
G R ID C KT L OC
NO
G R ID C KT L OC
NO
C450 C460
D4 F5
CR296
G2 Η1
C480 C485t C487 C493 *t C500
4 15 14 14 J4
Η4 G4 14 14 Β4 Β4
L OC
NO
Η5 Η4 5 G4 Η1 G1 G1
G4 1
G4 F4 E4 E4
C4 D4 D3
E4 E3 D4 D5 Α3 D4
C462
C502 ς 503
ς505 C1240 ς 1242 C1244 C R145 C ρ 147 C R 220 ςρ 222 C R 224 C R 226 C R 228
C5 J4
C R304 C R 305 C R378 C R382 C R493 C R495 C R1240 C R1242 CR 1244
ρ3
J140 J254 J260 J 305 J450
84 1
Β5 C4 ς4 C4 ς3 D3 ρ1 12 11 D1
J452 480 481 485
J J J
12
θ4
ς4 Β2 Β2 F1 Η5
G5 E5 5 15
J
α
Φ ό, ι R432 R420 R 43θ R 415 C415 R 426 R 422
m ~
υ
LO -
φ ά
Φ L)
0466 ~ 04 θ 6
NO
G R ID C KT L OC
NO
L 240
L507t
Β3 J4
0406 0410
F5 F4
Ρ76 Ρ140 Ρ 305 Ρ500 ρ510 Ρ1245*
2 C4 F1 J4 15 14
0460
F5
0150 0160 0175 0178t 0240 0244
0290 0294 0320 0342
82 Β2 Β2 D3 ς3 C3 Η2 Η2 Η2 Η2
R 1 45 R 147 R 150 R 152 R 154 R 156 R 160 R162 R 165
R167 R 169 R 170
E4
11 D3 C3
D3
D3 C2
E3
D3
E2 E2
Β2
Β1 81 C2 C2
R 362 C360
-
R 4θθ R 4θ 2 R 4θ6
L OC
Β4
ρ 364
C375
J462
G R ID C KT NO
R 171 R 172
D2 C3
R 177 R 178t
R 242 R 244
R180 R 182 R 185 R 186
C2 D2 C2 C2 Β2 Α1
R192 R 194 R 195 R214 R218 R 219
θ2 Θ2 Θ1 D2 D2 D2
R 190*
R224 R 230 R232 R234 R 240
C3
11
D3 D3 C3 C3 Β3
α
C366 C R 378 R 36 0
J46θ
LOC
R 175
φ, φ m
U 36 θ
ύαα
~
Φ φ
R 3751-
m ΦΦΝ υm m ,^η
φ
Ν ~
ρ78 R 140 R 1 42
ά c
C328 C332
σ
0435
C326
C338 C336 0328
α Φ ~ 04 1 9 ~ ώή ',< α α α3 R400
1
R342
R32f C32S 0325
R315 C317
G RID C KT
ρ 1250
R 298
ή ~
W422
J 48 B
,
0294029θ 0342
f K ^Ν m Να Ν α υ
C439
C436 R 436
Lb '
U27 Θ
ύ
NO
C300 C304t
C433C45 6
C270
η
~
~ φ v φ α υ
C140
ό ύ
E2
R16 . R 152
υά
R 292
R 317
U38i
R288
R 466
L OC
C260
Ρ 14 9 J148
ς26 θ
R 14 θ R 147
-~ υυ
R 47θ
LOC
NO
f m ια Nά ~ α α
U 14 θ
Ν f Φ~η
Φ CR 124 0 ,η C R 1242 Ν [ R 1244 έ ιη Ν ι. K φ Φ Ν f φ < φ α f α α < α φ f υ
m m ά ά
R 31 θ
C2θ5C2θ7 R 156
C386 C389 ρ304 R294 R 306 C296 C 3θθ W 306Cρ 296 R38B R 296
R 312
C386
CR3 114
C304
Jams Ρ3 56
υ
C2Θ6C2ΘΒ
C218
C17θ
R 21 8 C214 R 219 R 214 ~ Α16 θ R Ιθθ R171 C171 R 169 C244 016θ R17711 016θ θ α0175 R 263 R 182 C177 Q178 R 172 R249 C R146 V R172 C R22 θ i0262 --C172 R17
264
Ν
C2θ1{2θ3
R194 R 185 R 192 R162
ε21 θ
C2θθC2 θ 2
R248 R 249 R 252 R 253 R 270 R 272 R 274 R275 R280 R284 R 290 R 292 R 294 R 296
R 300 R 304t
R306t
R 310
G RID LOC
C Ν
Β3 Β3
R R
Β3 Β3 Β2
R R R R R R
Β3
E3 E3
F3 F3 F2 F3
Η2 Η2 G2 G2
G2 G2 G2 F2
R
R
R R R R R R
R ρ, ρ: R
( BAC KSIDE) TI MI NG B OA RD (Α2)
R352
_
R298
R342
R929 C325 Α 325
S76 B
S76C
r
η
ά υ
[326
0329
Ρ 76
C R 3BS
C334
5388 λ
φ m m υ
S38 θθ C328
R 38 θ
Α
C332
R 376
U366 R 364 R 362 C368
C KT NO
R 242 R 244 R 248 R 249 R 252 R 253 R 270 R 272 R 274 R 275 R 280 R 284 R 290 R 292 R 294 R 296 R 300 R 304t R 306t R 310
mW
rν σα φ La σ Φυυ Φ Φ f w Ix ¢ ¢
C366 C R 378 R 36 9
J 462 J45θ
)C
ι
Φ άήά υα υ
0294029 θ 0 342
R ID
! ! ;
~ φ υ mmm σ σ ¢
R 292
π ά
! '
S76 λ
'a
[385
-eCR 3 θ 4
C336
t 3 ! ! ! ! ! '.
ι
σ
<
C487 σ Μ '° f Φ Φ 41 υ a: σ Λ
^ " Ρ6 ι e
G R ID C KT L OC NO Β3 Β3 Β3 θ3 Β3 Β2
E3 E3
F3 F3 F2 F3
Η2 Η2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 F2
R 312t R 315 R 317 R 320 R 325 R 328 R 342 R 346 R 348 R 350 R 352t R 354t R 355* R 360 R 362 R 364 R 366 R 368 R 370 R 372
U
J 485
G2 G2 Η2 Η2 Η3 Η2 Η1 Η1 Ι1 Ι1
E3
F3
Η5 Η4 Η4 Η4 Η4 G4 G4
R 375 R 380 R400 R402
R406 R 408 R 410 R 412
R 415 R420t
R 422t R 425 R 426t R 430 R 432
R 436
R 439 R 455t
R456 R460
°° ά ν α α
J 481
G R ID C KT LOC NO
F2
Ν ηQ
4θθ
G R ID C KT L OC NO Η4 Ι3 G5 G5 G5 F5 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4 F4
E4 E4
F4
F4 Β4
R 462 R 465 R 467
R 470 R 473t
R 475* R 482tt
R 483t
R 484 * Τ
R 485
GRID C KT L OC NO 84 C4 Β4 Β5 Β4 Ι4 Ι4 Ι5 Α5 Ι5 Ι5 Ι4 4 Ι4 85 Ι4 Ι4
R 487 R 490 R 492tt J
R 493
R 494 *t R 495
R 500
S75 ς200* S330*
Ι1 G1
S380
13 G4
ς450*
C3
U 140 U 270 U 300 U 360 U 400
U 480
VR 172
VV306t W422t
W455t
G R ID
LOC
C3 F3 F2 Η4 F4 Ι4 C3
G2
F4 F4
*On bac k of boa rd tSee
P arts L ist fo r
serial number ranges.
R
tt R 482 8ι 492 oved to bac k of board effective S N 8020245.
m
ά α
έ α
U sing t h e
R ear Interface
Connectors
See t h e accom p anyi n g c h art for rea r i n te r face con n ector assig n ments . F or ot h er fu n ctio n s n ot d etaile d h e re t h e small auxiliary board ( Ε ) h as num e r o u s co nn ectors available . U se t h e co n nectio n s to m a k e c u stom i n p u ts o r out p uts to t h e P G 508 t hro u g h t h e P ower M o du le . Amplitude
M onitor
T h ese p i n s (25 Α ) a r e co nn ecte d to t h e O U T PU T terminal t h roug h α 27 k r esisto r a nd g r o und (26A) . To use t h is functio n p lace t h e PER IOD co n t r ol i n t h e ΕΧΤ T R IG O R MAN position a n d co nn ect an acc ur ate volt m ete r to t h ese termi n als . Now ad ju st t h e T R IG/GAT E LEVEL co n trol cw for t h e h ig h stea d y state o u t pu t voltage a nd ccw fo r t h e low stea d y state o u t pu t voltage . 1 η t h is ma n ner t h e οιι t ριι t pu lse am p lit ud e levels may b e p r ecisely monitore d .
E xte r nal L evel
Co n t r ol I np uts
See t h e d isc u ssio n u n d e r t h e h eading External Voltage Cont r ol in Sectio n 1 of t h is manual fo r use of t h ese terminals . Trig/Gate I npu t T h ese assig n me n ts p rovi d e rear i n terface i npu t ca p abilities for t h e f ro n t p a n el T R IG/GAT E IN i npu t . T h e
+T rig O u t
signal lea d (24 Β ) m u st b e u se r i n stalle d b u t t h e g r ou nd (25 Β ) is facto r y wi r e d . To m a k e t h e pro p er co nn ectio n s r emove t h e ca b le exte n di n g from t h e T R IG/GAT E IN con n ecto r to t h e i npu t board by p ulling t h e end from t h e soc k et on t h e b oard . I n stall α twelve inc h cable wit h t h e p roper co nn ecto rs, Te k tro n ix P a rt No . 175-1827-00, from t h e con n ecto r on t h e i npu tci r c u it b oa r d labeled T r ig/Gate In to t h e ot h e r co nn ecto r on t h e o u t pu t board labele d Trig/Gate In as s h ow n i n t h e ill u st r atio n .
T r igge r Output T h e h ot o r sig n al lea d (288) mu st be u se r i n stalle d w h ile t h e g r o und (27 Β ) is factory wi re d . To ro u te t h is f un ctio n t h ro u g h t h e rea r n terface co nn ecto r remove t h e p l u g on t h e ti m i n g ci r c u it b oa rd co nn ecte d to t h e ca b le f r o m t h e T R IG O U T fro n t panel co n nector . T h is pl u g is s h own on t h e illustratio n an d is la b ele d Trig O u t . Con n ect α six i n c h cable wit h t h e prope r co nnecto rs, Te k tro n ix P art No . 1751824-00, from t h e con n ector la b ele d T r ig Out i n t h e illustration to t h e connector on t h e out p ut board la b eled + Trig Out i n t h e illustration . To o b tai n t h e com p lement trigger out sig n al con n ect t h e coaxial cable to t h e con n ecto r la b ele d Trig Co mp i n t h e ill u stratio n . T h e n o r mal t r igge r o u t pu t may b e u se d si mu lta n eously wit h t h e com p le me n t, t hro u g h t h e r ea r co nn ector, wit h o u t d ist u r b i n g t h e o p eratio n of eit h e r .
i
L ocatio n s fo r u se r I nstalled rea r i n te r face co nnectio n s .
REV . Α ΜΑΥ 1976
PG 508
INTERFACE
~~~~~~~~ ~~m~' υ ~mn~m
25 V ac winding 41M V filtered dc Collector lead of pnp series-pass
1-11
Transformer shield
10
± n ο . s V common
Base lead of pnp series-pass
.9
33 .5 V filtered dc Collector lead of npn series-pass
Emitter lead of npn series-pass
No connection 170 V ac winding
17 .6 V ac winding
+11 . ον common return
+11 .5 V common return
-1 11 .5 V common return
f-11 .5 V common return
+1 15 ν xno re υ g ε 25 V ac winding
Assignments listed m, pins 1 u-- 1 υA and 1 B -- 13B are available in all power modules ; however only those pins marked with an asterisk (`)*vv used υ" thePmsnu . τ h οup εpnn οε xvnomur κ om w im αυ p υ mewme,io κ (^^)pm thepn/x c σ nn e mmn, α xα uon t hos board .
PG
508
PA R TS L OCATIO N G R ID
01266 082 6
RBI6 R817 R834 C634
σ
υ φ
R 83β C836 Ο 94 ι
R842 C R 876 φ R 8 76 ^ φ
R91 5
R 876
C B 63
R 866 5866
mW
R 787 R 777 R 788
CKT NO
C780 C800 C814 C820 C825 C832 C834
C836 C840
C850
C852 C854 C856 C860 C863 C879 C880
C895
C930
C938 C958
GRID
L OC Α5 D2 C1 Θ2 Α2 Α2 Β2
Β2 C2 C2
~m υΦ
αΦ
C780
U 78 "
C KT NO
C962 C964 C966 C975 C985 C987 C988
C989 C992 C997
C3 C3 C3 θ2 θ3 Β3
C1017t C1024 C1048 C1055 C1065 C1072
θ4
C1077
C3
C5 D5
C3
REV . 3 A PR 1978
C1075 C1097
C1202* C1205 C1207
κ
Ν
R929
R916
L OC Η3 G3 Η3 D3 D2 E3 E4 E3 E3 E2 E3
F3
D3 D4 ρ5 E4 D5 E5 G4
Β2 Η5 Η5
ά Φ φ Φ α
Φ ά
L OC
C1211 C1217 C1219 C1220 C1259
15 14 Η5 Η5 F1
C1280
G1
C1307 C1308 C1310
C1327* ς1335 C1337 C1359
Η3 F2 G2
C2 Η4 Η4 Η2
C1380
Η3
C1408
J3
C1407 C1410
Λ T ά
Η3 G4
CKT NO
C R 782
C R 790
C R 792t C R 794 C R 805
C R 876 C R 885
ιη v φ Φ ά ί
Β5 θ4 Α2 D2 D1 Β3 θ3
C R958 C3 C R1200 3 CR1202* 82 C R1207 Η4 C R1215 4 C R1219 15 C R 1225 J5
φ φ α
Ν re
κ
φ ώ Φ
φ α σ
Z;
ώ υ
CKT NO
CR 1382 CR 1383
C R 1406 C R 1410
J 1024
J1200*
L OC
13 Η3 12 F4
F3
Α1
ρ770 Ρ1205 Ρ1246* Ρ1247*
Α5 Η5 03 D3
C R 1337 C R 1372
14 13
Ν Ν s s_ κ υ
L 980
F2
Ρ 1280
J5
0825 0840
0820
Β1
G2 Α1
Β2 82
η α
f φ Φ σ
R 1 θθ 6
Φ φ Φ α
J Ιθ 24
01 """
G R ID
NO
L OC
0845 Q900 0945 0950 0954 0975 0980
01000
0990* 0995
01010* Ο1015 01055 Q1060 01070* 01075
σ R Ιθ2θ
L OC
D3 Β4 C3 C3 C3 D2 F3
01270 01280 01285 01295 01300 01355 01365
Ε1 Η2 F1 F1 G1 12 12
E2 G3 E3
01385 0 1395
F3
F3 D4 D4 F4
01080
01095*
E4
01255 01265
F4 D1 Ε1
01370 01380
2 Η2 1
Η3
ΚΤ NO
R790 R794 R 796 R 798
R800 R802 R804 R 8 10 ρ811
R 814
01400
Η3 13
R 775 R 777 R 778
Α4 Α4 Α5
R 815 R 817 R 820 R 825 R 827 R 830
Β4
R 834
R780 R 782 R785 R 787 R 788
Α5 Α5
Α4 Α4
R 832 R 836
R 840 R 842
ά ί
Ν φ
C141B φ
CR S 418 MISS R 108 2
G R ID
~= σ
Φ
,π π F ιφν φ π ~ Λύ
φ
NO
E5 G5
01090
CKT
ο
ή
υ
β 1 ι 24
Gloss
01 875
m
cι C13ι7 φ η ~ Φ φ
ο φ
β 1 0 76
σ
C138 θ
° s σωι κ Φ Φ ~ φ α α φ υ κ
φ
η η φ α υ
CI θ 97tr
ή ύ
o$ " 01
ά ύ
C1229
C 19 77
G R ID C K T
L1060
C R 1327 * Ι3
R 1 84 4
Close
J
G3
βΙ " Ιθ R 1 ι 42
R1 θ66
E2 E4
Η1
R1 θι 6 a v C10 4 Φ Φ αα
1.1969
J1201*
F1 G1
φ m υ
01 θ 6"
J
C R1272 C R1282 C R 1283 C R1306 ςρ 1310 CR 1325
,φ ,, C1017
C1 ι 66
m Άω α άη ο
G R ID
LOC
φ
Ν
CR 1
m
φ
\13 Ι "
VR l θ ""
01 θ 66
~ ~ φ v α 2c Φ R926
ώ
01 ι16
1?1 01>
φ rc φ > α
R1 R 19θ6 R 13 8 2 R 13ι6
C131 " 0996
ύ ά
in
C128 "
C13"θ
R1273 R 1287
098"
~
α
Φ υ
φ
R 932
G R ID
NO
~ κ αηe
ω
υ
44 U83θ φ
C KT
Φ Φ φ ω Λ
ο ω 0946
C938
Ύ υ
G R ID
ω ά L.,, 0964 φ
R 862 C866 R 868 C 88B
R934
φ
Φ
Cθ62
ο s ιι ω Φ φ uses υ 91 β . R 914 R 9 "θ R 897
R93 "
0969 09 46
°~
α Λφ
υ
R 1286 R1299
R1292 C R 1282 R 1286 R 129 0 013 0
R 131/ CR 13 "β
^κ κ ή YR1257
α
0976
α
ά
R878
Ν ω φ Φ φ Φ α α
Φ
CR 1272 R 1272
01279 φ φ
ω ο φ Φ Φ Φ
012Θ601296
R 127 9
α
ά ~ υ α
m
R1269 C1269
φ 01266 η
~ υv
use
ο
φ
C86" ρ864 C864
R886
m σ
α α
Ross
ά
Φ ά
α
uses
"" ά
Φφ ~ φ άά ά φ Φ φ K αή = φ Λ φ Φ Φ Φ α
α
CROSS
ά
9786
ο
φ ~° α
φ
ΦΦ
φ m
άmά υ
... ω ~ ιπ ιη φ -~ φ ο ο φφ αεά φάφάσα
ROSS
ο Φ φ Λ Λ φ ά ά ά
υ
Λ
υ
C84B
0626
ά
φ _
α
φ Ν Φ
R ΘΙΘ
0'
φ ι. Φ
C KT
G R ID
NO
L OC
C1 D2 D2 Ο2 D2 D2 D1
ρ 845 R 847 R 850 R 852 R 854 R856 R 860
ρ2 C2 C2 C3 C3 C3 C2
C2
R 865
Α3
G R ID
LOC
D1 C1
Θ1 θ1 C2 θ2 Β2 Β2 Α2
Β2 Β2
82 83
R 861 R 863
R 866
C2 Β3
R 868 R 869 R 875 R876 R878
Α4 Α4 Β4 Β3 83 C3
R885
Β3
R883 R887
R888 R892
Β3 83
03
C4
';'I
R ID
( B AC KSID E ) O UTPUT BOA RD (Α 4)
Α
Κ
R 12B2
R 1232
CR1282 1295 298 01386 ;128 " R 1297 α R 19σ 6 R 13 8 2 R 13θ 5 σ R
α C R 1283 α R 1276 = R 126σ R 128/
Ν d
vials 01 θ ""
!α _
ύ
Φ
Φ : Ιθ 87k 1"Θ"
33
ύ
φ
Ρ 1396
01386 01396 α m _ ύ υ
φ
φ
R 1398 R 1386
φ Φ
ά υ
01 495 σ
C R 1327 R132C
θ
8
~ flu [1336 .Ν.. α ση _ um ά _ υ υ
J 12 ""
Φ
ά ά
ειτσ 2
α
α
μ
σ
~
Ι
RΙ 4 σ 2
R 1286
η R 121 Α Α
φ Α Α
R 1397
Ρ 1398
C122 "
R 1337
VR 133"
R 133 0
~ C1217 Ν ^ Α ά Φ L° -' N α 0, ~ ^ σ ~σ U 121 " αι υ σ
CR 1226
σ
C R 1926
C1211
2044-18
' R ID CKT .OC NO
32 32 32
C 111 1383
ι° φ
C1 4 Ιθ
ρ 1387
CR 1372 C R 1382
R 13Θ 2
ή _ C13 9 7 φφ
_φ
J 12 σ 1
R 123 4 R 1366 C R 12θ2 R 1202 R 137 8 R 1367 01366 0136 6 0137 6 R 1372 R 1373 R 1366 R 1376 R 1366
11 1368 R 1376
class
α σ ύ ά ..
"1 )2 )2 )2 )2 )2 )1 )1 ;1 '2 31 31 '2 32 32 32 λ2
αφΦο c
Β
R 1236
R 123/
R 138 " C1369 R 1369
φ
1
R 845
G RID CK T L OC NO
R 847 R 850 R 852 R 854 R 856 R 860 R 861 R 863 R 865 R 866 R 868 R 869 R 875 R 876 R 878 R 883
D2 C2 C2 C3 C3 C3 C2 C2 θ3 Α3 Α4 Α4 Β4 83 Θ3 C3 Β3
R 892
C4
R 885 R 887 R 888
Β3 Β3 Β3
G RID CKT L OC NO
R 893 R 895 R 897 R 898 R900 R 904 R 905 R 908 R 910 R 911 R 914 R 915 R 918 R 920 R 924 R 925 R 930
D4 C4 C4 C4 C4 Θ3 Β3 Θ3 Α3 Α3 θ4 θ4 θ4 θ4 C5 C5 83
R 938
DS
R932 R934 R936
C4 C4 D5
R 942 R 944
R 945
R 947 R9 5 0 R 954 R 956 R 958 R 975 R 977 R 978 R 982 R 985 R 987 R 988 R 992 R 995
R 1000 R 1002 R 1005
R 1014
R1017t
G R ID C KT LOC NO D4 C4 D4 C4 ς2 D3 C3 C4 D3 D2 D2 D3
E2 E3 E4 E2 E2 G3 G3 F3
F3
E3
R 1018 R 1020 R 1021 R 1024 R 1028* R 1029* R 1032* R 1033* R 1035 R 1040 R 1042 R 1044 R 1048 R 1050 R 1055 R 1057 R 1058 R1062 R1065 R1072
R 1075
G R ID C K T L OC NO
F3
G4 F4 G3 F4 F3 F4 F3 G3
E3 E3 E4
D3 D2 D3 D4 D4
D3 E5 E4 E5
R 1080 R 1082 R 1085 R 1094 R 1098 R 1202 R 1205
R 1209 R 1210
R 1211
R 1215 R 1217 R 1230 R 1232 R 1234 R 1236 R 1255
R1257 R1259 R1260
R 1265
G R ID CK T L OC NO G4 F5 F4 F4 F4 12 14 14 Η4 14 Η5 15 12 11 12 11
E1 E2 F1 Η2 E2
R 1266 R 1270 R 1272 R 1273 R 1276 R 1280 R 1282 R 1285 R 1287 R 1290 R 1295 R 1297 R 1298 R 1300 R 1302 R 1305
R 1306 R1310
R1327
R 1330
G R ID CK T LOC NO E2
F1 F1 F2
Η2 Η2 G1 F1 F2 F2 G1 G2 G1 G2 G2 G2
G2 F2 13 1
4
R 1355 R 1357 R 1359 R 1360 R 1365 R 1366 R 1370 R 1372 R 1373 R 1375 R 1376
R 1380 R 1382 R 1385 R 1387 R 1390 R 1395 ρ 1397 ρ 1398 R1400
R 1402
G R ID C K T L OC NO Η2 2 Η2 Η2 12 12 12 2 2 2 Η2 Η2 Η3 13 12 Η3 13
J
J J J
13 13 13 3
1
G RID CK T L OC NO
R 1405 R 1406
J3
R1410
J
S785 S865
Α4 Α3
U 780 U 800 U 850 U 895 U 930 U 1210 U 1335
3 3
1
Η3 G3 Η4 G2 G4
Β5 D1 Β3 C4 C5 15 Η4
D4 V R944 V R975 D3 VR 1000 F 2 VR 1080 F5 VR 1257t E2
VR 1330
W 1210 W 1220 W 1240 W 1310 W 1410
G R ID C KT L OC NO
J4
iSee P arts L ist for se r ial nu m ber ranges . *On bac k of board . ι
GR II
L OC
Section 5-PG 508
PA R TS OR DERI N G INFORMATION
INDENTATION SYSTEM
Replace ment p arts are available from or t h roug h your local Te ktronix, Inc . F iel d Office or representative .
Th is mec hanical parts list is in dented to i nd icate item r elatio nshi ps. F ollowi ng is an exam ple of th e in de ntation system used in t h e d escription column.
Ch anges to Te ktron ix i nst ru ments are sometimes ma de to accommodate im proved components as they b ecome availa ble, and to give you the b enefit of the latest circuit im proveme nts develo ped i n our engi neeri ng d epartment . It is therefore im porta nt, when o rd eri ng parts, to i ncl ud e the followi ng informatio n i n your order : P art n um be r, i nst rument ty pe or numb er, serial number, a nd modification n umber if applicable .
Assembly a nd/or Co mp one n t Attac h i n g par ts fo r Assembly and/or Comp on ent Detail Part of Assembly and/or Co mp o n ent Attac h ing parts fo r Detail Pa rt Pa r ts o f Detail Part Attac h ing p arts for Pa r ts ο/ Detail Pa r t
If α p art you h ave o rdered has been replaced with α new or improved part, your local Te ktronix, I nc. F ield Office or r eprese ntative will contact you concerning any change in part nu mber .
Attach i ng Parts always app ea r i n th e same i nd e ntation as the item it mounts, while t he detail p arts are in dented to th e right . I n de n te d items are part of, and inclu ded with, the n ext h ig her i nd entation. Th e separation symb ol --- * --- i nd icates the end of attach i ng parts .
C h ange i nformatio n , if any, is located at the rear of this ma nu al .
S P ECIA L NOTES AN D SY M B OL S ΧΟΟΟ
P art first
ΟΟΧ
P a rt removed after th is
Na me & Desc r ip tion
1 2 3 4 5
added at t h is serial n um b er serial nu mber
parts
Attaching
must
b e purchased separately,
unless otherwise
specified .
FIG U RE AND I N DEX NU M B ERS
ITEM NAME
Items in th is sectio n a re r eference d by figure and in dex numb ers to the ill u st ratio ns .
In the P arts L ist, an Item N ame is se parated from the desc ri ption by α colo n (:) . B ecause of s pace li mitatio ns, an Item N ame may someti mes appear as i nco mplete . F or f u rt her Item N ame i dentification, the U.S . F ederal Catalogi ng H andboo k Η6-1 can be u tilize d wh e r e possible .
υ IATI l.λ rI S I
" # AC ΤΝ
ADPT R
ALIG N
AL ASSEM ASSY ΑΤΤΕΝ A WG BD BRKT BRS BRZ BSHG CAB CAP CE R C HAS CKT COMP CONN COV
CPLG CRT D EG D WR
I NCH NUMBER SIZE
ACTUATOR ADAPTER A LIG NMENT ALUMINUM ASSEMBLE D ASSEMBLY ATTENUATOR
AMERICAN WI RE GAGE
B OARD
BRACKET BRASS BRONZE BUSHING CABINET CAPACITOR C ERAMIC CHASSIS CIRCUIT COMPOSITION CONNECTOR COVER
CO UPLI NG CATHOD E RAY TUBE DEGREE DRAWER
EL CT R N ELEC ELCTLT ELEM
EPL
EQPT ΕΧΤ FIL FLEX
FLH
FLTR FR
FS] NR
FT FXD GSKT HDL HEX
HEX H D HEX SOC HLCPS HLEXT HV
IC ID
IDENT IMPLR
ELECTRON ELECTRICAL
ELECTROLYTIC
ELEMENT ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST EQUIPMENT EXTERNAL FILLISTER HEAD FLEXIBLE
FLAT HE AD
FILTER FRAME or FRONT FAST E NER FOOT FIXED GASKET' HANDLE HEXAGON HEXAGONAL HEAD HEXAGONAL SOCK E T HELICAL COMPRESSION HELICAL EXTENSION HIGH VOLTAGE
I NTEGRAT ED CI RCUIT I NSIDE DIAME TER Ι DΕΝΙ"I FICATION IMPELLER
IN I NCA ND I NSUL I NTL LPHL DR
M ACH
NCH I N CA NDESC EN T I NSULATOR I NT E RN AL LAMPHOLD ER I
MACHINE MECHANICAL M OUNTING NIP N IPPLE NON WI RE NOT W I RE WOUN D Ο8Ο ORDER BY D ESCRIPTION OD OUTSIDE DIAM E TER OVH O VAL HEAD ΡΗ BRZ PHOSPHOR BRONZE PLAIN or PLATE PL PLASTIC PLSTC ΡΝ P ART NUMBER MECH MTG
ΡΝΗ
PAN HE AD
RT NR SCH
RE TAINER SOCKE T HEAD
PWR RCPT RES R GD RLF
SCOPE SCR
POWER RECEPTACLE RESISTOR R IGID RELIEF
OSCILLOSCOPE SCREW
SE SI NGLE EN D SECT S ECTIO N SEMICOND SEM ICONDU CTOR SHLD SHI ELD SHLDR SH OUL DERED S KT SOCKET
SL
SLFLKG S LVG
SPR
SLIDE
SELF-LOCKING SLEEVING
SPRI NG
so SST STL SW Τ TERM THD
SQUARE STAINLESS ST E EL ST EE L SWITCH TUBE T E RMINAL THREAD
TNSN TPG TRH V VAR
TENSION TAPPING TRUSS HEAD VOLTAGE VARIABLE WIT H
ΤΗΚ
Wi WSHR X FMR
XSTR
THIC K
WASHER 1 R ANSFORMER T RANSISTOR
Replaceable M ec ha n ical P arts---PG 508
C ROSS I NDEX-- MFR . COD E NUMBER TO
M fr. Code
M anufactu rer
OOOCY 00779 01295
NORTHWEST FASTENER SALE S, IN C . AMP, INC . TE XAS INSTRUMENTS, INC ., SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP
05820 08261 11897 13103
WAKEFIELD ENG INEERING, IN C . SPE CTRA-S TRIP CORP . PLA S'Γ I GLIDE MFG . CO RP ORATION THERMALLOY COMPANY, IN C .
13511 22526 24931 26365
AMPHE NOL CARDRE DIV ., BUNKER ΑΑΜΟ CORP . BERG ELECTRONICS, INC . SPECIALTY CONNEC TOR CO ., IN C . GRIES R EPRODUCER CO ., DIV . OF COAT S AND CLARK, IN C . N ATIONAL RI VET AND MF G. CO . GET TIG EN G . AND MFG . COMP ANY THOMAS AND BETTS COMPANY F I SCHER SPECIAL MFG . CO . H OLD-KROME CO . ILLINOIS TOOL WORK S, IN C. SHAKEPROOF DI VIS ION T ILLEY MFG . CO . WALDES, ΚΟΗΙΝΟΟΑ , INC . WROUGHT WASHE R M FG . CO . TEKTRONIX, IN C . TEXAS IN STRUMEN TS, INC ., CO NT RO L PR ODU CT S DI V . CENTRAL SC REW CO . SEA ST ROM MFG . COMP ANY, IN C . Ν . L . INDUSTRIES, INC ., SO UTHERN SC REW DIV . CA MCAR SC REW AND MF G . CO .
42838 55210 59730 73743 74445 78189 78471 79136 79807 80009 82647 83385 86928 87308 93907
5- 2
M ANUFACT UR ER
Address 7923 SW C IRRU S DRIVE Ρ 0 BOX 3608 Ρ 0 BOX 5012, 13500 Ν CENTRAL E XPRESSWAY AUDUBON ROAD 7100 L AMP SON AVE . Ρ 0 BOX 867, 1757 STANFORD S T . 2021 W VALLEY VIEW LANE Ρ 0 BOX 34829
City, State, Zip ΒΕΑVΕRΤΟΝ , ORE GO N 97005 HARRISBURG, PA 17105
D ALLAS, TX 75222 WAKEFIELD, MA 01880 GARDEN G ROVE, CA 92642 SANTA
M ONI CA,
CA 90406
YOUK EXPRESSWAY 3560 MADI SON AVE .
DALLAS, TE XAS 75234 LOS GAT OS, CA 95030 NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070 INDIANAPOLI S, IN 46227
125 BEECHWOO D AVE . 1-21 EA ST JEFFER SO N S T . PO BOX 85, OFF ROUTE 45 36 BUTLER ST . 446 MORGAN ST . 31 BROOK ST . WEST
NEW ROCHELLE, NY 10802 WAUPUN , WI 53963 SPRING MILL S, PA 16875 ELIZABETH, NJ 07207 C INCINNATI, OH 45206 HARTFORD, CT 06110
ST . CHARLES ROAD
900 INDU STRIAL RD . 47-16 AUST EL PLACE 2100 S . 0 BAY ST . Ρ 0 BOX 500
EL G IN, IL 60120 SAN CARLOS, CA 94070 LONG ISLAND CI TY , NY 11101 MILWAUKEE, W I 53207 ΒΕΑVΕΑΤΟΝ, OR 97077
34 FOREST ST . 2530 CRE SC ENT DR. 701 SONOR A AVENUE
ATT LEBORO, ΜΑ 02703 BROADVIEW, IL 60153 GLENDALE, CA 91201
Ρ . 0 . BOX 1360 600 18TH AVE .
S TATESVILLE,
NC
28677
R OC KFORD, IL 61101
REV D, J AN 1979
R eplaceable M ec h anical
F ig . & I nd ex
Te k tro n ix Part No .
No .
Serial/ M odel No . E ff Dsco n t
Qty
1-1 -2
337-1399-04 200-1837-00 200-1837-01
-3
211-0503-00
-4
366-1520-02 366-1690-00
-.5
214-1840-00
-6
-12 -13 -14 -15 -16
366-1464-01 _._ .--- ----213- 0153 - ΠΟ 366-1170-03 ----°------213-0153-00 366-1514-01 213-0048-00 366-1517-01 213-0153-00 366-1190-02 213-0153-00 366-0494-05 _-°-°~ -° -°-----213-01 .53-00 366-1559-00 131-0955-00 210-0255-00 131-1315-00 --°°-- °°-_--°-
3 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 7 2 2 1 1
-17 -18
210-0583-00 210-0940-00
1 1
-19
------- -----
1
-20 -21
210-0583-00 210-0940-00
1 1
_22
----- ------
1
-23
210-0583-00
-24
2 2 2
Β010100 Β 021213 Β021214
1 2 3 4 5
N ame & Descri p tio n
S HIELD,ELE C :S IDE
2
CO V ER, PL UG- ΙΝ :ΤΟΡ AND BOTTOM CO VER , PL UG- ΙΝ : ΤΟΡ δ BOTTOM (ATTA CHING PARTS) SC REW ,MACHINE :6-32 Χ 0 .188 IN CH,PNH STL
ΒΟΙΟΙΟΟ Β021102 Β021103
1 1
K NOB :GRAY KNOB,LATCH:
Β010100 Β021102 Χ
1
(ATTAC HING PART S) ΡΙΝ , ΚΝΟΒ SECRG :0 .094 OD Χ 0 .120 IN CH LONG
M fr
Code
P arts--PG
508
Mf r P art Nu mb er
80009 80009 80009
337-1399-04 200-1837-00 200-1837-01
83385
OBD
80009 80009
366-1520-02 366- 1 690-00
80009
214-1840-00
80009
366--1464-01
OOOCY 80009
OBD 366-1170-03
OOOCY 80009 74445 80009 OOOCY 80009 OOOCY 80009
OBD 366-1514-01 OBD 366-1517-01 OBD 366-1190-02 OBD 366-0494-05
KNOB :GRAY . E ACH KNOB IN CLUDE S : . S E TSC REW:5 °-40 Χ 0 .125,ST L ΒΚ OXD , HE X K NOB :G RAY,0 .25 1D Χ 0 .706 OD,0 .6 H . EACH KNOB IN C L U DE S : . SETSCREW:5-40 Χ 0 .125,STL ΒΚ OXD , HE X KN OB :GRAY,0 .81 I D Χ 0 .392 OD ,0 .466 Η . SET SC REW :4-40 Χ 0 .125 IN CH,HE X SOC STL KN OB :GRAY,0 .126 IDX 0 .588 OD ,0 .6 H . SET SCRE W :5 -40 Χ 0 .125,STL ΒΚ OX D , HE X ΚΝΟΒ :0 .252 ID Χ0 .706 OD ,0 .6 H . SET SC REW :5 -40 Χ 0 .125,STL ΒΚ OXD ,HEX KN OB :GRAY,0 .127 IDX 0 .5 OD ,0 .531 H . E AC H KNOB INC LU DE S : . SET SC REW :5 -40 Χ 0 .125,STL ΒΚ OX D , HE X PU SH B UTT ON :GRAY CO NNECTOR , RCPT, :BNC, FEMALE ,W / HARDWA RE T ER MINAL, LU G :0 .391" ID INT TOOTH CO NNEC T O R, R CPT, :BNC, FEMALE RE S I S TO R, V AR :(SEE Α48 EPL) (ATT AC HIN G PA RT S) NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :0 .25-32 Χ 0 .312 INC H,BR S WASHER, FLAT :0 .25 ID Χ 0 .375 IN CH O D ,STL
OOOCY 80009 13511 80009 24931
OBD 366-1559-00 31-279 210-0255-00 28 JR235-1
73743 79807
2 Χ 20224-402 O BD
RE SISTOR , VAR :(SEE R540 AND R 655 EPL) (ATTACHING P ART S FO R EAC H) NUT, PLAIN , HEX. :0 .25-32 Χ 0 .312 IN CH,BR S WASHER ,FLA T:0 .25 ID Χ 0 .375 IN CH OD ,S TL
73743 79807
2Χ20224-402 OBD
1
RE S ISTOR, VAR :(SEE R770A AND Β E PL) (ATT AC HING PART S) ΝϋΤ , Ρ LΑΙΝ , ΗΕΧ . :0 .25-32 Χ 0 .312 IN CH,BRS
73743
2Χ20224-402
358-0029-00
4
B SHG, MACH . THD :H EX,0 .375 -32 Χ 0 .438" LONG
80009
358-0029-00
-25 -26 -27
210-0413-00 210-0978-00 210-0012-00
4 3 1
73743 78471 78189
3145-402 OB D 1220-02-00-0541C
-28 -29 -30 -31 -32
344-0195-01 358-0378-00 426-1072-00 333-2106-00 214-1513-01 105-0719-00
4 2 7 1 1 1
344-0195-01 358-0378-00 426-1072-00 333-2106-00 214-1513-01 105-0719-')0
-33
2 ί 3-0113-00
1
FRAME , PU SH BTN : PL AS TI C PANEL,FR ONT : L CH, PL UG - IN RET : LATCH,RETA ININ G : PL UG- IN (ATTACH ING P ART S) SC R ,TP G, THD FOR :2 -32 Χ 0 .312 IN CH, P N H S TL
80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 93907
OB D
-34
105-0718-00 ΧΒ 021103 Β032369 105-0718-01 Β 032370 386-3468-00 Β010100 Β021213
1 1 1
BA R,LATCH R LSE : BAR,LA TCH R L SE : SU BPANEL ,FRONT :
80009 80009 80009
105-0718-00 105-0718-01 386-3468-00
-7 -8 -9 -10 -11
REV C,
J AN
1979
Β010100 Β021102 Β021103
(ATT ACHING PART S) N UT, PLAIN , HE X . :0 .375 -32 Χ 0 .50 IN CH ,STL WASH ER ,FLAT :0 .375 ID Χ 0 .50 IN CH OD,STL WASHE R , LOC K : INTL ,0 .375 ID Χ 0 .50" OD S TL C LIP,ELE C T R I CAL :CAM S HA FT BUS HIN G,S LE EV E :P RE SS MOUN T
5- 3
R eplaceable
F ig . & I n d ex No .
M echanical Parts---PG
Te k tronix P art No .
508
Serial/ Model No . E ff Dscont
Qty
386-3468-01
Β021214
1
-35
213-0229-00 213-0227-00
Β010100 Β021213 Β021214
4 8
-36 -37 -38 -39
200-0935-00 352-0157-00 210-1258-00 - ----- .--.-.- ---
1-
-40 -41 -42 -43 -44
337-2273-00 337-2273-01 --131-0608-00 351-0449--00
-45 -46 -47
211-0062 -ΠΟ 210-0405-00 210-0053-00
2 2 2
-48 -49 -5 0
255-0334-00 334-2208-00 386-3356-00 333-2380-00
FT 1 1 1
-51
213-0192-00
-59 -60 -61 -62 -63 -64 -65 -66 -67 -68 -69 -7 0 -71 -72 -73 -74
Β010100 Β021213 Β021214
6 1
-52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57 -58
Β010100 Β021213 Β021214
3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 6 2
211-0510-00 407-1693-00 211-0244-00 211-0558-00 211-0008-00 210-0586-00 ----- ---
4 4 4 1 1 1
-----° ---------- ------361-0385-00 136-0514-00 214-1291-00 342-0324-00 214-1254-00 131-1003-00 136-0252-04 131-0608-00 136-0269-02 214-0579-00 131-0566-00 131-0993-00 343-0149-00 214-1967-00
1 1 4 4 4 8 4 3 21 27 1 4 3 2 2 1
-75 -76
211- Π 008- ΠΟ 210-0586-00
1 1
-77 -78 -79 -80 -81
_. ._. :. ._ . ____ ... 131-0595-00 352- Π 161-02 131- 0 7 0 7-00 385-0016-00
1 3 Ι 3 Ι
-82
211-05 Π4-00
1
5- 4
1 2 3 4 5
N ame & Desc r iption
M fr
C ode
M fr P art Nu m b er
SUB PANEL, FR ONT : (ATT ACHING PA RTS) SC R,TPG, THD ΣΟΑ:6 -20 Χ0 .375"100 DE G, ΣLH STL SC R,TPG, THD FO R :6 -32 Χ 0 .50 DE G, FLH S T
80009
386-3468-01
93907 83385
OBD OBD
BA SE , LAMPHOLDE R :0 .29 OD Χ 0 .19 CASE LAMPHOLDER :WHITE PLASTI C WAS HER , F'LΑΤ : 0 .265 ID Χ 0 .375 OD IN CH AL LAMP , LE D :(SEE DS110 AND DS1250 EPL) LAMP,L E D :(SEE D S500 EPL) SHI ELΠ , ELEC : REAR SUBPANE L S HIELΠ , ELEC :REAR SU BPANEL CKT B OARD ASSY : AUX ILLARY (S EE Α5 EPL) . TERMIN AL , PIN :0 .365 L Χ 0 .25 PH,BRZ ,GOLD PL GUIDE ,CKT B OARD : (ATTACHING PART S F OR EA CH) SC RE W ,MACHINE :2 -56 Χ 0 .312 IN CH, RDH STL NUT,PL AIN,HEX . :2 -56 Χ 0 .188 IN CH,BR S WASHER,LOC K : INT L ,0 .092 ID Χ 0 .175 "O D ,S TL
80009 80009 86928
200-0935-00 352-0157-00 5712-71-32
80009 80009
337-2273-00 337-2273-01
22526 80009
47357 351-0449-00
83385 73743 83385
OBD 2Χ 12157-402 OBD
PLASTI C CHANNEL : MARKER,1DE NT :WARNING PANEL,RE AR: PANEL,RE AR: (ATT AC HING PA RTS) SC R ,T PG, THD FOR :6 -32 Χ 0 .50 IN CH,PNH S TL
11897 80009 80009 80009
122-37-2500 334-2208-00 386-3356-00 333-2380-00
87308
OBD
83385 80009 78189 26365 83385 78189
O BD
80009 82647 05820 13103 05820 80009 22526 22526 01295 80009 55210 00779 80009 13103
361-0385-00 C93-08-18 207-AB 7717-5N-BLUE 209-AB 131-1003-00 75060 47357 C95140 214-0579-00 L -2007-1 530153-2 343-0149-00 6107 Β-14
83385 78189
OBD 211-041800-00
22526 80009 22526 80009
47355 352-0161-C 2 75691-005 385-0016-00
83385
OBD
C KT BOA RD ASSY : MAIN (S EE Α4 EPL) (ATT AC HIN G PAR T S) SC REW,MACHINE :6 -32 Χ 0 .375 IN C H,PNH
S TL
BRACKET ,COVER :TOP AND BOTTOM SC R ,ASS EM WSHR :4 -40 Χ 0 .312 IN CH,PNH S TL SC REW, MACHINE :6-32 Χ 0 .250 B DGH , NYL ,S LOT SC REW, MACHINE :4-40 Χ 0 .25 IN C H,PNH STL NUT,PLAIN ,EXT W :4-.40 Χ 0 .25 IN CH ,S TL CKT BOARD ASSY I NCLUDE S : MICROC IRCU IT,DI :(SEE U1205 EPL) SW ITCH,PUS H :(SEE 5785 AND 5865 EPL) SPAC ER,PB SW :0 .164 INCH LONG SOCK ET,PLUG IN :MICROC IR CUIT ,8 CO NTACT HEAT SINK , ELEC :XSTR ,0 .72 OD Χ 0 .375" Η IN SULAT OR ,D I SC : TO-5 T RAN S ISTOR HEAT S INK , ELEC :0 .422 Η Χ 1 .240 IN CH OD CONNECTOR B ODY, :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PR ONG SOC KET,PIN TE RM :0 .188 INCH L ONG TE RMINAL,PIN :0 .365 L Χ 0 .25 PH,B RZ ,GO LD PL SOCKET , PL UG- IΝ :14 CO NTACT, LOW CLE ARANCE TERM .,TE ST PT :B RS CD PL LINK , TE RM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA Χ 2 .375 IN CH L LINK,TERM .CONNE :2 WIRE BLACK CLAMP,LOO P :NYLON HEAT SINK,DI ODE :FIN GER TYPE (ATTA CHING P ART S) . SC REW ,MACHINE :4-40 Χ 0 .25 IN CH,PN H STL . N UT,PLAIN,E XT W :4-40 Χ 0 .25 IN C H ,S TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. MI CROC IRCUIT , LI :(SE E U 1335 EPL) . CO NTACT , ELEC :1 .37 IN CH LONG . CO NN BODY, PL , EL :3 WIRE RED . CONNECTOR ,TE RM . :0 .48" L ,22-26AWG W IRE S PACE R , POS T :1 .0 L W/6-32 TH D THRU,NYLON (ATTACHING PA RTS) SC REW , MACH INE :6-32 Χ 0 .25 IN CH,PNH STL
407-1693-00 OBD 921-1150-0014 OBD 211-041800-00
REV D,
J AN
1979
Replacea ble F ig. & Index No . 1-
Tektronix Part No .
Serial/ M odel No. E ff Dsco nt
q ty
1 2 3 4 5
N ame & Description
CKT BOARD ASS Y :MAIN W/CAM SW
672-0558-00 131-0963-00 -----
1 1 1
211-0244-00
4
. CONTAC T , ELEC :GROUNDING . ACTR ASS Y C AM S :RANGE (S EE S590 EPL) (ATTACHING PARTS) . SC R ,ASS EM WS HR :4 -40 Χ 0 .312 IN CN, PNH S TL
------ -----
-87 -88
131-0963-00 210-0406-00 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 214-1752-00 401-0180-00
1 2 1 1 2 1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-89 -90 -91 -92 -93 -94 -95 -96 -97 -98 -99 -100 -101 -102 -103 -104
354-0390-00 105-0709-00 384-0878-02 210-0406-00 401-0178-00 ---°-- -----131-1003-00 136-0514-00 136-0263-04 131-0566-00 131-1031-00 210-0779-00 136-0260-02 131-0608-00 136-0252-04 ----- -----
1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 3 1 8 8 2 9 6 1
-105
211-0507-00
2
-106 -107 -108 -109 -110 -111 -112 -113 -114
----- ----131-0608-00 ------ ----136-0514-00 214-0579-00 136-0269-02 136-0260-02 131-1003-00 136-0252-04 385 -016 Π-ΟΠ
16 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4
-115
211-0510-00
2
-116 -117 -118 -119
----- ----346-0121-00 210-0775-00 210-0774-00 175-1825-00
ΒΟ 10 Ι00 ΒΠ 10100 Β010100 Β010100 Β020245
210-0775-00 210-0774-00 672-0557 -ΠΠ
Β020245 Β020245
-83 -84 -85 -86
Β020244 Β020244 Β020244 Β020244
1 2 4 4 2 1 1 1
-120
2 Ι 1-0504-00
4
-121 -122 -123
384-1415-00 384- Ι416-00 376-0051-01 213-0048-00
2 1 3 4
REV Ε, J AN 1979
M echanical parts---pG 508
ACT UATOR ASSEMBL Y IN CLUDE S :
CONTACT,ELEC :G ROUNDING NUT,PL AIN,HE X . :4-40 Χ 0 .188 IN CH,BRS SPRIN G, FLAT :G REEN CO LORED SPRING, FLAT :RED CO LORE D R OLLER,DET ENT : BEARIN G,CAM S W :FRONT (ATTACHING PART S) . . R I NG, RETAININ G :0 .338 ID Χ 0 .025" THK ,S TL . . ACTUAT OR ,CAM SW :RANGE . . SHAFT ,CAM SW : . . N UT,PLAIN,HEX . :4-40 Χ 0.188 INCH,BRS . . BEARING,CA M SW:C ENTΕR/REAR . CKT BOARD ASSY : RI SE AND FALL (S EE Α3 EPL) . . CONNECT OR B ODY, :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 P RONG . . SOCKET,PLUG IN :M ICROC IRCUIT ,8 CO NTACT . . SΟCΚΕΤ , ΡΙΝ TE RM :FOR 0 .025 INCH SQUARE PIN . . LINK , TE RM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA Χ 2 .375 IN CH L . . CO NTACT A SSY, EL :CAM SW IT CH,TOP . . RIVET,TUBULAR :0 .051 OD Χ 0 .115 IN CH LONG . . SOCKET , PLUG-ΙΝ :16 CO NTAC T , LOW CLEARA NCE . . TE RMINAL,PIN :0 .365 L Χ 0 .25 PH,BRZ ,GOLD PL . . SOCKET,PIN ΤΕ RΜ :0 .188 IN CH L ONG CKT BOARD ASSY : INPUT(S EE Α1 EPL) SC REW ,MAC HINE :6-32 Χ 0 .312 IN CH,PNH S TL (ATT AC HING PART S) . CKT BOAR D ASS EMBL Y IN CLU DES : . TE RMINAL,PIN :0 .365 L Χ 0 .25 PH,BRZ ,GOLD PL . S WITCH ,S LIDE :(SEE S12 EPL) . SOCKET,PLUG IN :MICROC IRCU IT ,8 CONTACT . 7E RM .,7E ST PT :B RS CD PL . SOCKET , PLUG- ΙΝ :14 CO NTACT , LOW C LEARAN CE . SOCKET , PLUG- ΙΝ :16 CO NTACT,LOW C LEARAN CE . CONNECTOR BODY, :C KT BD ΜΤ ,2 P RONG . SOC KET,PIN ΤΕΚΜ :0 .188 INCH LONG S PAC E R, POS T :0 .812 L W/6-32 THD TH RU,AL (ATTACHING PA RTS) SC RE W ,MACHINE :6 -32 Χ 0.375 INCH,PNH S TL DELAY LINE :(SEE D L480 EPL) . SΙ'RAP,ELE C CO MP :TIE DO WN ,5 .0 LO N G . EYELET,METALLIC :0 .126 OD Χ 0 .23 IN CH L ,BRS . EYELE7, ME 'ΓALLIC :0 .152 OD Χ 0 .245 IN CH L ,BRS CABLE ASSY, RF :50 OHM COAX,8 .0 L ONG . EAC H CABLE ASSY IN CLUDE S : . EYELET,METALLI C :0 .126 OD Χ 0 .23 IN CH L ,BRS . EYELET, METALLIC :0 .152 OD Χ 0 .245 IN CH L ,BRS C KT BOARD ASSY : TIMING W /C AM S W (ATTACHING PART S) SC REW, MA CHINE :6 -32 Χ 0 .25 IN CH, PNH S TL CKT BOARD A SSY INCLUDES : . EXTENS ION S HAF T :8 .905 L Χ 0 .125 D IA ,A L ,CR M . EXTENSION S HAFT :5 .58 L Χ 0 .125 D IA ,A L ,C RM . C PLG,SHAF7, FLEX : FOR 0 .125 INCH D I A S HAFT S . . S ET SC REW :4 -40 Χ 0 .125 IN CH,H E X SOC STL
M fr Code
Mfr Part Num ber
80009 80009
672-0558-00 131-0963-00
78189
OBD
80009 73743 80009 80009 80009 80009
131-0963-00 2Χ12161-402 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 214-1752-00 401-0180-00
79136 80009 80009 73743 80009
5100 -37MD 105-0709-00 384-0878-02 2Χ12161-402 401-0178-00
80009 82647 22526 55210 80009 42838 82647 22526 22526
131-1003-00 C93-08-18 48059 L -2007-1 131-1031-00 RA-29952715 C9316-18 47357 75060
83385
O BD
22526
47357
82647 80009 01295 82647 80009 22526 80009
C93-08-18 214-0579-00 C95140 C9316-18 131-1003-00 75060 385-0160-00
83385
O BD
59730 80009 80009 80009
Τ4-34Μ 210-0775-00 210-0774-00 175-1825- 00
80009 80009 80009
210-0775-00 210-0774-00 672-0557-00
83385
OBD
80009 80009 80009 74445
384-1415-00 384-1416-00 376-0051-01 O BD
5-5
R eplaceable
F ig . & I n dex No .
Mec hanical P arts-,-PG 508
Te k tro n ix P art No .
Serial/ M o d el No . E ff Dsco n t
Qty
1 2 3 4 5
N ame & Description
1-124 -125 -126 -127
361-0515-00 131-0963-00
-128
211-0244-00
4
RES I STOR, VAR :(SEE R190 EPL) RE S I STOR,VAR :(SEE Α355 AND R475 EPL) S PA CE R ,S WIT CH :PLA STI C CONTACT,ELEC :GROU NDIN G ACTR ASSY CAM S :(SEE S200 EPL) (ATTACHING PART S) . SC R,ASS EM WS HR :4 -40 Χ 0 .312 IN CH,PNH S TL
-129
200-1935-00
1
. .
-130 -131
211-0008-00 210-0004-00
4 4
. .
. A CTR ASSY IN CLUDE S : . CO VER ,CAM SW :1 .85 L Χ 0 .876 H ,AL (ATTACHING P ART S) . SC RE W,MACHINE :4-40 Χ 0 .25 IN CH,PNH S TL . WASHER, LOC K : #4 INTL ,O .O15 THK ,S TL CD PL
-134 -135
131-0963-00 210-0406-00 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 214-1752-00 401-0180-00
1 2 1 1 2 1
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
-136
354-0390-00
1
.
-137 -138 -139 -140
105-0710-00 384-0878-10 210-0406-00 401-0178-01 263-1141-00
1 1 4 1 1
-141
211-0244-00
4
. . ACTUATOR ,S WITCH :CAM SWITCH . . S HAFT ,CAM S W :O UTER CO NCENTRIC, W/ DRIVER . . N UT,PLAIN,HE X . :4 -40 Χ 0 .188 IN C H,BR S . . BE ARING,CAM SW :C ENTΕR/REAR . SW CAM ACTR AS : DE LAY (ATTA CH IN G PART S) . SC R ,ASS EM WS HR :4 -40 Χ 0 .312 IN CH,PNH S TL
-142
200-1934-00
1
.
-143 -144
211-0008-00 211-0004-00
4 4
. .
ACTR ASSY INCLU DES : . COVER ,CAM SW :1 .55 L Χ 0 .876 H ,AL (ATTACHING PART S) . SC REW, MA CHINE :4 -40 Χ 0 .25 IN C H,PNH S TL . SC REW,MACH INE :3 -48 Χ 0 .125, PNH ,S TL
-147 -148
131-0963-00 210-0406-00 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 214-1752-00 401-0180-00
1 2 1 1 2 1
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
-149
354-0390-00
1
.
-150 -151 -152 -153
105-0708-00 384-0878-00 210-0406-00 401-0178-01
1 1 4 1 1
-154
211-0244-00
4
. . ACTUATOR ,S WITCH :CAM SWITCH . . SHAFT ,CAM SW :W/ DRIV E R . . N UT , PL AIN ,H EX . :4 -40 Χ 0 .188 INCH,BR S . . BE ARING,CAM SW :C ENTER/RE AR . ACTR ASSY,CAM S :(SEE 5450 EPL) (ATTACHING P ART S) . SC R,ASS EM W SHR :4 -4 Π Χ 0 .312 IN C H,PNH S TL
-155
200-1936-00
1
-156 -157
211-0008-00 210-0004-00
4 4
AC TR ASSY INCLUDE S : COVER ,CAM SW :1 .95 L Χ 0.876 H ,AL (ATT ACHING PART S) SC REW,MACHINE :4 -40 Χ 0 .25 IN CH, PNH S TL WASHER , LOC K : #4 INTI.,O . Π15 THK ,S TL CD PL
-158 -159
131-0963-ΠΠ 210-0406-00 214-1139-02
1 2 Ι
CO NI'AC T , ELEC :GROUN D ING NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :4 -40 Χ 0 .188 S PRIN G, FLAT :G REEN COLORED
-132 -133
-145 -146
5-6
1 2 3 3 1
. . . . .
CΟΝΤ'ACT , ELEC :G R OU NDING NUT,PLA IN,HE X . :4 -40 Χ 0 .188 IN CH, BR S S PRIN G, FL AT :G REE N CO LORED S PRIN G, FLAT :RED CO LORE D ROLLER,DETENT : BE ARING,CAM SW : FR ONT (ATTACHING PART S) . RING, RETAININ G :0 .338 ID Χ 0 .025" Τ' HK ,S TL
CONTACT,ELEC :G R OUNDING
N UT,PLAIN,HE X . :4 -40 Χ 0 .188 IN C H,BR S S PRIN G, FLAT :G REEN CO LORE D S PRIN G, Σ' LAT :RED CO LORED R OLLER ,DETEN 7 :
BE ARING,CA M SW : FRONT (ATTACHING P ART S) . RING, RETAIN i N G :0 .338 ID Χ 0 .025"
T HK ,STL
IN CH,BR S
M fr
Co d e
M fr P art Nu mb er
80009 80009
361-0515-00 131-0963-00
78189
O BD
80009
200-1935-00
83385 78189
O BD
80009 73743 80009 80009 80009 80009
131-0963-00 2Χ 12161-402 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 214-1752-00 401-0180-00
79136
5100-37AD
80009 80009 73743 80009 80009
105-0710-00 384-0878-10 2Χ12161-402 401-0178-01 263-1141-00
78189
O BD
80009
200-1934-00
83385 83385
O BD O BD
80009 73743 80009 80009 80009 80009
131-0963-00 2Χ12161-402 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 214-1752-00 401-0180-00
79136
5100-37 MD
80009 80009 73743 80009
105-0708-00 384-0878-υυ 2Χ 12161-4 Γ2 401-0178-01
78189
O BD
80009
200-1936-00
83385 78189
O BD
80009 73743 80009
131-0963-00 2Χ 12161-402 214-1139-02
1204-00-00-0541C
1204-00-00-0541C
REV Ε, J AN 1979
R eplaceab le F ig . & In d ex
Te k tronix P art No .
1-160 -161
214-1139-03 214-1752-00 401-0180-00
1 2 1
-162
354-0390-00
1
-163 -164 -165 -166 -167 - Ι 68 -169 -170 -171
105-0711-00 384-0878-11 210-0406-00 401-0178-01 ---°-- ---------- ------~---- _- ._. .__
1 1 4 1 1 1 1 8 1 4 6 37 9 9 4 8 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 FT FT FT FT FT 1 1 81 2 1 2 1 1 4 2 2 3
No .
-172 -173 -174 -175 -176 -177 -178 -179 -180 -181 -182 -183 -184 -185 -186 -187 -188 -189 -190 -191 -192 -193 -194 -195
Serial/ M odel No . E ff Dsco n t
361-0382-00 131-0566-00 Β0101 Ο0 Β020244 131-0566-00 Β020245 136-0260-02 131-0604-00 136-0252-04 131-1003-00 131-0827-00 131-0608-00 214-1061-00 386-3657-00 ΧΒ 021113 426-1245-00 ΒΟ 10100 Β021223 426-1245-00 Β021224 426-1245-01 Β021224 426-1246-00 426-1246-01 175-0825-00 175-0826-00 175-0827-00 175-0828-00 175-0829-00 210-0775-00 210-0774-00 131-0707-00 352-0171-01 352-0169-00 352-0169-02 352-0169-03 352-016 Ί -04 352-0162-04 352-0162-05 352-0163-05 352-0164-06
REV D, J AN 1979
q ty
1 2 3 4 5
Mec h a n ical P a r ts--PG
N ame & Descri p tio n
. . SPRING,FLAT :RED COLORED . . R OLLER,DETENT : . . ΒEA RING,CAM S W :FRONT (ATTACHING PARTS) . . RING,RETAINING :0 .338 ID Χ 0 .025" THK,STL . . ΑCTUATOR,SWITCH :CAM SWITCH . . SHAFT,CAM SW :O UTER CNCTRC,W/DRIVER . . NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :4-40 Χ 0 .188 INCH,BRS . . BEARING,CAM SW :CENTE R/ REA R . CKT BOARD ASSY :TIMING(SEE Α2 EPL) . . SWITCH,PUSH :(SEE S380A,B EPL) . . SWITCH,PUSH :(SEE S380A,B,C EPL) . . SPACER ,PB SW :BROWN,0 .275 INCH LONG . . LINK,TERM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA Χ 2 .375 INCH L . . LINK,TERM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA Χ 2 .375 INCH L . . SOCK ET,PLUG- ΙΝ :16 CONTACT,LOW CLEARANCE . . CONTACT,ELEC :CKT BD SW,SPR,CU BE . . SOCKET,PIN TERM :0 .188 INCH LONG . . CONNECTO R BODY, :CKT BD ΜΤ ,2 PRONG . . CONTACT,ELEC :0 .55 INCH LONG . . TERMINAL,PIN :0 .365 L Χ 0 .25 P H,BRZ,GOLD PL SP RING,GROUND :FLAT SUPPORT,PLUG-IN : FR S ECT,PLUG-IN :LEFT SIDE,TOP AND BOTTOM FR S ECT,PLUG-IN :LEFT SIDE,TOP AND BOTTOM F R S ECT,PLUG- ΙΝ :70Ρ L EFT FR S ECT,PLUG-IN : RIGHT S IDE,TOP AND BOTTOM F R S ECT,PLUG-IN :RIGHT S IDE,TOP AND BOTTOM W IRE,ELECT RICAL :2 W IRE RIBBON WIRE,ELECTRICAL :3 W IRE RIBBON W IRE,ELECTRICAL :4 W IRE RIBBON W IRE,ELECTR ICAL :5 W IRE RIBBON WIRE,ELECTRICAL :6 W IRE RIBBON E YELET,METALLIC :0 .126 OD Χ 0 .23 INCH L,BRS E YELET,METALLIC :0 .152 OD Χ 0 .245 INCH L ,BRS CONNECTOR,TERM . :0 .48" L ,22-26AWG WIRE CONN BODY,PL,EL :1 W IRE BROWN CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 W IRE BLAC K CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 WIRE RED CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 WIRE ORANGE CONN BODY,PL,EL :3 W IRE YELLOW CONN BODY,PL,EL :4 W IRE YELLOW CONN BODY,PL,EL :4 W IRE G REEN CONN BODY,PL,EL :5 W IRE G REEN CONN BODY,PL,EL :6 WIRE BLUE
Mfr Co d e
508
Mf r Part Nu mbe r
80009 80009 80009
214-1139-03 214-1752-00 401-0180-00
79136
5100-37MD
80009 80009 73743 80009
105-0711-00 384-0878-11 2Χ 12161-402 401-0178-01
80009 55210 55210 82647 80009 22526 80009 22526 22526 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 08261 08261 08261 80009 80009 22526 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009
361-0382-00 L-2007-1 L -2007-1 C9316-18 131-0604-00 75060 131-1003-C0 47349 47357 214-1061-00 386-3657-00 426-1245-00 426-1245-00 426-1245-01 426-1246-00 426-1246-01 175-0825-00 175-0826-00 SS-0426-710610C OBD SS-0626-710610C 210-0775-00 210-0774-00 75691-005 352-0171-01 352-0169-00 352-0169-00 352-0169-03 352-0161-04 352-0162-04 352-0162-05 352-0163-05 352-0164-06
5-7
Hg . & Index No . 2-
Tektronix Serial/Model No . Part No . Eff Dscont 070-2044-00
Qt y 1
1
2
4
5
Name---------& Description
MANUAL,TECH :INSTRUCTION
Mfr Code
Mfr Part Number
80009
070-2044-00
M AN UAL CHANGE INFORMATION At Te ktronix, we co ntinually strive to k ee p up with latest electro n ic d evelopments b y addi ng circuit and component im p rovements to our instruments as soon as they are develope d a n d tested . Sometimes, d ue to printing an d sh ippi ng re q uirements, we can't get these changes immediately into printed manuals. H ence, your manual may contain new change i nformatio n on following pages . Α single change may affect several sections . Since the cha n ge i n formation sheets are carried i n t he manual until all changes are permanently entered, some du p l icatio n may occur. If no such c hange pages ap pear followi ng th is page, your manual is correct as p rinted .
S ERV IC E NOTE Because of the universal parts procurement p roblem, some electrical parts i n your in strume nt may be differe nt from th ose described in the Replaceable E lectrical P arts L ist . The p arts used will i n no way alter or compromise the p erformance or reliability of this inst rume nt. They are installed when necessary to ensure p rompt d elivery to the customer . Order re placement parts from the R eplaceable E lectrical P arts L ist.
UΙ
IA
Eq ui p ment C h art h art com p ares ΤΜ 500 p ro d uct performa n ce to t h at of older Tek tro n ix eq u ipme n t . Only t h ose T h is c aracteristics w h ere sig n ifica n t specification differe n ces occur, are listed . In some cases t h e new i nst r ume n t ch not b e α total functio n al re p laceme nt . Ad d itional support i n stru me n tatio n may b e needed or α c h a n ge i n may calibration proced u re may be n ecessary .
Calibration Test
Compariso n of Mai n
D M 501 re p laces 7D13 ~Τ P G 501 Yreplaces - 107 108
C h aracte r istics
_ PG 501 - lR isetime less t h a n 3 .5 n s i n to 50 Ω . P G 501 - 5 V o u tput p ulse ; 3 .5 ns R isetime n.^ .^ ® τ +
107 - R iseti m e less than TT -~~ 3.0 ns into 50 Ω . 108 - 10 V o ut p ut p ulse 1 n s R isetime
P G 502 - 5 V o ut p ut P G 502 - R isetime less t h an 1 ns ; 10 n s P retrigger pu lse d elay
108 - 10 V o u t pu t 111 - R isetime 0 .5 ns ; 30 to 250 ns P retrigger p ulse d elay
PG 502 replaces 107 108 111
PG b08 prep~aces 114 2101 ----PG 506 replaces 106
067-0502-01
SG 503 re p laces190, 190A, 190B 191 067-0532-01
P erforma n ce of replaceme n t e q u ipme n t is t he same o r better t h a n eq ui p me n t bei n g re p lace d . + ~ωPG 506 - P ositive-goi n g t r igge r out p u t signal at least 1 ν ; H ig h Amplit ud e output, 60 V . PG 506 - Does not h ave c h o pped feature .
SG 503 - Am p lit ud e ra n ge
5m V to5.5 V ρ-ρ.
SG 503 -
Fre q uency
106 - P ositive and N egative- η goi ng t r igger o ut p ut signal, 50 ns a nd 1 V ; H ig h Am plitude output, 100 V. 0502-01 - Com parator out pu t ca n be alte r nately ch op ped to α refer190 Β - Amplitude ra n ge 40 m V to 10 V ρ- p .
ran ge
~~~SG 604 re p~aces~ m 067-0532-01 _067-_06_50_-00 _ TG 501 re p laces F180, xv 180Α
181 184
TG 501 - Trigger out p ut-
slaved to mar ke r o u t put f r om 5 sec th roug h 100 ns. On e
time-mar k can be generate d at α time .
180A - Trigger p ulses 1, 10, 100 H z; 1, 10, a n d 100 kH z. Mu ltiple ti m e-mar k s can b e ge n erated simulta n-
eously . 181 - M ultiple time-mar k s 184- Se p a r ate t r igger pulses of 1 a nd 0 .1 sec ; 10, 1, a nd 0 .1 m s ; 10 a nd 1 μs .
TG 501 - Trigger outputslave d to ma rk et o u t p ut from 5 sec t hroug h 100 π s . O n e ti m e- m a rk ca n be generated at α time . 2901 - Se p a r ate trigger TG 501 - Trigger o u tput2901 pulses, from 5 sec slaved to ma rker to 0.1 μ s . Mu lti p le o u t p ut fro m 5 sec ti m e-ma rk s can be t hro u g h 100 πs . ge n e r ated simulta nOne time-mar k ca n eously . b e generated at α time . _ _ nts r equire TM 500-Ser ies P ower M od u le. h rtpr oof. All TM 500 p lug-i n i n str ume NOTE:μ All TM 500 gen erator o utpu ts ar e s o REV Β , JUN 1978
COlι4ΑΜ i
P rodu ct :
LED
C h ange
Date :
40 EXCELLENCE
PG 508
ΕFF S N Β 043259
R e ference :
.
DESCRIPTION
Eh ECTRICAL P ART S LIST AND SC HEMATIC CHANGES C HANGE ΤΟ : Α2
67 Π-4274-03
C KT B OARD A SSY : TIMIN G
Α4
670-4276--02
CKT B OARD AS SY : OU T PUT
(;4 32
281 -Π167 ω-00
CAP ., V Ax ,C ER ηΙ :9-45 P F,200V
C1202
290-0786-00
CAP ., FXD , EL CTLT :1500U F , +50--10% ,75 V
C1.207
283-0080-00
C AP . ,FXD ,C ER DI :0 .022U F, +80 --20 % ,25V
C1219
283-0080-00
CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI :0 .022UF , +80-20 % ,25 V
C1327
290-0786-00
CAP ., FXD , EL C'fLT :15 00U F ,+50-10 % ,75 V
C1335
283-0080-00
CAP .,FXD ,CER DI :0 .022UF , +80-20 % ,25 V
C1337
283-0080-00
CAP .,FXD,C ER DI :0 .022 UF , +80-20 % ,25V
L 240
276-0569-00
CORE, T OROID : TE ST S E LE CTE D AS NEEDED
g435
151-0427-00
T RANSIS TOR :SIL ICON,NPN
R462
31_5-0391-00
RE S ., FXD ,CMP SN :390 OHM ,5% ,0 .25 W
κ467
315-0391.-00
RES .,FXD ,CMP SN :390 OHM,5 % ,0 .25 W
R1202
315-0273--00
RE S ., Σ"XD ,CMP SN :27 K OHM ,5 % ,0 .25 W
R 1327
315--0273-00
RE S ., FXD ,CMPSN :27K OHM ,5 % ,0 .25W
C778
283-0204--00
CAP ., F XD ,CER DI :O .OlUF,20% ,50 V
C782
283-0177-00
CAP .,FXD ,C ER DI :1UF ,+80-20% ,25V
C788
283-0204-00
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20% ,50V
C945
283--0024-00
CAP .,FXD,C E R DI :O . lUF,- +-80-20 % ,50ν
R 4 34
317-0100-00
RES .,FXD .,CMPSN :10 OHM ,5 % ,0 .125 W
R1214
301-0101-00
R ES .,FXD .,CMPSN :100 OHM ,5 % ,0 .50 W
AD D :
Fo l do u t page
"In ternal Ad j ustmen t Procedure", Step 8 . Ad j ust 10
Cha nge the last se nten ce to Adj ust ΙΖ 465 (Dur 10 points .
n s)
fo r
r ead :
α duration of 10
n s m eas ur ed
For serial numbe r Β043259 a nd abo ve : R otate R465
range ; ad j ιι st (:432 for α duration 10% above 10 o f 10 n s m eas ur ed at the wavefo rm 50% po ints .
ns .
ns
Durat i on
at t he wave fo rm 50 % (Dur 10
Adjust R465
n s)
f or
to mid-
a duration
Change Reference: DESCRIP,riON
LEVEL CONTROL MULTIPLIER - Partial
M30603
Nachfolgend ist das Service-Manual abgebildet, welches die US-Army für dieses Gerät herausgegeben hat. Möglicherweise sind hier zusätzliche Informationen verfügbar.
TM 11-6625-2980-14 TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATOR'S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PULSE GENERATOR AN/USM-359A (NSN 6625-01-077-4620) (TEKTRONIX MODEL PG 508 WITH TM 503) HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY 27 MARCH 1981
TM 11-6625-2980-14 SAFETY SUMMARY This manual contains safety information which the user must follow to ensure safe operation of this instrument. WARNING information is intended to protect the operator; CAUTION information is intended to protect the instrument. The following general safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation, service, and repair of this instrument. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design, manufacture, and intended use of the instrument. Warning statements precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual. The instructions contained in the warnings must be followed. The following warning statements are found in this manual. WARNING Use a proper power source. This instrument is designed to operate from a power source with its neutral at or near ground potential with a separate safety-earth conductor. It is not intended for operation from two phases of a multi-phase system, or across the legs of a single-phase, three-wire system.
WARNING Avoid live circuits. Dangerous voltages exist at several points throughout this instrument. When the instrument is operated with the cover removed, do not touch exposed connections or components. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect power before cleaning the instrument or replacing parts. WARNING Avoid contact with chemicals. Handle silicone grease with care. Avoid getting silicon-in grease in eyes. Wash hands thoroughly after use. WARNING Adequate ventilation should be provided while using TRICHLOROTRIFLUOROETHANE. Prolonged breathing of vapor should be avoided. The solvent should not be used near heat or open flames; the products of decomposition are toxic and irritating. Since TRICHLOROTRIFLUOROETHANE dissolves natural oils, prolonged contact wit h skin should be avoided. When necessary,-use gloves which the solvent cannot penetrate. If the solvent is taken internally, consult a-physician immediately. WARNING Compressed air is dangerous and can cause serious bodily harm if protective means or methods are not observed to prevent a chip or particle (of whatever size) from being blown into the eyes or unbroken skin of the operator or other personnel. Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where reduced to less than 30 p.s.i.f. and then only with effective chip guarding and personnel protective equipment. Do not use compressed air to dry parts when Trichlorotrifloroethane has been used. CAUTION Avoid power surge damage. Do not remove or install plug-in unit while power is on as damage may occur to circuitry.
TM 11-6625-2980-14 This manual contains copyright material reproduced b)y permission of Tektronix. Inc. TECHNICAL MANUAL No. 11-6625-2980-14
HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY WASHINGTON, DC, 27 March 1981 OPERATOR'S, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR GENERATOR, PULSE AN/USM-359A (TEKTRONIX MODEL PG 508 WITH TM 503) (NSN 6625-01-077-4620)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2 located in back of this manual direct to: Commander, US Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command, ATTN: DRSEL-ME-MQ, Fort Monmouth, New Jersey 07703. This manual is an authentication of the manufacturer's commercial literature which, through usage, has been found to cover the data required to operate and maintain this equipment. Since the manual was not prepared in accordance with military specifications, the format has not been structured to consider levels of maintenance.
TM 11-6625-2980-14 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Section 0
INTRODUCTION
SECTION 1
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Instrument Description Installation and Removal BASIC OPERATION Period and Duration Selection Duty Factors Delayed and Paired Pulse Selection Transition Time Selection Transition Time Selection External Triggering and Gating Trigger Output Manual Trigger Control Error Light Control Error Light OPERATING CONSIDERATIONS Output Termination’s and Connections Connections Rise Time Measurements in Linear Systems Counted Burst Using the DD 501 External Voltage Control Digital Delay Unit Definitions of Pulse Characteristics SPECIFICATIONS Environmental Requirements Using the Rear Interface Connectors
SECTION 2
THEORY OF OPERATION Introduction Input Circuitry ~ TRIG'D/GATED Light Circuitry Triggered Mode Period Generator Delay Generator Duration Generator Duration and Delay Control Error Light Circuitry Variable Transition Time Circuitry Transition Time Control Error Light Circuitry Level Control Multiplier Output Amplifier Power Supply
0-1 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-8 1-9 1-11 1-12 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-5 2-6 2-6
Page APPENDIX A TM 503 MAINFRAME Section I. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Section II.
Section III.
TM 503 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE General Troubleshooting Aids Troubleshooting Techniques Parts Replacement Diagrams and Circuit Board Illustrations Power Module Interface Pin Assignments Detailed Block Diagram Parts Location Grid Parts Location Grid Replaceable Mechanical Parts APPENDIX B REFERENCES
SECTION 4 SECTION 5
SERVICE INFORMATION Symbols and Reference Designators General Maintenance and Adjustments Maintenance Circuit Board Removal Circuit Board Removal Test Equipment General CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS LIST
5-1
A-14 A-15 A-16 A-17 A-17 A-19
Section II. Section III.
C-2 C-3
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
APPENDIX D ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (Not Applicable) APPENDIX E MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION Section I. INTRODUCTION General Maintenance Function Column Entries Tool and Test Equipment Requirement
Section III.
4-1
A-7 A-7 A-8 A-8 A-10
C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1
3-1 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2 3-2
A-3 A-3 A-3 A-5 A-6
APPENDIX C COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LIST Section I. INTRODUCTION Scope General Explanation of Columns
Section II. SECTION 3
TM 503 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Introduction Powering Up Building a System Specifications
A-1
Remarks MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART OR PULSE GENERATOR AN/USM-359A TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PULSE GENERATOR AN/USM-359A
APPENDIX F EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST Section I. INTRODUCTION Scope Explanation of Columns Section II. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS
iii
E-1 E-1 E-1 E-2 E-2 E-2 E-3 E-5
F-1 F-1 F-1 F-2
TM 11-6625-2980-14 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Fig. No. 1-0 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 2-1
Page No. Pulse Generator AN/USM-359A. PG 508 installation and removal. Locations of period, delay and duration custom timing capacitors and TRIG/GATE input impedance switch. Location for transition custom timing capacitor. Equivalent circuit of external input for output voltage control. Location of trigger jumpers in DD 501 for selecting trigger or delay interval output PG 508-DD 502 interconnections for counted burst operation.1-6 Typical propagation delays using PG 508 with DD 501 in counted burst mode at 50 MHz repetition rate. Pulse characteristics. Locations for user installed rear interface connections. Simplified schematic for control error indicator logic with control settings causing illumination.
Page No.
vi 1-1
FO-1 FO-2 FO-3 FO-4 FO-5 FO-6
1-2 1-3
FO-7 FO-8 FO-9 FO-10 FO-11 FO-12 5-1 FO-13 FO-14 FO-15 FO-16
1-5 1-6
1-7 1-8 1-12
2-4
iv
Controls and connectors. 4-1 Block diagram. 4-3 Input circuit schematic diagram. 4-5 Period generator schematic diagram. 4-7 Delay generator schematic diagram. 4-9 Duration generator and control error circuit schematic diagram. 4-11 Transition time generator schematic diagram. 4-13 Level control multiplier schematic diagram.4-15 Output amplifier schematic diagram. 4-17 Tracking voltage supply schematic diagram. 4-19 PG 508 power supply schematic diagram. 4-21 TM 503 power supply schematic diagram. 4-23 Al board component locations. 5-2 A2 board component locations. 5-3 A3 board component locations. 5-5 A4 board component locations. 5-7 PG 508 exploded view. 5-9
TM 11-6625-2980-14
Figure 1-0 . Pulse generator AN/USM-359A vi
TM 11-6625-2980-14 SECTION O INTRODUCTION
Scope
c. Discrepancy in Shipment Report (DISREP) (SF 361). Fill out and forward Discrepancy in Shipment Report (DISREP) (SF 361) as prescribed in AR 55-38/ NA.VSUPI NST 4610.33B/AFR 75-18/MCO P4610.19C and DLAR 4500.15.
This manual describes Pulse Generator AN/USM359A and provides instructions for operation and maintenance. Throughout this manual, the SG1178/USM-359A is referred to as Tektronix Model PG 508 and PP-7578/USM 359A is referred to as TM 503.
Reporting Equipment Recommendations (EIR)
Improvement
Indexes of Publications If your AN/USM-359A needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you don't like about your equipment. Let us know why you don't like the design. Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform. Put it on an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to Commander, US Army Communications and Electronics Materiel Readiness Command, ATTN: DRSEL-ME-MO, Fort Monmouth, New Jersey 07703. We'll send you a reply.
a. DA Pam 310-4. Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310-4 to determine whether there are New editions, changes, or additional publications pertaining to the equipment. b. DA Pam 310-7. Refer to DA Pam 310-7 to determine whether there are modification work orders (MWO's) pertaining to the equipment. Maintenance Forms, Records, and Reports
Administrative Storage
Reports of Maintenance and Unsatisfactory Equipment. Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by TM 38-750, The Army Maintenance Management system (Army).
To prepare the equipment for administrative storage, ascertain its operability and reliability. In addition, use the proper packing materials. Destruction of Army Electronics Materiel
b. Report of Item and Packaging Discrepancies. Fill out and forward SF 364 [Report of Discrepancy (ROD)] as prescribed in AR 735-11-2/DLAR 4140.55/NAVMATINS4355.73/AFR 400-54/MCO 4430.3E.
Destruction of Army electronics materiel to prevent enemy use shall be in accordance with TM 750-244-2.
0-1
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Section 1-PG 508 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
The front panel is color coded for easy reference to controls and their associated functions. Green indicates triggering functions and blue indicates mode functions.
Instrument Description The PG 508 is a 50 MHz general purpose full function pulse generator usable in all TM 500-series power modules except the TM 501. It is compatible with MOS and other general purpose circuitry. Important features of the instrument include independent period and duration controls with a control error light, independent pulse top and bottom level controls, variable leading and trailing transition time adjustments, and fully adjustable pulse delay capabilities. Front panel controls and connectors provide a trigger or synchronous gate input with level and slope controls, square wave output and complementary pulse output for high duty factors. Delayed and paired pulse and manual trigger or gate capabilities are also provided. All inputs and outputs are internally terminated in 50 n except the TRIG/GATE input which is internally selectable for either 50 n or 1 Mn, 20 pF input impedance. Special positions on PERIOD, DURATION, DELAY, and TRANSITION controls permit customized control ranges.
Installation and Removal The PG 508 is calibrated and ready for use when received. It operates in any two compartments of the TM 500-series power modules. See Appendix A for line voltage requirements and power module operation. Fig. 1-1 shows the installation and removal procedure. Make certain the power module is off when inserting or removing the PG 508. Check that the PG 508 is fully inserted in the power module. Pull the power switch on the power module. The POWER light on the PG 508 should now be on. Refer to the Controls and Connectors foldout page in Section 4 of this manual for a complete description of the front panel controls and connectors.
Fig. 1-1. PG 508 installation and removal. 1-1
TM 11-6625-298014 10-2 or a 500pF capacitor. If a polarized capacitor is used, observe the correct polarity. Use at least a 6 V rated capacitor. Connect this capacitor as shown in Fig. 1-2.
BASIC OPERATION Period and Duration Selection The period generator operates, in all modes except EXT TRIG or MAN, at a rate set by the PERIOD range switch and variable control. The duration of the output pulse is set by the DURATION range switch and variable control. When the DURATION control is set for a time greater than the PERIOD, the CONTROL ERROR lamp will light. When the DURATION control is set to the SQ WAVE position, the duration time is determined internally at approximately 50% of the period time.
Duty Factors Duty factors greater than those specified are obtainable on several ranges. When the duty factor is increased to the point that internal circuitry prevents completion of the pulse waveform, the CONTROL ERROR light will flash. To further increase the duty factor, switch to the complement mode. Set the DURATION control for a pulse width equal to the desired pulse off time and push the front panel COMPLEMENT (-) pushbutton.
The custom range positions on the PERIOD and DURATION controls permit user-selected period and duration times. To determine the approximate capacitor value for the desired period, multiply the period time in seconds by 5 X 10-3. The result is the value of the capacitor in Farads. For example, a 50 ms period times 5 X 10-3 equals 250 X 10- or 250 HF. This capacitor must be non-polarized and have at least a 6 V rating. Solder this capacitor in the position shown in Fig. 1-2.
Delayed and Paired Pulse Selection In the pulse delay mode, the output pulse is delayed from the +TRIG OUT signal by the DELAY time selected plus a specified fixed delay. In the PAIRED mode of operation, the delay controls the time between the leading edges of the paired pulses. To use this feature push the DELAY button and trigger the external device from the +TRIG OUT jack. Set the DELAY control for the desired delay time from trigger to pulse leading edge. Use the variable control labeled CAL for time adjustments between steps or to increase the delay times beyond the steps.
To determine the capacitor value for the duration time desired, multiply the duration time by 1 X 10-2. For example a 50 ms duration time requires 50 ms times 1 X
Fig. 1-2. Locations of period, delay and duration custom timing capacitors and TRIG/GATE IN input impedance switch. Remove the Input board to gain access to the delay pads. 1-2
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Paired pulses are obtained by pushing both the DELAY and UNDLY buttons. An initial pulse now occurs at external trigger time with the second or paired pulse delayed by the selected delay time. The CONTROL ERROR light illuminates if the delay is too short or long for a valid pulse train. A custom delay position is provided on the DELAY switch. To determine the value of the capacitor required, multiply the desired delay time in seconds by 1 X 10-2. For example, a 50 ms delay time requires a 500 Pf capacitor (50 ms times 1 X 10-2). Use either a polarized or non-polarized capacitor with a rating of at least 6 V. If a polarized capacitor is used, observe the polarity markings. Remove the input board and connect the capacitor as shown in Fig. 1-2. Transition Time Selection The leading and trailing times of the pulses may be varied by using the TRANSITION TIME control and the LEADING and TRAILING variable controls. Select the desired transition time range with the TRANSITION TIME control and vary the leading and trailing times independently with the LEADING and TRAILING controls. A custom range position is also provided on the TRANSITION TIME control. To select the correct capacitor (in Farads) for this range, multiply the desired transition time (in seconds) measured from 10% to 90% points, by 4.4 X 10-'. For example, a desired transition time of 50 ms requires a capacitor of 220 HF. Connect the capacitor as shown in Fig. 1-3. Use a capacitor with at least a 10 V rating and observe polarity requirements. When the transition times become large compared with the duration or period times and the pulse does not reach full amplitude, the CONTROL ERROR light will flash indicating improper control settings.
Fig. 1-3 . Location for transition custom timing capacitor . The pulse high and low levels can be preset. Push the PRESET button and adjust the HIGH LEVEL and the LOW LEVEL potentiometers with a screwdriver for the desired output levels. External Triggering and Gating To change the TRIG/GATE IN input impedance remove the plug-in from the mainframe. Remove the left side cover. Set the slide switch, located on the Input board and labeled Input Impedance, to either the 50 n or the 1 MO position. In the 1 MO position the shunt capacitance is approximately 20 pF. A standard oscilloscope probe can be used to acquire the triggering signal from the external circuitry. If a compensated probe is used, calibrate the probe on the input of a 1 M) 20 pF oscilloscope first. A 10X probe allows triggering directly from high impedance sources such as MOS digital circuitry with an effective TRIG/GATE LEVEL range of ±30 V. For external gating select the desired period and duration. Press the SYNC GATE pushbutton. Select the desired trigger slope with the + or - SLOPE button. The OUTPUT now consists of pulses, described by the front panel controls, whenever the TRIG/GATE IN input exceeds the TRIG/GATE LEVEL control setting. To externally trigger the PG 508, connect the triggering signal to the TRIG/GATE IN connector. Select the slope on which triggering is desired with the + or SLOPE button. Place the PERIOD switch in the EXT TRIG OR MAN position. Now adjust the TR IG/GATE LEVEL control for the desired triggering level. The output waveform commences about 48 ns after the triggering signal.
Output Levels The output amplitude and offset are selected by independent pulse LOW LEVEL and HIGH LEVEL controls. Use the front panel voltage calibration marks for an open circuit load and divide the values by two when the PG 508 is operating into a 50 ( load. The OUTPUT (VOLTS) controls are interlocked to prevent setting the HIGH LEVEL more negative than the LOW LEVEL. It is also impossible to set the controls for more than about 20 V peak to peak output amplitude into an open circuit or 10 V into 50 n. Pulse amplitude always equals the pulse high level minus the pulse low level. Offset may be the high level or the low level, whichever is used as the base line reference level. The flexibility of this method is useful in certain applications such as logic testing. Either the high or low level can be varied without disturbing the other.
1-3
TM 11-6625-2980-14 delay plus the delay as set by the DELAY control. In paired pulse operation, the leading edge precedes the first pulse by the fixed delay. The second pulse then appears after the delay as set by the DELAY control. In paired pulse operation, the leading edge) is also available at the front panel by moving a connector on the timing circuit board. See the illustration on the Rear Interface Connector Assignments at the rear of this manual for the location of this connector.
For external DURATION place the DURATION control in the EXT DUR position, and the PERIOD control in the EXT TRIG OR MAN position. The period and duration of the output waveform are now controlled by the triggering waveform. This is an extremely useful mode of operation for translating logic levels, etc. If the PERIOD is set for internal operation and the DURATION for external, the CONTROL ERROR light illuminates indicating an illegal mode of operation. The TRIG'D/GATED indicator light functions as a TRIG/GATE level indicator. When the +SLOPE is selected and the external input level exceeds the threshold set by the TRIG/GATE LEVEL control, the light is on continuously. For input voltages below the threshold the light is continuously off. When the input transits through the threshold the light flashes. When the -SLOPE is selected the light behaves as for +SLOPE selection. However, the polarities are reversed. The TRIG'D/GATED indicator light may be used as a logic level indicator for troubleshooting logic circuitry. Set the TRIG/GATE LEVEL control to a voltage equal to the midrange value of the logic voltage swing. If an attenuator probe is used for signal pickup, remember to consider the attenuation factor when setting the TRIG/GATE LEVEL voltage.
Manual Trigger To use this feature place the PERIOD switch in the EXT TRIG OR MAN position. Set the TRIG/GATE LEVEL control fully clockwise. If the +SLOPE is selected, the manual trigger will occur when the MAN button is depressed. If the -SLOPE is selected, the trigger occurs when the button is released. The manual trigger causes one output pulse, or a set of paired pulses if the DELAY and UNDLY buttons are depressed. Control Error Light The CONTROL ERROR light helps to solve setup problems by indicating most control errors. A steady glow indicates static control setting errors while a flashing light indicates dynamic errors. In either case, the control settings do not correctly indicate the output. Check the control settings for compatibility. See Table 1-1. Dynamic functions monitored are period, delay, duration and t transition time.
Trigger Output The signal appearing at the connector is an approximate square wave. The leading edge (positivegoing) precedes the output pulse by a specified fixed
OPERATING CONSIDERATIONS Output Termination’s and Connections The PG 508 operates as a voltage source in series with an internal 50 n( impedance. Maximum pulse fidelity is obtained when the output operates into an EXT DUR and DELAY No delay external 50 n impedance. The output circuitry of the PG 508 is fully protected against any voltage transients when operating into passive loads. Listed below are static control settings that illuminate the CONTROL ERROR light and their corresponding operating modes. Some of these modes may be useful. If the load has a dc voltage across it, connect a blocking capacitor in series with the OUTPUT connector and the load. Make certain the time constant of the capacitor and load is large enough to maintain pulse top flatness.
Control Settings EXT TRIG OR MAN and SYNC GATE EXT DUR and Internal Period EXT TRIG OR MAN and SO WAVE (INT PERIOD)
Operation
External Trigger Mode
Square Wave Mode
External Duration Mode
SO WAVE (INT PERIOD) Truncated square wave when and SYNC GATE gate ends SO WAVE (INT PERIOD) and DELAY No delay
1-4
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Now adjust the front panel preset HIGH LEVEL control for an OUTPUT voltage equal to the minimum desired output voltage. It may be necessary to adjust the preset LOW LEVEL control as the OUTPUT voltage is limited to 20 V peak to peak open circuit. The high level OUTPUT voltage is clamped by the low level OUTPUT voltage if this range is exceeded. Now apply a voltage equal to the highest external control voltage desired to the same rear interface connector (pin 22B). Adjust the Ext Hi potentiometer until the highest desired output voltage is obtained. It may be necessary to adjust the preset LOW LEVEL control to obtain the desired output. The high level OUTPUT voltage cannot go below the low level OUTPUT voltage due to the level control voltage clamps. The Ext Hi and the preset HIGH LEVEL controls interact. It may be necessary to repeat the above procedure several times until the desired results are obtained. Now push the NORM COMPLEMENT switch (COMPLEMENT). Center the Ext Lo and preset LOW LEVEL potentiometers. Supply a voltage to pin 22A of the rear interface connector equal to the lowest external control voltage desired. Adjust the preset LOW LEVEL control for an OUTPUT voltage equal to the lowest OUTPUT voltage desired. Change this voltage to the highest desired external control voltage. Adjust the Ext Lo potentiometer for the highest OUTPUT voltage desired. As these adjustments interact, readjust the preset LOW LEVEL and the Ext Lo potentiometers for the desired results. Do not readjust the preset HIGH LEVEL or the Ext Hi potentiometers. The OUTPUT voltages now vary linearly and independently with the external control voltage.
Risetime Measurements In Linear Systems Consider the rise and falltime of associated equipment when measuring the rise or falltime of a linear device. If the risetime of the device under test is at least ten times slower than the combined risetimes of the PG 508, the monitoring oscilloscope, and associated cables, the error introduced will not exceed 1%, and usually may be ignored. If the rise or falltime of the test device is less than ten times slower than the combined risetimes of the testing systems, determine the actual risetime of the device under test by using the following formula: R,= VR21 + R22+R2 3 ....... R, equals the overall rise or falltime of the entire measurement system and R1, R2, R3, etc., are the risetimes or falltimes of the individual components comprising the system. External Voltage Control The high and low level output voltages can be controlled externally through pins 22B and A at the rear interface connector. Fig. 1-4 shows the equivalent circuit. Connections must be made from pad K to pad L and pad M to pad N located as shown on the adjustment location illustration in the fold out pages at the rear of this manual. Use ordinary hookup wire of the proper length. Solder the wire to the pads. Also note the location of the Ext Hi and Ext Lo potentiometers on the output board. To use this feature, set the front panel controls as follows: depress the PRESET button (PRESET), place the PERIOD switch in the EXT TRIG OR MAN position, the DURATION in EXT DUR and the NORM COMPLEMENT switch in the NORM position (out). Use a screwdriver to center the Ext Hi and the preset HIGH LEVEL controls. Supply a voltage to the external high input (pin 22B on the rear interface connector) equal to the lowest external input voltage desired (maximum 20 V).
Counted Burst Using the DD 501 Digital Delay Unit This application permits pre-selecting the number of output pulses from the PG 508. The event is initiated by an externally applied signal or pulse, 5 ns or longer. The time duration of this signal or pulse has no effect on the output from the PG 508.
Fig . 1-4 . Equivalent circuit of external input for output voltage control . 1-5
TM 11-6625-2980-14
Fig . 1-5 . Location of trigger jumpers In DD 501 for selecting trigger or delay Interval output .
Fig . 1-6 . PG 508-DD 501 Interconnections for counted burnt operation . 1-6
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Set the EVENTS DELAY COUNT on the DD 501 for one less than the desired number of counts up to PG 508 repetition rates of about 20 MHz. See below for further information. If necessary, a single trigger may be obtained by rotating the DD 501 START LEVEL control through the 0 position, with no external trigger applied. A single trigger may also be obtained by using the TEKTRONIX manual (One Shot) Trigger Generator, Tektronix Part Number 016-0597-00. All other DD 501 and PG 508 operating controls function normally. Due to propagation delays in the PG 508, DD 501 and the interconnecting cables, one or more pulses in addition to the desired number are generated when the PG 508 repetition rates are set between 20 MHz and 50 MHz. These extra pulses are consistent for any given frequency irrespective of the desired EVENTS DELAY COUNT setting. To determine the number of extra pulses for a given PG 508 period, set the PG 508 and the DD 501 controls as previously described. Now adjust the PG 508 TRIG/GATE LEVEL or the DD 501 EVENTS LEVEL for the same number of extra pulses at DD 501 EVENTS DELAY COUNT setting of zero and nine.
To use this feature, place the DD 501 in the delay interval mode of operation by moving the wire strap as shown in Fig. 1-5 or changing connections, depending on the DD 501 available. Connect the PG 508 and the DD 501 as shown in Fig. 1-6. Use ten inch (Tektronix Part Number 012-0208-00) or shorter cables for interconnecting the two units to reduce delays. Make certain the PG 508 TRIG/GATE IN input impedance is set for 50 n. (See External Triggering and Gating discussion and Fig. 1-2.) Set the controls of the PG 508 for the desired output waveform with the PG 508 in FREE RUN. Do not use the SQ WAVE mode. Place the PG 508 in the + SLOPE, SYNC GATE mode and set the TRIG/GATE LEVEL control at the 2 o'clock position. Select EVENTS + SLOPE, START + SLOPE and place the EVENTS and START LEVEL controls at the 2 o'clock position on the DD 501. The three TRIG'D lights on the DD 501 and the TRIG'D/GATED light on the PG 508 will be off until the DD 501 is triggered. Upon receipt of a trigger, all lights will illuminate. If not, check the setup and slightly adjust the LEVEL controls as necessary.
Fig . 1-7 . Typical propagation delays using PO 508 with DD 501 In counted burst mode at 50 MHz repetition rate . 1-7
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Definitions of Pulse Characteristics The following is a glossary of common pulse characteristics used in this manual. They are illustrated in Fig. 1-8.
Flatness. The absence of long term variations to the pulse top; excluding overshoot, ringing or pulse rounding. Sometimes referred to as tilt or slope.
Amplitude. The maximum absolute peak value of a pulse measured from the baseline regardless of sign, and excluding unwanted aberrations or overshoot. Measurement points are at 50% of the pulse duration time (pulse high level) and on the baseline (pulse low level) at 50% of the off time (the pulse period minus the pulse duration).
High Level. The most positive value of a pulse, regardless of unwanted aberrations or overshoot, measured at a point that is located at 50% of the pulse duration. Low Level. The most negative value of a pulse, regardless of unwanted aberrations or overshoot, measured at a point that is 50% of the off time.
Aberrations. Unwanted deviations or excursions in the pulse shape form an ideal square corner and flat top, i.e., overshoot, undershoot or rounding, ringing, and tilt or slope.
Offset. A dc potential of either polarity applied to the waveform to bias the baseline to an amplitude other than zero
Baseline. The quiescent dc voltage reference level of the pulse waveform.
Overshoot. The short term pulse excursion (or transient) above the pulse top or below the baseline, which is simultaneous to the leading or trailing edge of the pulse.
Complementary Pulse. Normal pulse with high and low levels interchanged. Pulse on-time becomes pulse off time. Duty Factor. Sometimes referred to as duty cycle. The ratio of pulse duration to period, or the product of pulse duration and pulse repetition rate. Duty factor in % =Duration/Period X 100.
Period. The time interval for a full pulse cycle, inverse of frequency or repetition rate, or the interval between corresponding pulse amplitudes of two consecutive undelayed or delayed pulses. Generally measured between the 50% amplitude levels of two consecutive pulses.
Falltime. The time interval, at the pulse trailing edge, for the pulse amplitude to fall from the 90% amplitude level to the 10% amplitude level.
Preshoot. A transient excursion that precedes the step function. It may be of the same or opposite polarity as the pulse.
Fig . 1-8 . Pulse characteristics . 1-8
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Risetime. The time interval, at the step function leading edge, for the pulse to rise from the 10% to 90% amplitude levels.
Pulse Duration. The time interval between the leading and trailing edge of a pulse at which the instantaneous amplitude reaches 50% of the peak pulse amplitude.
Rounding or Undershoot. The rounding of the pulse corners at the edges of a step function.
Polarity. The direction from the baseline of the pulse excursion, either positive-going (+) or negativegoing (-).
Tilt or Slope. A distortion of an otherwise flattopped pulse, characterized by either a decline or a rise of the pulse top (see Flatness).
Ringing. Periodic aberrations that dampen in time, following the overshoot.
SPECIFICATIONS Jitter:
PERIOD: Range:
Jitter:
PULSE OUTPUT:
<20 ns to >200 ms in seven decade steps plus variable, with overlap on all ranges. Periods longer than 200 ms can be obtained in custom range position.
Transition Times:
Independently adjustable leading and trailing transition times from <5 ns typical (<7 ns at some offset and amplitude levels) to >50 ms, measured from the 10% point to the 90% point, in six decade steps plus variable. Variable controls with 100:1 range (50:1 on 5 ns) provide overlap on all ranges. Transition times longer than 50 ms are obtainable in the custom range position.
Transition Linearity:
Deviation from straight line <5% between the 10% and 90% point for transition times greater than 10 ns.
Amplitude.
Pulse high and low levels independently adjustable over a ±20 V range from a 50 n low reactance source. Maximum pulse amplitude into a 50 n load is >10.V peak to peak; minimum is <0.5 V peak to peak. Maximum pulse amplitude into an open circuit is >20 V peak to peak; minimum is <1.0 V peak to peak. The preset level controls are adjustable over the same ranges.
Aberrations:
<5%, +50 mV into a 50 (n load for pulse levels between ±5 V. May increase to <10%, +50 mV for pulse levels outside this range.
<0.1% +50 ps.
DELAY: (Time between leading transitions in the paired pulse mode) Range-
Factor:
Jitter:
<10 ns to >100 ms in seven decade steps plus variable, with overlap on all ranges. Delays longer than 100 ms can be obtained in custom range position.
Delays to at least 70% of pulse periods for periods of 0.2ps to 20 ms, decreasing to at least 50% for a 20 ns period. <0.1% to +50 ps.
DURATION Range
<0.1% +50 ps.
<10 ns to >100 ms in seven decade steps plus variable, with overlap on all ranges. Durations longer than 100 ms can be obtained in custom range position. An additional position provides durations of approximately 50% of the period setting for square wave output.
TRIGGER OUTPUT: Duty
Factor: Pulse durations to at least 70% of pulse periods for periods of 0.2ps to 0 ms, decreasing to at least 50% for a 20 ns period.
Amplitude:
1-9
>+2 V from 50 n.
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Source Impedance: Duty Cycle: Internal Triggering
External Triggering
Off: (Logic False) TRIG/GATE IN input potential below TRIG/GATE LEVEL with + SLOPE selected or above TRIG/GATE LEVEL with - SLOPE selected.
50 .Ω
Synchronous Gate: Rate generator starts synchronously with external gating signal and completes the last output pulse.
-50%.
Determined by triggering signal.
duty
cycle
of PULSE DELAY MODES: Undelayed, delayed and paired. Paired pulse mode limited to 25 MHz. Minimum pulse separation governed by duration duty factor specification.
TRIGGER/GATE INPUT: Sensitivity: 80 mV peak to peak to >10 MHz; 250 mV peak to peak to 50 MHz at 50 n input impedance.
FIXED DELAYS: Trigger Out to Pulse Out:
-23 ns.
±5 V peak into 50 n, ±20 V peak into 1 Mi.
Gate Input to Trigger Out:
-25 ns.
Minimum Input Pulse Width:
10 ns.
CONTROL ERROR LIGHT: Steady On: Indicates invalid operating mode. Output is undefined.
Trigger Level: Polarity:
Front panel selectable, + or -slope.
Flashing:
Timing control settings selected do not properly define the output pulse because valid limits have been exceeded.
Steady Off:
Indicates valid operation for most control settings.
Input Impedance: Internally selected, 50 n or 1 Mn paralleled by -20 pF. Maximum Input:
Range: ±3 V. TRIG'D GATED LIGHT: Flashing:
On: (Logic True)
Input triggered at greater than approximately a 10 Hz repetition rate or following the input signal at slower repetition rates.
POWER REQUIREMENT: Nominal: 40 Watts Maximum:
TRIG/GATE IN input potential above TRIG/GATE LEVEL setting with + SLOPE selected or below TRIG/GATE LEVEL setting with SLOPE selected.
45 Watts
POWER DISSIPATION: Nominal: 25 Watts
1-10
Maximum:
28 Watts
WEIGHT:
3.5 lbs.
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Environmental Requirements. The paragraphs describe the environmental conditions for the pulse generator.
extended, lifting the front panel for ease in reading or adjusting controls. However, under difficult operating conditions (such as limited space), the pulse generator may be used in other positions without impairment of the electrical characteristics, including setting the cabinet on the four protective bumpers on the rear surface or left side. It is important to remember that, in positions other than normal horizontal position, characteristics such as cooling and resistance to shock and vibration are altered, therefore, operation in other than the normal position should be for short periods only and with more than normal care exercised to protect the pulse generator from damage.
following operating
The pulse generator can be operated where the ambient temperature is in the range of 0° to +500C, and can be stored where the temperature range is -40° to +750 C. After storage at temperatures outside of the operating range, allow the chassis temperature to stabilize within the operating limits before applying power. Components that require the most cooling are provided with individual heatsinks. Clearance must be provided on all sides for air flow. Do not block or restrict air flow through any holes in the cabinet by placing objects on or against the pulse generator.
Power Requirements. The pulse generator is designed to be operated from either a 115-volt nominal or 230-volt nominal line voltage source. In addition, one of three operating ranges may be selected around each nominal voltage. The voltage selector jumper in the power module allows selection of the operating voltage.
Two thermal cutouts in the pulse generator provide protection by interrupting power to the unit if the internal temperature exceeds a safe operating level. Power is automatically restored when the temperature returns to a safe level. Operation in confined areas or near heatproducing equipment may cause the thermal cutouts to actuate.
Space Requirements. The pulse generator is provided with feet on the bottom surface to provide space for cooling air flow, as well as the front bail. Maintain this clearance by always using the front bail or setting all four feet solidly on a flat surface. In addition, always maintain at least two inches of clearance at both sides, top, and rear of the unit.
The normal operating position of the pulse generator is horizontal, setting on a flat surface, on the four feet provided on the bottom surface, or with the front bail 1-11
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Using the Rear Interface Connectors (25B) Is factory wired To make the proper connections remove the cable extending from the TRIG/GATE IN connector to the input board by pulling the end from the socket on the board Install a twelve inch cable with the proper connectors, Tektronix Part No 175-1827-00, from the connector on the input circuit board labeled Trig/Gate In to the other connector on the output board labeled Trig/Gate In as shown in the illustration.
See the accompanying chart for rear interface connector assignments For other functions not detailed here the small auxiliary board (E) has numerous connectors available Use the connections to make custom inputs or outputs to the PG 508 through the Power Module Amplitude Monitor These pins (25A) are connected to the OUTPUT terminal through a 27 k resistor and ground (26A) To use this function place the PERIOD control in the EXT TRIG OR MAN position and connect an accurate voltmeter to these terminals Now adjust the TRIG/GATE LEVEL control cw for the high steady state output voltage and ccw for the low steady state output voltage In this manner the output pulse amplitude levels may be precisely monitored.
Trigger Output The hot or signal lead (28B) must be user installed while the ground (27B) is factory wired To route this function through the rear interface connector remove the plug on the timing circuit board connected to the cable from the - TRIG OUT front panel connector This plug is shown on the illustration and is labeled Trig Out. Connect a six inch cable with the proper connectors, Tektronix Part No. 175-1824-00, from the connector labeled Trig Out in the illustration to the connector on the output board labeled - Trig Out in the illustration To obtain the complement trigger out signal connect the coaxial cable to the connector labeled Trig Comp in the illustration. The normal trigger output may be used simultaneously with the complement, through the rear connector, without disturbing the operation of either Figure 9. Locations for user installed rear interface connections.
External Level Control Inputs See the discussion under the heading External Voltage Control in Section 1 of this manual for use of these terminals Trig/Gate Input These assignments provide rear interface input capabilities for the front panel TRIG/GATE IN input. The signal lead (24B) must be user installed but the ground
Figure 9 . Locations for user installed rear interface connections . 1-12
TM 11-6625-2980-14 REAR INTERFACE CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS
Assignments listed for pin 1A - 13A and 1B - 13B are available in all power modules; however only those pins marked with an asterisk (*) are used by the PG 508. Those connections marked with a double asterisk (**) are the only connections used on the E board. 1-13/(1-14 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14 THEORY OF OPERATION
and the inverting output, pin 6, low as long as the MAN button is depressed.
Introduction Refer to the block diagram and the schematics in the foldout pages at the rear of this manual as well as the following discussion to understand the operation of the PG 508.
When the plus slope is selected for triggering or gating, +5 V is applied to pin 4 of U70A. This gate is now inhibited and the signal passes through U70C. As the outputs of U70A and C are connected together, a high on either output overrides the low. Pin 13 of U70C is low as long as the anodes of CR82 and CR84 are low, which occurs when the logic circuitry has enabled the input circuitry. When the control logic is set to disable the input circuitry, the anodes of these diodes are raised to +5 V which disables gates U70A and U70C.
Input Circuitry This circuitry processes the external trigger or gating signal providing triggering waveforms for the period circuit. The 50 n input impedance for this circuitry is provided by R12, switched in or out by internal switch S12. When R12 is out of the circuit, the input impedance is 1 M n, obtained by R14 and R16. Diodes CR16and CR17 are protective diodes. The proper voltage at the drain of Q20 is set by VR20. The source voltage of Q20 is set by VR22. Impedance transformation, with no voltage shift, is obtained by source follower Q20. Constant current for 020 is supplied by Q22. A differential comparator is formed by Q25 and Q26. This comparator compares the trigger or gate input level with the level set by the front panel TRIG/GATE control. Constant current for this comparator is provided by Q30. Level control voltage for the differential comparator is provided by operational amplifier U40. The output, pin 6, swings over a range of f3 V. The voltage at TP36 is the triggering level voltage, as set by the TRIG/GATE LEVEL control. If the triggering or gating voltage at the base of 025 is more positive that TP36, then Q26 is conducting and 025 is off. This places the collector of Q26 more positive than the collector of Q25. When the gating or triggering waveform level drops below TP36, Q25 conducts and Q26 turns off.
Pin 12 of U70C now shifts between the high and low state corresponding with the input gate or trigger. The output from U70C, pin 14, is passed to the period circuitry. A high at the output of U70C turns the period circuitry off and a low starts the period generator. TRIG'D/GATED Light Circuitry Transistors Q100, 0102, 0110 and their associated components compose the circuitry that operates the front panel TRIG'D/GATE light emitting diode. The pair Q100 and Q102 form a modified a stable multivibrator, while Q110 operates as a voltage source. When the output of U70A or U70C is high (period generator off) or the logic circuitry has inhibited the input circuitry, the base of 0Q100 is high. This causes the base of Q102 to be low through R106. The collector of Q102 is now high and the light emitting diode is off. When the base of Q100 goes low, the base of Q102 goes high, the collector goes low and the light emitting diode illuminates. The light emitting diode circuitry follows the triggering gate up to about a 5 Hz rate, i.e., about 100 ms on and 100 ms off. At faster gating frequencies, C106 inhibits the changing states of this circuitry at about the 5 Hz rate.
This switching waveform is applied to the bases of U60A and U60B, operating as a differential pair. The collector of U60A drives U60C in a cascade mode of operation. The collector of U60C drives the base of U60D which, as an emitter follower, drives the input of U70B. This gate operates as a dual input Schmitt trigger shaper. When the emitter of U60D goes to about 4.2 V above ground, pin 7 of U70B goes high. When the emitter of U60D drops to about 3.8 V, pin 7 of U70B drops to its low level. The inverting output terminal, pin 6, is always in the opposite state from pin 7. Positive feedback for this portion of the Schmitt is provided by R72. If the unit is manually triggered, pin 10 of U70B is momentarily connected to +5 V. Pin 10 of U70B, along with R75 and R76 now acts as a Schmitt shaper for the manual trigger. This action holds the output, pin 7, high
Triggered Mode In the triggered mode of operation S200-2 is closed. This places a high on pin 10 of U140B locking pin 7 high and pin 6 low irrespective of the level on pin 11. This disables the period generator. Pin 15 of U140C now follows pin 4 of U140A in coincidence with the input triggering signal. Pin 14 of U140C drives Q244 and pin 15 drives Q240. The output from the collector of 0240 is in phase with the trigger or gate input signal providing the trigger output, and the phase of the waveform at the collector of Q244 is inverted. 2-1
TM 11-6625-2980-14 generator with about a 10 ns trigger pulse under all input conditions The positive-going trigger pulse, at pin 5 of U300A, causes pin 3 to go low and pin 2 high. Positive feedback through R300 and C300 causes pin 4 to go high. The low at the base of 0320 turns 0320 off. The emitter of Q320 goes negative at a rate determined by the timing capacitor and current source 0342, with its variable emitter resistances. As the emitter of 0320 goes negative, it pulls the base of 0294 negative which lowers pin 4 of U300A. When pin 4 reaches the switching threshold (=4.0 V) pin 2 goes low and pin 3 high. The timing capacitor is now discharged through 0320. The monostable delay generator is now reset for the next trigger pulse. Transistor Q290 provides a constant load for the power supplies irrespective of the current flowing through Q294.
Period Generator This circuitry generates the internal period timing waveform. In this mode, U140B operates as an a stable multivibrator. When either input of U140B is high, pin 7 is high and pin 6 is low. The switched timing capacitances are connected from pin 7 to pin 11. These capacitors are switched by the period range switch. The period variable control, R190, varies the resistance in the negative feedback loop. To start the period cycle, assume pin 7 of U140B goes high and pin 6 low. This positive step, at pin 7, is coupled through the period timing capacitor to pin 11. As the timing capacitor discharges through the resistances connected from pin 11 to pin 6, the voltage at pin 11 decays at a rate determined by the timing capacitor and these resistances. When the switching level (approximately 4 V) is reached, pin 7 goes low and pin 6 goes high. The negative step, at pin 7, is coupled through the timing capacitor, and appears at pin 11. The capacitor now charges through the resistances until the switching level is reached, and the period cycle repeats The symmetry adjustment compensates for the bias current through pin 11.
Components R304, R306 and C304 provide a delay line for the CONTROL ERROR light. The output from the delay generator is connected to pin 13 of U300C. Pin 15 of U300C is high during the delay time and pin 14 low. Gates U360B and D provide a positive-going trigger at pin 15 of U360D when the delay time ends. Gates U360A and C provide a positive-going trigger at pin 14 when the delay time starts. As the delay time starts, pin 4 of U360A goes low as does pin 11 of U360C. Pin 10 of U360C is low as the anode of CR378 is grounded through the UNDLY switch. The low at pin 11 of U360C allows pin 14 to go high Pin 14 stays high until the propagation time through gate U360A and the delaying action of R364 and C366 allow the high generated in U360A, from pin 2, to reset U360C through pin 10. This causes pin 14 to return to its low state. The width of the output trigger pulse is about 6 ns.
When the PERIOD switch is in any position other than EXT TRIG (MAN), switch S200-2 is opened. This lowers pin 10 of U140B and permits the period generator to operate during the external gate on time. During the time of the external gating signal pins 4 and 2 of U 140A are low. Pin 3 is high. As transistors Q150 and Q160 form a comparator, with their bases connected to pins 3 and 1 of U140A respectively, the collector of 0150 is low causing the emitter of Q175 to be low, as well as pin 11 of U140B. This allows the period generator to operate. During the gated off time this action reverses. Pin 11 of U140B rises and inhibits the period generator.
To obtain the delayed trigger, the anode of CR378 is connected to +5 V disabling gate U360C. The anode of CR382 is grounded through the DLY switch. Gates U360B and U360D now operate in exactly the same manner as U360A and C A positive trigger pulse appears on pin 15 of U360D when the delay time ends (pin 6 of U360B goes from high to low). In the paired pulse mode both gates operate. Gate U360C provides a positive-going trigger at the start of the delay time and U360D a positive trigger at the end of the delay time.
Resistor R170 and R165 adjust the lock up voltage at pin 11 of U140B so that, at turn on, the first period generated is identical in time with subsequent periods. Resistor R 165 is switched into the circuit only on the 20 ns range. Components R177 and C177 form a time constant to help compensate for first period error. Delay Generator This circuitry provides the delay for delayed or paired pulse operation. As the signal from the period generator of the external trigger input goes from high to low at pin 7 of U270B, pin 3 goes high. This causes pin 5 of U270A to go high and pin 2 low. Pin 13 of U270D and pin 9 of U300B go low. Pin 15 of U270D goes high but pin 10 of U300B does not follow until about 10 ns later, due to the delaying action of R275 and C275. When pin 9 of U300B goes low pin 6 goes high, assuming pin 11 is already low Pin 6 stays high until pin 10 goes high as described above. This action provides the delay
Duration Generator This circuitry generates the duration times. Gate U400B accepts the delayed or undelayed positive triggers from the delay generator. The result is a positive-going pulse at pin 5 or U400A. This triggers the duration generator which operates in the same manner as the delay generator. Refer to the discussion under the heading Delay Generator for a description of the duration generator operation. Gate U400C is an output buffer Pin
2-2
TM 11-6625-2980-14 linear rate until the diode CR600 turns on. This diode serves as the negative clamp. The voltage at the anode of CR600 is set by R615 through Q608 and 0600 The voltage at the junction of CR584 and CR600 remains low for the pulse duration.
12 goes high during the pulse duration time and if pin 13 is low, pin 15 goes high and pin 14 low. Pin 13 controls U400C in the square wave and external duration modes. Duration and Delay Control Error Light Circuitry This circuitry illuminates the CONTROL ERROR light when the duration or delay times are greater than the periods of their respective triggers. The positive pulse from the duration generator is fed into the D input, pin 10, of U480A. The clock enable line is low. If the duration time is set so that a trigger pulse (connected to the clock in) for the next duration pulse occurs before the output of the duration generator goes low, the high on the D input, pin 10 of U480A, is transferred to the output, pin 1. This high is connected to the set input, pin 5, of U480B which causes the output, pin 2, of U480B to go high illuminating the error light. When the output, pin 2, of U480B goes high, the inputs to U480A and B are disabled through the clock enable line preventing further trigger inputs until both flip flops are reset. When the output, pin 2, of U480B goes and stays high, C487 starts to charge to the voltage on pin 2, through R490. This takes approximately 100 ms. When the reset inputs to U480A and B, pins 13 and 4, reach the high level (about 4.0 V) U480A and B are reset and C487 discharges through R490. When these reset inputs return to the low level both flip flops are ready to accept triggers and the error cycle is ready to repeat. If the delay time is set for a time greater than the period of the delay triggers, the high on pin 7 of U480B transfers to pin 2 directly, and the light is illuminated Reset takes place in the same manner as described above. Also connected to this circuitry is a line from the transition time board which also lights the CONTROL ERROR light.
lower the voltage from the bases of 0565 and Q560 to the bases of 0625 and Q630 by about 7.5 V. Transistor Q625 is therefore off and Q630 is conducting. Current flows from -15 V through an adjustable current source At the end of the pulse duration time, the collector of 0530 goes positive. This action turns 0565 off and Q560 on. Current from the +15 V supply flows through constant current source 0545, then through 0560 raising the1 junction of CR584 and CR600 at a linear rate determined by the capacitor value and the current available. The junction of CR584 and CR600 goes positive until CR584 turns on. The voltage at the cathode of CR584 is set by R570 through Q575 and 0580. Transistor 0625 is turned on, and Q630 off, passing current from constant current source 0635 through 0625, CR604, and R604 to ground. The leading and trailing transition times are varied independently by varying the amount of current passing through constant current source transistors 0635 and 0545. The output waveform at the junction of CR584 and CR600 passes to the gate of fet 0680. This fet serves as a source follower for driving 0685 and Q690. These transistors compose a linear differential amplifier. The clamp levels for diodes CR584 and CR600 are set so that Q685 and 0690 are slightly overdriven. This serves to remove any ringing or other signal irregularities at the top and bottom of the waveform. Operational amplifier U665 provides, along with 0660, constant current for 0685 and Q690.
The CONTROL ERROR light is also illuminated for certain improper control settings. Fig. 2-1 shows a simplified schematic for the CONTROL ERROR indicator logic and control settings causing illumination.
Transition Time Control Error Light Circuitry This circuitry illuminates the control error light when the leading transition time is greater than the pulse1 duration time, or when the trailing transition time is greater than the pulse off time. The inverted signal from the leading and trailing generator appears at the base of 0704 through fet follower 0700. A differential amplifier is formed by 0704 and 0706. The output is taken from the collector of Q706. Transistors 0704 and 0706 are overdriven to reduce the window of comparison. During the pulse on time, the base of 0704 is negative with respect to ground. This action causes the collector of 0706 to also go negative, driving the base of Q715, an emitter follower negative. The emitter of Q715 is connected to pins 7 and 10, the D input of flip flops U720A and B.
Variable Transition Time Circuitry This circuitry controls the output transition times. Resistors R534 and R536 provide equivalent 50 n termination impedance for the normal (positive-going) input from the duration generator. Also, R520 and R522 provide an identical termination impedance for the complement input (negative-going) from the duration generator. These inputs drive the bases of 0525 and 0530. When the input from the duration generator is high and the complement is low, the collector of 0530 drops from ground to about -1/2 V. This turns Q565 on and Q560 off. The adjustable constant current through 0545, to +15 V, is now passed through R578, from the 15 V supply. Transistor Q560 is turned off as its base is connected to ground Zener diodes VR620 and VR630 0635 and then through 0630to charge the particular capacitor determined by the transition time selected. As the capacitor charges through a constant current source, the junction of CR584 and CR600 goes negative at a
The waveforms driving the transition time circuitry are also applied to gates U740A and B. Pin 6 of U740B is high during pulse time while pin 4 of U740A is low. The purpose of the four gates in U740 is to delay the signal ap2-3
TM 11-6625-2980-14
Fig . 2-1 . Simplified schematic for CONTROL ERROR Indicator logic with control settings causing Illumination . proximately the same amount as the circuitry in the variable transition time generator. The positive-going waveform from pin 14 of U740C is fed through pin 6 to the clock input, pin 6, of flip flop U720A. The negativegoing output from pin 15 is fed to the clock input pin 11, of flip flop U720B. Flip flop U720A senses the pulse trailing timing error and U720B, the pulse leading timing error. If the leading time from the output of the variable transition time generator is slow enough so that the D input of U720B has not dropped below approximately the 50% point, when the waveform at the clock input of
flip flop U720B (waveform driving the transition time board) goes positive (end of pulse), the high on D input, pin 10, transfers to the output, pin 15, and the CONTROL ERROR lamp is lit. When pin 15, of flip flop U720B goes high, C734 starts to charge through R728. When the voltage at pin 13 of U720B and pin 5 of U720A reaches the high level (-4.0 V), both flip flops are reset to their initial conditions and the CONTROL ERROR light goes out. If the trailing time of the 2-4
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Both control voltages range between 0 and +5.2 V. When the control voltages are equal, the Y input is zero and the multiplier signal output (X.Y) equals zero. A difference of +2.6 V between the high and low level control voltages corresponds to maximum output amplitude from the pulse generator.
pulse is slow enough so that the D input of flip flop U720A has not reached the high level when the pulse at the clock terminal (pin 6) of flip flop U720A goes high (leading portion of the next pulse driving the transition circuitry) the 0 terminal, pin 3, of flip flop U720A goes high. This high is connected to the set terminal, pin 12, of U720B causing the 1 terminal of U720B to go high illuminating the CONTROL ERROR light. The on time and reset for this error indicating mode now proceeds as previously described.
The normal complement switch inverts the level control voltage inputs to differential amplifier U895B. However, since the difference between the voltages is unchanged, the control voltage input signal has constant amplitude, but reverses polarity. This complements the pulse generator output. The normal complement balance adjustment, R910, ensures that the Y multiplier input responds equally to changes in either the high or low level control voltages.
Level Control Multiplier This circuitry provides independent top and bottom level control of the output pulse by controlling the amplitude and offset of the drive signal to the linear output amplifier. Also included is circuitry to accomplish the normal complement function and the preset function. Control voltage clamps to ensure the output amplifier is not over driven are also provided.
The signal current at pins 5 and 6 of U850 is the pulse signal. Since 0845, in conjunction with U800B, provides a constant current sink, the current through R954, from the emitter of common base stage Q954, also contains signal current variations. The current driver for the output amplifier is Q954. The signal currents into pins 8 and 9 of U850 also contain the pulse signal. However constant current sink R847, and common base stage 0950 are included only as a balancing thermal load for the multiplier.
Amplitude control of the signal occurs in the analog multiplier, U850. The pulse signal provides the X input, and the level control voltages provide the Y input. The X.Y product of these inputs is converted to a drive current for the output amplifier. Input and complement pulses from the variable transition time generator are applied to the bases of Q825 and 0840. These transistors form a differential amplifier, supplied by constant current source U800B and 0820. A positive-going signal at the base of Q825, with the complementary (negative-going) signal at the base of 0840 causes the signal current at pin 11 of the multiplier to go negative and the signal current at pin 12 to go positive. When the pulse polarity reverses, at the bases of Q825 and 0840, the signal current also reverses polarity at pins 11 and 12. The difference between the currents at pins 11 and 12 corresponds to the X signal input for the multiplier.
To obtain independent control of the output pulse high and low levels, the control voltages are averaged by resistor network R914, R915, R918 and R920. High and Low tracking potentiometers, R915 and R920, are adjustable to provide minimum interaction between pulse levels. The dc voltage from this network, along with the voltage from the offset adjustment R925, is summed and inverted by U930A. U930B proves further gain and level shifting and, in conjunction with 0945, serves as a level controlled offset generator. A dc current source to the collector of Q954 is provided by Q945. The collector of Q954 is the virtual ground input to the output amplifier.
The total current flowing from pins 2 and 3 of U850 is essentially equal to the current required by the constant current source, U895A and Q900. However, the difference in currents between these pins corresponds to the Y input signal for the multiplier.
When the high and low level control potentiometers are both at midrange (+2.6 V zero output) 0945 sources all the quiescent bias current required by 0954, which is approximately 15 mA. Therefore, there is no current drive to the output amplifier through R975 or Rl1055. If the high level control is turned fully cw (maximum output), the low level control voltage remains at +2.6 V. The high level control voltage increases to +5.2 V. This causes the voltage output of U930A to decrease, causing the offset generator U930B and 0945 to source approximately 20 mA. This is an increase of 5 mA. This difference in control voltage settings also causes maximum difference in the control voltage input signal to the multiplier. This action also causes 10 mA peak to peak signal current variations in the collector current of Q954. Since the signal current
The amplitude difference of these currents is controlled by U895B. This is a dc differential amplifier which amplifies the difference between the high & low level control voltages to produce the Y input signal. Gain adjustment for the Y input signal is provided by R885. The high and low level control voltages are determined by their respective front panel controls, R770B and R770A. If the preset function is selected, the preset high and preset low potentiometers, R775 and R785, provide the control voltages. These voltages are buffered by unity gain amplifiers U780A and U780B. 2-5
TM 11-6625-2980-14 tracking supply is +6 to +26 V, with a -6 to -26 V range for the negative supply.
variations and dc offset currents are summed at the collectors of Q945 and 0954, the output pulse high level changes to maximum voltage and the low level remains at OV.
The output circuit functions as a linear current driven operational amplifier with a closed loop transresistance gain of 2 V/mA. Negative feedback through R1042 to the input node (collectors of Q945 and Q954) causes a virtual ground at the input. A 10 mA peak to peak input signal creates a 20 V peak to peak output pulse (open circuit).
It follows that any positive increase in either the high or low level control voltages causes an increase in the dc offset current. A decrease in either control voltage causes a decrease in offset current. However, signal current variations respond only to differences between these control voltages. The larger the voltage difference, the larger the signal current amplitude into the output amplifier
Since the output amplifier is a complementary circuit, only the operation of one side will be explained. For a positive-going output pulse, current is driven into the input node. This action causes an increase in base current to Q975 which decreases the base drive to Q980. A cascode circuit is formed by 0980 and Q990, with R985 and L980 serving as a constant current source to the common collector-emitter connection. Therefore, when the base drive to Q980 is decreased, the current in Q990 increases. (The constant current source supplies approximately 60 mA which, with no signal, is equally divided between 0980 and 0990.) Another constant current source, Q1000, causes a 2.0 V drop across R1002. The emitter follower, Q995, buffers this potential and provides a voltage source for the base of the cascode transistor, Q990. An increasing current through Q990 increases the base current from the output parallel emitter followers, 01010 and Q1015. The emitters of these transistors drive the output positive through a network of resistors and capacitors. Components R1020, R1024, and C1024, in this network, are adjustable to provide an internal resistive 50 n termination for the output. Network C1048 and R1048, with potentiometer R1050, provides transient response peaking for the amplifier.
Since the dynamic range of the pulse generator output is 4 or - 20 V, and the maximum amplitude is only 20 V peak to peak, clamping circuits are provided to prevent the difference between the high and low level control voltages from exceeding +2.6 V, which corresponds to maximum output. A clamping circuit also prevents the high level from becoming less than the low level control voltage. The level control unity gain amplifiers U780A and U780B contain a precision diode clamp composed of CR782, CR790, R780, and R782. Since the feedback for U780A is taken from the cathode of CR790, the voltage at the junction of CR782 and CR790 is equal to the low level control voltage plus one diode drop (CR790). If the high level attempts to decrease below the low level or attempts to increase above the high level control voltage, CR782 conducts clamping the high level at the low level voltage. Current limiting for U780B, during clamping, is provided by R780. U800A is also configured as a precision clamping circuit. The output at pin 1 is equal to the low level control voltage plus 2.6 V plus one diode drop. Therefore, if the high level voltage attempts to exceed the low level plus 2.6 volts, or the low level is decreased more than 2.6V below the high level, CR805 conducts and the high level is clamped at the low level control voltage plus 2.6 volts. The low level control always overrides the high level control. Current limiting for U780B, during clamping, is provided by R780.
Equivalent biasing for the complementary output emitter followers is provided by CR990, R990, and CR992. With zero output, the quiescent current in each output follower is approximately 20 mA. The output potential is available at the rear interface connector, pin 25A, for monitoring the output amplitude. Power Supply The +11.5 Vdc from the mainframe provides the raw supply voltage for the series regulated +5.2 Vdc supply. The precision voltage regulator, U1210, includes a temperature compensated voltage reference supply at pin 6. The +5.2 V potentiometer, R1210, with the voltage divider R1209 and R1211 provides the reference input to the non-inverting input, pin 5. The output voltage is applied to the inverting input, pin 4, through R1217. Sensing differences in the two input potentials, the , regulator amplifier provides base current drive from pin 10
Output Amplifier The positive and negative dc voltages for this amplifier are provided by dual power supplies which track the high and low level control voltages. These tracking supplies ensure that the positive potential is at least 6 V above the output pulse high level and the negative potential is at least 6 volts below the output pulse low level. This arrangement enables the pulse generator to provide a 40 V dynamic range, with a 20 V peak to peak maximum output pulse, while maintaining minimum power dissipation and voltage requirements for the amplifier transistors. The range of the positive 2-6
TM 11-6625-2980-14
to the mainframe transistor used as the series pass element, until the inverting and non-inverting inputs are approximately equal. At this condition, the series pass transistor drops the voltage from the raw supply until the output is +5.2 V. Current limiting is provided by R1215. When the current from the supply exceeds approximately 1.1 A, the regulator provides no further base drive current to the series pass element and current limiting occurs. The +33.5 Vdc from the mainframe is the raw supply for the regulated +15 Vdc. The 3-terminal voltage regulator, U1205, performs the entire regulating function. Current limiting occurs within U1205. The -33.5 Vdc from the mainframe is the raw supply for the regulated -15 Vdc. As in the +15 Vdc supply a 3terminal voltage regulator, U1335, provides the regulating function. However, due to additional load considerations, the raw supply is pre-regulated to decrease power dissipated by the integrated circuit. A shunt current path to the load is furnished by VR1330 and R1330. The zener voltage is also used to maintain base drive to the series pass mainframe transistor. This transistor is used as a pre-regulator to drop the voltage across U1335 to approximately 3.6 V Current limiting is also provided by the regulator, U1335. The dual tracking supplies provide the positive and negative voltages required by the output amplifier. The voltage at the base of Q1255 varies from 0 V to +5.2 V depending on the setting of the HIGH LEVEL control. When the voltage at the base of Q1255 varies from 0 V to +2.6 V, the voltage at the collector of the series pass transistor is +6 V. As the voltage at the base of Q1255 varies from +2.6 V to +5.2 V, the voltage at the collector of the series pass transistor varies from +6 V to +26 V. Transistor Q1255 and Q1270 form a differential comparator. The voltage at the base of Q1270 is referenced between the +5.2 V supply, ground and the output voltage. As the HIGH LEVEL control is moved in
the positive direction, the collector of 01255 goes negative This increases current flow through Q1280 and therefore the series pass transistor in the mainframe which raises the + tracking supply voltage to the output amplifier Feedback to the differential comparator is provided by R1275. Transistor 01265 prevents the +V tracking supply from going lower than about +-6 V. The base of Q1265 is set at about 2.6 V. When the base of 01255 goes more negative than about 2 6 V, Q1265 comes into conduction holding the common emitter circuit at one diode drop from the base of 01265. If the base of 01255 is lowered further, Q1255 looses control of the circuit and the supply voltage remains at the level determined by 01265, t6 V. Current limiters for this circuit are Q1285, Q1290 and Q1300 A differential comparator is formed by Q1285 and 01290. If the load on the 4 V supply exceeds the maximum current allowed for the voltage supplied, the voltage drop across R1282 becomes great enough that Q1285 comes into conduction. This action increases conduction in Q1270 reducing the current flow in Q1255. Finally, the conduction through the series pass transistor is limited to a safe value. The current through 01300 is determined by the actual supply output voltage. Therefore, the current limit varies proportionally with the supply voltage In most overload conditions, the supply folds back to minimum current. Diode CR1310 conducts should the -V supply go more negative than ground. The V supply operates in the same manner as the +V 1supply. Only the polarities are reversed. Transistors11 01355 and 01370 are the basic comparator transistors The base of Q1355 varies between 0 V and +5.2 V The -V output is prevented from going more positive than about -6 V by Q1365 The series pass transistor is driven by Q1380. The comparator transistors for the current limiting circuitry are Q1385 and Q1395. The current source for the current comparator is Q1400. Diode CR1410 prevents the -V output from going more positive than ground.
2-7/(2-8 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Section 3-PG 508 SERVICE INFORMATION Symbols and Reference Designators Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted otherwise: Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF). Values less than one are in microfarads (p/F). Resistors = Ohms (i). Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975. Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in terms of positive logic. Logic symbols depict the logic function performed and may differ from the manufacturer's data. The overline on a signal name indicates that the signal performs its intended function when it goes to the low state. Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1.1-1972. Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are: Y14.15, 1966 Drafting Practices. Y14.2, 1973 Line Conventions and Lettering. Y10.5, 1968 Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and Electrical Engineering. The following prefix letters are used as reference designators to identify components or assemblies on the diagrams. A AT B BT C CB CR DL DS E F FL
Assembly separable or repairable (circuit board, etc) Attenuator. fixed or variable Motor Battery Capacitor. fixed or variable Circuit breaker Diode, signal or rectifier Delay line Indicating device (lamp) Spark Gap, Ferrite bead Fuse Filter
H HR HY J K L M P 0 R RT
Heat dissipating device (heat sink. heat radiator, etc) Heater Hybrid circuit Connector, stationary portion Relay Inductor. fixed or variable Meter Connector, movable portion Transistor or silicon-controlled rectifier Resistor, fixed or variable Thermistor
3-1
S T TC TP U
Switch or contractor Transformer Thermocouple Test point Assembly, inseparable or non-repairable (integrated circuit. etc ) V Electron tube VR Voltage regulator (zener diode. etc) W Wirestrap or cable Y Crystal Z Phase shifter
TM 11-6625-2980-14 GENERAL MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENTS
Maintenance Refer to Appendix A for complete maintenance information.
Test Equipment For adjustment of the PG 508, the following equipment is recommended:
I f trouble exists in the output amplifier, remove the + and - tracking power supply jumpers located as shown in the adjustment location illustration. This completely isolates the tracking power supplies from the output circuitry.
Complete oscilloscope system, capable of faithful reproduction to at least 500 MHz. TEKTRONIX 5440 mainframe, 5A45 real time vertical amplifier, and 5B42 real time delaying sweep plug-in suggested. 50 Ω 42 inch coaxial cable with bnc connectors, Tektronix Part No. 012-0057-01, or equivalent.
Circuit Board removal To remove the output circuit board and gain access to the components on the variable transition timing board, first remove the four screws on the plug-in rear panel and remove the panel. Next remove the TRANSITION TIME knob. Disconnect the coaxial cable plugs and unplug all the wires connected to the output and transition time boards. Finally, remove the four screws holding the output board to the plug-in frame and remove the two boards by sliding toward the rear of the plug-in until the TRANSITION TIME shaft clears the front panel hole. Now lift the boards and remove them from the mainframe. To remove the input board remove the wires and cables to the input board and the two screws holding the board chassis. To remove the timing board, first remove the rear panel, as explained above. Then remove the PERIOD, DELAY, and DURATION knobs from their shafts. Disconnect all wires and cables leading to the timing board. Remove the four screws holding the timing board to the spacers. Slide the timing board toward the rear of the plug-in until the shafts clear the front panel and lift the board out.
General Adjustments for the PG 508 are described below. For complete calibration procedures, refer to TB 11-6625 2980-35. Output Voltage Control Knob Check or Adjustment To check or reset the OUTPUT (VOLTS) control knobs, use the following procedure. Connect an oscilloscope to the PG 508 OUTPUT connector. Set the DURATION control to the SQ WAVE position, and the PERIOD control at the 2 ms position. Set the HIGH LEVEL knob for an output level of about +5 V on the oscilloscope, and the LOW LEVEL for 0 V. If the LOW LEVEL knob does not point to 0, loosen the set screw and reset the knob to the 0 mark on the front panel. Now set the LOW LEVEL knob for a reading of about -5 V, and the HIGH LEVEL for 0 V on the oscilloscope. If the HIGH LEVEL knob does not point to 0, loosen the setscrew and readjust. 3-2
TM 11-6625-298014 Section 5-PG 508 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION
Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right. For complete part information, refer to TM 11-6625-2980-24P. Indented items are part of, and included with, the next higher
indentation The separation symbol - - -* - - - indicates the end of attaching parts.
INDEX NUMBERS Items in this section are referenced by index numbers to FO-16. INDENTATION SYSTEM
ITEM NAME In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the description by a colon (:) Because of space limitations, an Item
This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item Name may sometimes appear as incomplete For further Item Name identification, the U S Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1 can be utilized where possible.
relationships. Following Is an example of the indentation system used in the description column. 12345
Name & Description
Assembly and/or Component Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component Attaching parts for Detail Part Parts of Detail Part Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part ABBREVIATIONS “ # ACTR ADPTR ALIGN AL ASSEM ASSY ATTEN AWG BD BRKT BRS BRZ BSHG CAB CAP CER CHAS CKT COMP CONN COV CPLG CRT DEG DWR
INCH NUMBER SIZE ACTUATOR ADAPTER ALIGNMENT ALUMINUM ASSEMBLED ASSEMBLY ATTENUATOR AMERICAN WIRE GAGE BOARD BRACKET BRASS BRONZE BUSHING CABINET CAPACITOR CERAMIC CHASSIS CIRCUIT COMPOSITION CONNECTOR COVER COUPLING CATHODE RAY TUBE DEGREE DRAWER
ELCTRN ELEC ELCTLT ELEM EPL EOPT EXT FIL FLEX FLH
ELECTRON ELECTRICAL ELECTROLYTIC ELEMENT ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST EQUIPMENT EXTERNAL FILLISTER HEAD FLEXIBLE FLAT HEAD
IN INCH INCAND INCANDESCENT INSUL INSULATOR INTL INTERNAL LPHLDR LAMPHOLDER MACH MACHINE MECH MECHANICAL MTG MOUNTING NIP NIPPLE NON WIRE NOT WIRE WOUND
SE SINGLE END SECT SECTION SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR SHLD SHIELD SHLDR SHOULDERED SKT SOCKET SL SLIDE SLFLKG SELF-LOCKING SLVG SLEEVING SPR SPRING
FLTR FR FSTNR FT FXD GSKT HDL HEX HEX HD HEX SOC HLCPS HLEXT HV IC ID
FILTER FRAME or FRONT FASTENER FOOT FIXED GASKET HANDLE HEXAGON HEXAGONAL HEAD HEXAGONAL SOCKET HELICAL COMPRESSION HELICAL EXTENSION HIGOH VOLTAGE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INSIDE DIAMETER
OBD OD OVH PH BRZ PL PLSTC PN PNH PWR RCPT RES RGD RLF RTNR SCH
ORDER BY DESCRIPTION OUTSIDE DIAMETER SST OVAL HEAD STL PHOSPHOR BRONZE SW PLAIN or PLATE T PLASTIC TERM PART NUMBER THD PAN HEAD THK POWER TNSN RECEPTACLE TPG RESISTOR TRH RIGID V RELIEF VAR RETAINER W/ SOCKET HEAD WSHR
SQ SQUARE STAINLESS STEEL STEEL SWITCH TUBE TERMINAL THREAD THICK TENSION TAPPING TRUSS HEAD VOLTAGE VARIABLE WITH WASHER
IDENT IMPLR
IDENTIFICATION IMPELLER
SCOPE SCR
OSCILLOSCOPE SCREW
TRANSFORMER TRANSISTOR
XFMR XSTR
5-1 TM 11-N25-298014
PARTS LOCATION GRID
CKT NO
GRID LOC
CKT NO
GRID LOC
CKT NO
GRID LOC
CKT NO
GRID LOC
C14 C36 C40 C55 C70 C76 C104 C106 C110 C1246 C1248 C1250 026 CR16 CR17 CR25 CR26 CR82 CR84 CR86 CR1246 C1 CR1248 C1 CR1250 C1 R25 J12 J90
B3 C3 D3 C2 A2 B1 D1 D2 D1 D1 C1 D1 C2 B3 B3 B2 B2 D1 D1 D1 R16 R20 R22 B3 B3 B1
P12 P48 P75 P90 P110 P1248 P1251 P1253 R52 Q20 Q22 025 B2 R57 030 B2 Q100 0102 Q110 R70 R12 R14 B3 C3 C3 R92 R28 R30
B3 C3 D1 B1 D2 A3 C1 A3 C2 B3 C3 R56 B2 R60 D2 D2 D2 B1 A3 B3 R75 R76 R90 Al B2 B2
R32 R33 R36 R38 R40 R42 R43 R45 S12 R53 R55 B2 U40 C2 R62 R64 R66 VR22 R72 R73 B1 B1 B2
B2 B2 C3 C3 C3 D3 D3 C3 A3 C2 C2
R102 R104 R106 R110 R112 R113 R1250
D2 D2 D2 D1 D2 D2 A3
TP36
C2
C2 U70
Al
VR20
C3
VR65
C1
R95 R100
Al D1
D3 U60 C2 C2 C1 B3 B1 Al
Figure 5-1 . A1 board component locations . 5-2
TM 11-6625-2980-14 FO-16 Index No. -1 -2
Qty 2 2
-3
2
-4
1
-5
1
-6
-12 -13 -14 -15 -16
3 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 7 2 2 1 1
-17 -18 -19
1 1 1
-20 -21 -22
1 1 1
-23 -24
1 4
-25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32
4 3 1 4 2 7 1 1
-33
1
-34
1 1
-35
4
-7
-8 -9 -10 -11
1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description SHIELD,ELEC: SIDE COVER,PLUG-IN:TOP AND BOTTOM (ATTACHING PARTS) SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.188 INCH,PNH STL ---*--KNOB,LATCH: (ATTACHING PARTS) PIN,KNOB SECRG:0.094 OD X 0.120 INCH LONG ---*--KNOB:GRAY • EACH KNOB INCLUDES: • SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL KNOB:GRAY,0.25 ID X 0.706 OD,0.6H • EACH KNOB INCLUDES: • SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL KNOB:GRAY,O.81 ID X 0.392 OD,0.466 H • SETSCREW:4-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL KNOB:GRAY,0.126 IDX 0.588 OD,0.6H • SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL KNOB:0.252 ID X0.706 OD,0.6H • SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL KNOB:GRAY,0.127 IDX 0.5 OD,0.531H • EACH KNOB INCLUDES: • SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL PUSH BUTTON:GRAY CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE TERMINAL,LUG:0.391" ID INT TOOTH CONNECTOR,RCPT,:BNC,FEMALE RESISTOR,VAR:(R48) (ATTACHING PARTS) NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS WASHER,FLAT:0.25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL RESISTOR,VAR:(R540 AND R655) (ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) NUT,PLAIN,HEX. :0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS WASHER,FLAT:0.25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL RESISTOR,VAR:(R770A AND B) (ATTACHING PARTS) NUT,PLAIN,HEX. :0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS BSHG,MACH.THD:HEX,0.375-32 X 0.438"LONG (ATTACHING PARTS) NUT,PLAIN,HEX. :0.375-32 X 0.50 INCH,STL WASHER,FLAT:0.375 ID X 0.50 INCH OD,STL WASHER,LOCK:INTL,0.375 ID X 0.50" OD STL CLIP,ELECTRICAL:CAM SHAFT BUSHING,SLEEVE:PRESS MOUNT FRAME,PUSH BTN:PLASTIC PANEL,FRONT: LATCH,RETAINING:PLUG-IN (ATTACHING PARTS) SCR,TPG,THD FOR:2-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL ---*--RELEASE,LATCH: SUBPANEL,FRONT: (ATTACHING PARTS) SCR,TPG,THD FOR:6-20 X0.375"100 DEG,FLH STL
5-11
TM 11-6625-2980-14 FO-16 Index No. -36 -37 -38 -39 -40 -41 -42 -43 -44 -45 -46 -47 -48 -49 -50 -51 -52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57 -58
-59 -60 -61 -62 -63 -64 -65 -66 -67 -68 -69 -70 -71 -72 -73 -74 -75 -76 -77 -78 -79 -80 -81 -82
-83
Qty 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 6 2
1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description BASE,LAMPHOLDER:0.29 OD X 0.19 CASE LAMPHOLDER:WHITE PLASTIC WASHER,FLAT:0.265 ID X 0.375 OD INCH AL LAMP,LED: (DS110 AND DS1250) EPL LAMP,LED: (DS500 ) SHIELD,ELEC:REAR SUBPANEL CKT BOARD ASSY:AUXILLARY(A5) • CONTACT,ELEC:0.365L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL GUIDE,CKT BOARD: (ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) 2 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.312 INCH,RDH STL 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:2-56 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 2 WASHER,LOCK:INTL,0.092 ID X 0.175"OD,STL ---*--FT PLASTIC CHANNEL: 1 MARKER,IDENT:WARNING 1 PANEL,REAR: (ATTACHING PARTS) 4 SCR,TPG,THD FOR:6-32 X 0.50 INCH,PNH STL ---*--1 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN(A4 ) (ATTACHING PARTS) 4 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375 INCH,PNH STL 4 BRACKET,COVER:TOP AND BOTTOM 4 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 1 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.250 BDGH,NYL,SLOT 1 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 1 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL ---*--• CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES: 1 • MICROCIRCUIT,DI:( U1205) 1 • SWITCH,PUSH:(S785 AND S865) 4 • SPACER,PB SW:0.164 INCH LONG 4 • SOCKET,PLUG IN:MICROCIRCUIT,8 CONTACT 4 • HEAT SINK,ELEC:XSTR,0.72 OD X 0.375"H 8 • INSULATOR,DISC:TO-5 TRANSISTOR 4 • HEAT SINK,ELEC:0.422 H X 1.240 INCH OD 3 • CONNECTOR BODY,:CKT CD MT,3 PRONG 21 • SOCKET,PIN TERM:0.188 INCH LONG 27 • CONTACT,ELEC:0.365L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL 1 • SOCKET,PLUG-IN:14 CONTACT,LOW CLEARANCE 4 • TERM.,TEST PT:0.40 INCH LONG 3 • LINK,TERM.CONNE:0.086 DIA X 2.375 INCH L 2 • LINK,TERM.CONNE:2 WIRE BLACK 2 • CLAMP,LOOP:NYLON 1 • HEAT SINK,DIODE:FINGER TYPE (ATTACHING PARTS) 1 • SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 1 • NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL ---*--1 • MICROCIRCUIT,LI: (U1335) 3 • CONTACT,ELEC:1.37 INCH LONG 1 • CONN BODY,BPL,EL:3 WIRE RED 3 • CONNECTOR,TERM.:0.48" L,22-26AWG WIRE 1 INS,STANDOFF:0.312 OD X 1.0 INCH LONG (ATTACHING PARTS) 1 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL ---*--1 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN W/CAM SW 1 • CONTACT,ELEC:GROUNDING 1 • ACTR ASSY CAM S:RANGE(S590 ) (ATTACHING PARTS) 4 • SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL ---*---
5-12
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-16 Index No. Qty 1 2 •• -84 1 •• -85 2 •• -86 1 •• 1 •• -87 2 •• -88 1 •• -89 -90 -91 -92 -93 -94 -95 -96 -97 -98 -99 -100 -101 -102 -103 -104
1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 3 1 B 8 2 9 6 1
-105
2
-106 -107 -108 -109 -110 -111 -112 -113 -114
16 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4
-115
2
-119
2 -
1 -120 -121 -122 -123 -124 -125 -126 -127
-128
4 2 1 3 4 1 2 3 3 1 4
3 4 5 Name & Description ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY INCLUDES: CONTACT,ELEC:GROUNDING NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188-INCH,BRS SPRING,FLAT:GREEN COLORED SPRING,FLAT:RED COLORED ROLLER,DETENT: BEARING,CAM SW:FRONT (ATTACHING PARTS) • • RING,RETAINING:0.338 ID X 0.025" THK,STL • • ACTUATOR,CAM SW:RANGE • • SHAFT,CAM SW: • • NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS • • BEARING,CAM SW:CENTER/REAR • CKT BOARD ASSY:RISE AND FALL(A3) • • CONNECTOR BODY,:CKT BD MT,3 PRONG • • SOCKET,PLUG IN:MICROCIRCUIT,8 CONTACT • • SOCKET,PIN TERM:FOR 0.025 INCH SQUARE PIN • • LINK,TERM.CONNE:0.086 DIA X 2.375 INCH L • • CONTACT ASSY,EL:CAM SWITCH,TOP • • RIVET,TUBULAR:0.051 OD X 0.115 INCH LONG • • SOCKET,PLUG-IN:16 CONTACT,LOW CLEARANCE • • CONTACT,ELEC:0.365L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL • • SOCKET,PIN TERM:0.188 INCH LONG CKT BOARD ASSY:INPUT(A1) ---*--SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL (ATTACHING PARTS) • CKT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES: • CONTACT,ELEC:0.365L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL • SWITCH,SLIDE: (S12 ) • SOCKET,PLUG IN:MICROCIRCUIT,8 CONTACT • TERM.,TEST PT:0.40 INCH LONG • SOCKET,PLUG-IN:14 CONTACT,LOW CLEARANCE • SOCKET,PLUG-IN:16 CONTACT,LOW CLEARANCE • CONNECTOR BODY,:CKT BD MT,3 PRONG • SOCKET,PIN TERM:0.188 INCH LONG SPACER,POST:0.312 OD X 0.812 INCH LONG (ATTACHING PARTS) SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375 INCH,PNH STL ---*--CABLE ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,8.0 LONG • EACH CABLE ASSY INCLUDES: • EYELET,METALLIC:0.126 OD X 0.23 INCH L,BRS • EYELET,METALLIC:0.152 OD X 0.245 INCH L,BRS CKT BOARD ASSY:TIMING W/CAM SW (ATTACHING PARTS) SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL • CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES: • EXTENSION SHAFT:8.905 L X 0.125 DIA,AL,CRM • EXTENSION SHAFT:5.58 L X 0.125 DIA,AL,CRM • CPLG,SHAFT,FLEX:FOR 0.125 INCH DIA SHAFTS • SETSCREW:4-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL • RESISTOR,VAR:(R190) • RESISTOR,VAR:(R335 AND R475) • SPACER,SWITCH:PLASTIC • CONTACT,ELEC:GROUNDING • ACTR ASSY CAM S:( S200) (ATTACHING PARTS) • SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL ---*---
5-13
TM 11-6825-2980-14 FO-16 Index No. Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description • • ACTR ASSY INCLUDES: -129 1 • • COVER,CAM SW:1.85 L X 0.876 H,AL (ATTACHING PARTS) -130 4 • • SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL -131 4 • • WASHER,LOCK:INTL,0.12 ID X 0.26"OD,STL ---*--1 • • CONTACT,ELEC:GROUNDING -132 2 • • NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS -133 1 • • SPRING,FLAT:GREEN COLORED 1 • • SPRING,FLAT:RED COLORED -134 2 • • ROLLER,DETENT: -135 1 • • BEARING,CAM SW:FRONT (ATTACHING PARTS) -136 1 • • RING,RETAINING:0.338 ID X 0.025" THK,STL ---* ---137 1 • • ACTUATOR,SWITCH:CAM SWITCH -138 1 • • SHAFT,CAM SW:OUTER CONCENTRIC,W/DRIVER -139 4 • • NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS -140 1 • • BEARING,CAM SW:CENTER/REAR 1 • ACTUATOR ASSY CAM S:(S330A,B) (ATTACHING PARTS) -141 4 • SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL ---*--• • ACTR ASSY INCLUDES: -142 1 • • COVER,CAM SW:1.55 L X 0.876 H,AL (ATTACHING PARTS) -143 4 • • SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL -144 4 • • SCREW,MACHINE:3-48 X 0.125,PNH,STL ---*--1 • • CONTACT,ELEC:GROUNDING -145 2 • • NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS -146 1 • • SPRING,FLAT:GREEN COLORED 1 • • SPRING,FLAT:RED COLORED -147 2 • • ROLLER,DETENT: -148 1 • • BEARING,CAM SW:FRONT (ATTACHING PARTS) -149 1 • • RING,RETAINING:0.338 ID X 0.025" THK,STL ---*---150 1 • • ACTUATOR,SWITCH:CAM SWITCH -151 1 • • SHAFT,CAM SW:W/DRIVER -152 4 • • NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS -153 1 • • BEARING,CAM SW:CENTER/REAR 1 • ACTR ASSY,CAM S: (S450 ) (ATTACHING PARTS) -154 4 • SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL ---*--• • ACTR ASSY INCLUDES: -155 1 • • COVER,CAM SW:1.95 L X 0.876 H,AL (ATTACHING PARTS) -156 4 • • SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL -157 4 • • WASHER,LOCK:INTL,0.12 ID X 0.26"OD,STL ---*--1 • • CONTACT,ELEC:GROUNDING -158 2 • • NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS -159 1 • • SPRING,FLAT:GREEN COLORED 1 • • SPRING,FLAT:RED COLORED -160 2 • • ROLLER,DETENT: -161 1 • • BEARING,CAM SW:FRONT (ATTACHING PARTS) -162 1 • • RING,RETAINING:0.338 ID X 0.025" THK,STL -163 -164
1 1
• • ACTUATOR,SWITCH:CAM SWITCH • • SHAFT,CAM SW:OUTER CNCTRC,W/DRIVER
5-14
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-16 Index No. Qty 1 -165 4 -166 1 -167 1 -168 1 -169 1 -170 8 -171 4 -172 6 -173 37 -174 9 -175 9 -176 4 -177 8 -178 1 2 2 -179 1 1 -180 1 -181 1 -182 FT -183 FT -184 FT -185 FT -186 FT -187 1 -188 1 -189 81 -190 2 -191 1 2 1 -192 1 -193 4 2 -194 2 -195 3
2 3 4 5 Name & Description • • NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS • • BEARING,CAM SW:CENTER/REAR • CKT BOARD ASSY:TIMING( A2) • • SWITCH,PUSH:(S380A,8) • • SWITCH,PUSH:(S380A,B,C) • • SPACER,PB SW:BROWN,0.275 INCH LONG • • LINK,TERM.CONNE:0.086 DIA X 2.375 INCH L • • SOCKET,PLUG-IN:16 CONTACT,LOW CLEARANCE • • CONTACT,ELEC:CKT CD SW,SPR • • SOCKET,PIN TERM:0.188 INCH LONG • • CONNECTOR BODY,:CKT CD MT,3 PRONG • • CONTACT,ELEC:0.55 INCH LONG • • CONTACT,ELEC:0.365L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL SPRING,GROUND:FLAT SUPPORT,PLUG-IN: WASHER,FLAT:0.141 ID X .04THK,AL,.21 9 OD FR SECT,PLUG-IN:LEFT SIDE,TOP AND BOTTOM FR SECT,PLUG-IN:TOP LEFT FR SECT,PLUG-IN:RIGHT SIDE,TOP AND BOTTOM FR SECT,PLUG-IN:RIGHT SIDE,TOP AND BOTTOM WIRE,ELECTRICAL:2 WIRE RIBBON,18.063 FT L WIRE,ELECTRICAL:3 WIRE RIBBON,0.250 FT L WIRE,ELECTRICAL:4 WIRE RIBBON,12.042 FT L WIRE,ELECTRICAL:5 WIRE RIBBON,0.500 FT L WIRE,ELECTRICAL:6 WIRE RIBBON,0.625 FT L EYELET,METALLIC:0.126 OD X 0.23 INCH L,BRS EYELET,METALLIC:0.152 OD X 0.245 INCH L,BRS CONNECTOR,TERM.:0.48" L,22-26AWG WIRE CONN BODY,PL,EL:1 WIRE BROWN CONN BODY,PL,EL:2 WIRE BLACK CONN BODY,PL,EL:2 WIRE RED CONN BODY,PL,EL:2 WIRE ORANGE CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE YELLOW CONN BODY,PL,EL:4 WIRE YELLOW CONN BODY,PL,EL:4 WIRE GREEN CONN BODY,PL,EL:5 WIRE GREEN CONN BODY,PL,EL:6 WIRE BLUE
5-15/(5-16 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14 APPENDIX A Section I. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Before you start... 1. Check the rear panel markings. If the factory settings are compatible with the available line voltage and frequency, insert the desired plug-ins. Use the bail to raise the front of the instrument. ...go to Operating Instructions... 2. If a change is needed, follow these steps:
Use a proper power source. This instrument is designed to operate from a power source with its neutral at or near ground potential with a separate safety-earth conductor. It is not intended for operation from two phases of a multiphase system, or across the legs of a single-phase, three-wire system.
Avoid live circuits. Dangerous voltages exist at several points throughout this instrument. When the instrument is operated with the cover removed, do not touch exposed connections or components. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect power before cleaning the instrument, changing line selector blocks, or replacing parts. a. Line Selector Block(s) Remove the five hold-down screws on the top of the dust cover cabinet and lift the cabinet off. This gives easy access to the Line Selector blocks located on the main circuit board.
A-1
TM 11-6625-2980-14 b. Line Range Taps Universal Transformer Line Regulating Ranges Selector Block Position 120 Volts Nominal 220-Volts Nominal L 90 VAC to 110 VAC 180 VAC to 220 VAC M 99 VAC to 121 AC 198 VAC to 242 VAC H 108 VAC to 132 VAC 216 VAC to 264 VAC Line Fuse Data 1.6 A slow-blow 0.8 A slow-blow
3. Replace the cabinet. 4. If necessary, change the line cord power plug to match the power source receptacle or use an adapter.
5. Plug the cord into the power source.
6. Insert the desired plug-ins. 7. Use the bail to raise the front of the instrument
...go to Operating Instructions... A-2
TM 11-6625-2980-14
TM 503 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Section II. INTRODUCTION
Description
Power Usage
The TEKTRONIX TM 503 Power Module is a threecompartment-wide mainframe for the TM 500 Series of Modular Instrumentation. It accepts up to three independently functional plug-in modules to form a compact, versatile and low cost instrumentation system. The TM 503 is a basic power source and provides an interconnecting scheme for the other members of the TM 500 Series family. Factory options allow customer modification using signal access at the plug-in module/power module interface to provide rear panel inputs and outputs, and interconnections between compartments.
With three plug-in modules installed, the TM 503 can require up to 120 W of power at the upper limits of the high line voltage ranges. Actual power consumption depends on the particular module combination and operating mode selected at any one time.
Operating Temperatures The TM 503 can be operated in an ambient air temperature of 0°C to +500C. Thermal cutout devices protect the system by disconnecting the power to the TM 503 Power Module when internal temperatures rise above a safe operating level. These devices automatically return power to the unit when the internal temperatures return to a safe level.
Power Source This instrument is designed to operate from a power source with its neutral at or near earth (ground) potential with a separate safety-earth conductor. It is not intended for operation from two phases of a multiphase system, or across the legs of a single-phase, three-wire system.
Since the TM 503 can be stored in temperatures between -400C and +750C, allow the instrument's chassis to return to within the operating limits before applying power.
POWERING UP
Plug-in Modules It is not necessary that all the plug-in compartments be utilized in order to operate the Power Module. The only modules needed are those necessary to accomplish the task.
2. Align the plug-in module chassis with the upper and lower guides of the selected compartment. Push the module in and press firmly to seat the circuit board in the interconnecting jack. (Remove the plug-in module by pulling on the white release latch located in the lower left corner of each module.)
Turn the Power Module off before inserting the plug-in; otherwise, damage may occur to the plug-in circuitry.
3. Pull the PWR button on the left side of the TM 503. Some plug-in modules have independent power switches, usually labeled OUTPUT, controlling application of mainframe power to the module itself. Push this button to activate the plug-in module.
Module Installation
Loading Considerations
1. Check the location of the white plastic barriers on the interconnecting jack to insure that their locations match the slots in the edge of the plug-in module's circuit board.
With three plug-in modules installed, the TM 503 can require up to 120W of power from the line at high-line A-3
TM 11-6625-2980-14 voltage range settings. Actual power consumed, of course, depends on the particular module combination selected at any one time.
In external loads, and (3) operating in an ambient temperature around +250C.
This power capability can best be utilized by carefully planning the functional combinations of plugins, their external loads, and the resulting power distributions. Optimum conditions would be (1) equal loads in all three compartments, (2) as much power as possible dissipated
The TM 503 provides each plug-in module with access to a pair of heat-sinked, chassis-mounted transistors, one NPN and one PNP. These Series-Pass transistors allow the plug-in modules to operate in power ranges not possible if the power had to be dissipated in the modules themselves.
A-4
TM 11-66252980-14 BUILDING A SYSTEM
installed on the interconnecting jacks to insure module compatibility with the customized wiring.
Family Compatibility Mechanically, the plug-in modules are very similar to other TEKTRONIX product families. However, they are not electrically compatible. Therefore, the TM 503 interface has barriers on the mating connectors between pins 6 and 7 to insure that incompatible plug-ins cannot be inserted. See figure below. A compatible module will have a matching slot between pins 6 and 7 of its main circuit board edge connector. This slot and barrier combination is the primary keying assignment.
Another identifier for TM 500-compatible modules is the white color of the release latch.
Rear Panel The rear sub-panel is punched for BNC and multi-pin connector mountings. Customer- or factory-installed connectors and wiring (see following description of catalog Option 2) This could provide external access to the interface for external I/O control. This feature makes the TM 500 Series Modular Instrumentation System very flexible in bench-top or rackmounted systems.
plug-in
Option 2. This factory-installed option adds 25-mil squarepin connectors to the rear of the interconnecting jacks at all pin locations from pins 14A and B through pins 28A and B. This will keep the interface flexible by making it easy and fast to change customized wiring using prepared wires with squarepin receptacles and long-nose pliers or tweezers. It also protects the circuit board from damage by repeated soldering and unsoldering of jumper wires. This option also adds three BNC connectors and one 50-pin connector to the rear panel. These connectors are not pre-wired in order to give a system designer as much flexibility as possible. Instead, prepared jumpers, coax cables, and interconnection jack barriers are included in a kit.
Customizing the Interface The modularity of this instrumentation system provides for a host of functions to be performed by the plug-in modules. Specific functions are grouped into families or classes, of which there may be several plugin module members. For instance, some classes are Power Supplies, Signal Sources, Measurement and so forth. Each modular member of a functional family will have a second slot peculiar to its family assignment located in its edge connector. The TM 503 user can "program" one or more compartments to accept only members of that family by installing a second barrier in the interface connector to match the module's slot location. Entire TM 503's could be "programmed" in this manner to set up instrumentation systems for specific work functions.
Stacking and Rackmounting TM 503's with their cabinets and feet in place may be stacked on top of each other. The feet provide clearance for the lower unit's handle and at the same time give adequate spacing for the necessary ventilation.
Jumper wires can be used to further specialize the interface. Compartments can be made to "talk" to each other by connecting jumpers on the back side of the interface board, using pins 14 through 28, A-side and Bside both, of the interconnecting jacks. See the following description of Option 2. Refer to each plug-in module's Manual for the I/O assignments of each pin at the rear interface. Once having made interconnections of a specialized nature, it is recommended that barriers be
The TM 503 is designed to be half-rack width. Field conversion kits with slide-out tracks are available to mount one or two TM 503's in a standard 19-inch rack. Vertical space needed is 5 1/4 inches.
A-5
TM 11-6625-2980-14 SPECIFICATIONS +33.5 V and -33.5 V, 1 A maximum each supply, shared by all compartments.
Power Requirements Line Voltage Ranges. Universal Transformer: 100, 110, 20, 200, 220, 240 VAC, all within 10%. Range changing or transformer accomplished with quickchange line-selector block
17.5 VAC and +11.5 V, 3.6 A maximum, shared in any combination between these two supplies and shared among all compartments NOTE
Line Frequency Ranges. Universal Transformer: 48 Hz to 440 Hz.
Current and voltage ratings are for main frame maintenance only. In practice, not all available power may be used at once.
Power Consumption. Maximum primary power approximately 120 W at high line. Actual power consumption depends on plug-in selection and operating modes.
Temperature Range
Power Cord Conductor Identification Conductor Color Ungrounded (Line) Grounded (Neutral) Grounding (Earthing)
Color Color Brown Blue Green-Yellow
Operating: 0°C to +50°C. Nonoperating: -40°C to +75°C.
Alternate Altitude Range
Black White Green-Yellow
Operating: To 15,000 feet. Nonoperating: To 50,000 feet.
Supplies (Unregulated) Two 25 VAC windings, 500 mA each, supplied to each compartment, independently.
Other Dimensions with Feet and Bail: H 6.0 in., W 8.7 in., L 15.3 in.
Weight without Plug-ins: Approximately 9.5 lb.
A-6
TM 11-6625-2980-14
TM 503 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Section III. GENERAL used; however, abrasive cleaners should not be used.
Introduction This section of the manual is meant to support the entire TM 500 Series family of modules with a general coverage of the most commonly-needed service information pertinent to preventive maintenance, troubleshooting, ordering parts, and replacing components and sub-assemblies.
Compressed air is dangerous and can cause serious bodily harm if protective means or methods are not observed to prevent a chip or particle (of whatever size) from being blown into the eyes or unbroken skin of the operator or other personnel. Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where reduced to less than 30 p.s.i.f. and then only with effective chip guarding and personnel protective equipment. Do not use compressed air to dry parts when trichlorotrifluoroethane has been used.
Cabinet Removal
Dangerous potentials exist at several points throughout the system. When the system must be operated with the cabinet removed, do not touch exposed connections or components. Some transistors have voltages present on their cases. Disconnect power before cleaning the system or replacing parts.
Interior. Cleaning the interior of a unit should precede calibration since the cleaning processes could alter the settings of calibration adjustments. Use lowvelocity compressed air to blow off accumulated dust. Hardened dirt can be removed with a soft, dry brush, cotton-tipped swab, or a cloth dampened in a solution of water and mild detergent.
Two screws on the top secure the cabinet to the TM 503 frame. Remove them and lift the cabinet straight up. Do not operate the system with the cabinet removed any longer than necessary for troubleshooting and calibration. Re-install the cabinet to protect the interior from dust and to remove personnel shock hazards.
Preventive Maintenance
Cleaning
Preventive maintenance steps performed on a regular basis will enhance the reliability of the instrumentation system. However, periodic checks of the semiconductors in the absence of a malfunction are not recommended as preventive maintenance measures. See the semiconductor checking information under Troubleshooting Techniques which follow. A convenient time to perform preventive maintenance is just before instrument calibration.
Adequate ventilation should be provided while using TRICHL ORO TRIFL UO ROE THA NE. Prolonged breathing of vapor should be avoided. The solvent should not be used near heat or open flames; the products of decomposition are toxic and irritating. Since TRICHLORO TRIFLUOROETHANE dissolves natural oils, prolonged contact with skin should be avoided. When necessary, use gloves which the solvent cannot penetrate. If the solvent is taken internally, consult a physician immediately.
Calibration To insure accurate signal generation and measurement, the performance of individual units comprising the system should be checked periodically. Refer to TB 11-6625-2980-35 for complete calibration procedures.
Exterior. Loose dust may be removed with a soft cloth or a dry brush. Water and a mild detergent may be A-7
TM 11-6625-298014 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS Introduction Circuit Board Illustrations The following is provided to augment information contained elsewhere in this and other TM 500 Series family manuals when troubleshooting becomes necessary.
Line illustrations showing component locations keyed with a grid scheme for each circuit board are usually placed on the back of a foldout page and sequenced as close as possible to an associated schematic. The GRID LOC column in the Electrical Parts Lists keys each component to the Location illustrations.
Circuit Descriptions Each manual has a section devoted to explaining circuit operating theory. Used conjointly with the schematics, this can be a powerful analytic tool.
Diagrams Block diagrams and detailed circuit schematics are located on foldout pages in the service section of most of the TM 500 Series family manuals. The schematic diagrams show the component values and assigned circuit reference numbers of each part necessary to the circuit design. Usually the first page of the service sections defines the circuit symbols and reference designators used in that particular instrument. Major circuits are usually identifiable by a series of component numbers. Important wave-forms and voltages may be shown within the diagrams or on adjoining aprons. Those portions of the circuits located on circuit boards are enclosed with a blue tint outline.
Component and Wiring Color Codes Colored stripes or dots on electrical components signify electrical values, tolerances, etc., according to EIA standards. Components not color-coded usually have information printed on the body. The wiring coding follows the same EIA standards.
Testing Equipment Cam Switch Charts Generally, a wide-band oscilloscope, a probe, and a multimeter are all that is needed to perform basic waveform and voltage checks for diagnostic purposes. The calibration procedures in the manual for each plugin module list specific test equipment and the features necessary to adequately check out that particular module.
Cam switches shown on the diagrams are coded on comprehensive charts to locate the cam number of the switch contact in the complete switch assembly, counting from the front, or knob end, toward the rear of the switch. The charts also indicate with a solid dot when each contact is closed.
TROUBLESHOOTING TECHNIQUES Introduction Before proceeding with troubleshooting the TM 500 Series system, check that the instruments in the system are operating correctly. Check for proper interconnection between the power module and the plug-in modules. Check the line voltage at the power source. Check that the signal if properly connected and that the interconnecting cables and the signal source are not defective.
This troubleshooting procedure is arranged in an order which checks the simple trouble possibilities before proceeding to extensive troubleshooting. Control Settings Incorrect control settings can indicate a trouble that does not exist. If there is any question about the correct function or operation of any control, see the Operating Instructions section of the manual for the instrument involved. System and Associated Equipment
The associated plug-in modules can be checked for proper operation quickly by substituting other like units
A-8
known to be operating properly. If the trouble persists after substitution, then the power module is probably at fault. Moving a properly operating plug-in from compartment to compartment will help determine if one or more compartments has a problem. Visual Check Inspect the portion of the system in which the trouble is suspected. Many troubles can be located by visual clues such as unsoldered connections, broken wires, damaged circuit boards, damaged components, etc. Instrument Calibration Check the calibration of the suspected plug-in module or the affected circuit if the trouble is obviously in a certain circuit. The trouble may only be a result of misadjustment or may be corrected by re-calibration. Complete calibration instructions are given in TB 116625-2980-35. Circuit Isolation Note the symptom. It often identifies the circuit in which the trouble is located. When trouble symptoms appear in more than one circuit, check the affected circuits by making waveform and voltage measurements. Incorrect operation of all circuits often means trouble in the power supplies. Using a multimeter, check first for correct voltages of the individual regulated supplies according to the plug-in module schematics and calibration procedures. Then check the unregulated supplies of the power modules. Defective components elsewhere in the instruments can appear as power supply problems. In these instances, suspected circuits should be disconnected from apparently bad power supplies one at a time to narrow the search. Voltages and Waveforms Often defective components can be located by using waveform and voltage indications when they appear on the schematic or in the calibration procedures. Such waveforms and voltage labels are typical indications and will vary between instruments. To obtain operating conditions similar to those used to take these readings, refer to the first diagram in the service sections. Component Checking If a component cannot be disconnected from its circuit, then the effects of the associated circuitry must be considered when evaluating the measurement. Except for soldered in transistors and integrated circuits,
TM 11-6625-2980-14 most components can be lifted at one end from the circuit board. Transistors and IC's. Turn the power switch off before removing or replacing any semiconductor. A good check of transistor operation is actual performance under operating conditions. A transistor can most effectively be checked by substituting a new component for it (or one which has been checked previously). However, be sure that circuit conditions are not such that a replacement transistor might also be damaged. If substitute transistors are not available, use a dynamic tester. Static-type testers are not recommended, since they do not check operation under simulated operating conditions. A suction-type desoldering tool must be used to remove soldered-in transistors; see component replacement procedure for details. Integrated circuits can be checked with a voltmeter, test oscilloscope, or by direct substitution. A good understanding of the circuit description is essential to troubleshooting circuits using IC's. Operating waveforms, logic levels, and other operating information for the IC's are given in the circuit description information of the appropriate manual. Use care when checking voltages and waveforms around the IC's so that adjacent leads are not shorted together. A convenient means of clipping a test probe to the 14- and 16-pin in-line IC's is with an integrated-circuit test clip. This device also doubles as an extraction tool. Diodes. Do not use an ohmmeter that has a high internal current. High currents may damage the diode.
A diode may be checked for an open or shorted condition by measuring the resistance between terminals. With an ohmmeter scale having an internal source of between 800 mV and 3 V, the resistance should be very high in one direction and very low when the leads are reversed . Resistors. Check the resistors with an ohmmeter. Resistor tolerances are given in the Electrical Parts List in every manual. Resistors do not normally need to be replaced unless the measured value varies widely from the specified value.
Capacitors. A leaky or shorted capacitor can be detected by checking resistance with an ohmmeter on the highest scale. Use an ohmmeter which will not exceed the voltage rating of the capacitor. The resistance reading should be high after initial charge of the capacitor. An open capacitor can best be detected with a capacity meter, or by checking whether it passes AC signals. A-9
TM 11-6625-2980-14 PARTS REPLACEMENT
edges. For these, push the mounting clips away from the circuit board edges to free the board. Also, remove any knobs, etc., that would prevent the board from being lifted out of the instrument.
Replacing The exploded view drawings associated with the Mechanical Parts Lists, located to the rear of most manuals, may be especially helpful when disassembling or reassembling individual components or subassemblies.
3. Lift the circuit board out of the unit. Do not force or bend the board. Circuit Boards. If a circuit board is damaged beyond repair, the entire assembly including all soldered-on components, can be replaced. Part numbers are given in the mechanical parts lists for the completely wired (670 prefix) board.
4. To replace the board, reverse the order of removal. Use care when replacing pin connectors; if forced into place incorrectly positioned, the pin connectors may be damaged.
To remove or replace a board, proceed as follows: Transistors and IC's. Transistors and IC's should not be replaced unless they are actually defective. If removed from their sockets during routine maintenance return them to their original sockets. Unnecessary replacement or switching of semiconductor devices may affect the calibration of the instruments. When a transistor is replaced, check the operation of the part of the instrument that may be affected.
1. Disconnect all leads connected to the board (both soldered lead connections and solderless pin connections).
2. Remove all screws holding the board to the chassis or other mounting surface. Some boards may be held fast by plastic mounting clips around the board
A-10
TM 11-6625-2980-14
Replacement semiconductors should be of the original type or a direct replacement. The above figure shows the lead configuration of the semiconductors used in this instrument system. When removing soldered-in transistors, use a suction-type de-soldering tool to remove the solder from the holes in the circuit board.
avoid damaging the pins. Pull slowly and evenly on both ends of the IC. Try to avoid having one end of the IC disengage from the socket before the other end. To replace one of the power transistors mounted on the Power Module chassis adjacent to the interface circuit board, first unsolder the leads. Then, loosen the nuts which clamp the transistor to the chassis. Remove the defective transistor. When replacing the transistor, use a mica washer on the metal tab to increase heat transfer from the transistor to the chassis.
An extracting tool should be used to remove the 14and 16-pin integrated circuits to prevent damage to the pins. If an extracting tool is not available, use care to
A-11
TM 11-6625-2980-14 3. Remove the screws (from the opposite side of the circuit board) which hold the cam drum to the board.
Interconnecting Pins. To replace a pin which is mounted on a circuit board, first disconnect any pin connectors. Then, unsolder the damaged pin and pull it out of the board with a pair of pliers. Be careful not to damage the wiring on the board with too much heat. Ream out the hole in the circuit board with a 0.031-inch drill. Remove the ferrule from the new interconnecting pin and press the new pin into the hole in the circuit board. Position the pin in the same manner as the old pin. If the old pin was bent at an angle to mate with a connector, bend the new pin to match the associated pins.
4. To remove the cam drum from the front support block, remove the retaining ring from the shaft on the front of the switch and slide the cam drum out of the support block. Be careful not to lose the small detent roller.
5. To replace defective switch contacts, follow the instructions given in the switch repair kit.
Cam Switches. Repair of cam type switches should be undertaken only by experienced maintenance personnel. Switch alignment and spring tension of the contacts must be carefully maintained for proper operation of the switch.
6. To re-install the switch assembly, reverse the above procedure.
Pushbutton Switches. The pushbutton switches are not repairable and should be replaced as a unit if defective. Use a suction-type de-soldering tool to remove solder from the circuit board when removing these switches.
The cam-type switches consist of rotating cam drums which are turned by front-panel knobs, and sets of spring-leaf contacts mounted on adjacent circuit boards. The contacts are actuated by lobes on the cams. These switches can be disassembled for inspection, cleaning, repair, or replacement as follows: 1. Remove the screws which hold the metal cover on the switch, and lift the cover off the switch. The switch is now open for inspection or cleaning.
Light-Emitting Diodes. LED's used as indicators are mounted on the sub-panels with plastic sleeve sockets similar to the incandescent bulb mountings or they are soldered directly to a sub-assembly and so mounted that they protrude through holes in the panel. In these cases, the sub-assembly must be exposed and the anode and cathode lead orientations carefully noted before unsoldering the defective LED. See figure below for LED lead identifying information.
2. To completely remove a switch from the circuit board, first remove any knobs or shaft extensions. Loosen the coupling at the potentiometer at the rear of the switch, and pull the long shaft out of the switch assembly.
A-12
TM 11-6625-2980-14 2. Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to protect the finish of the instrument.
Power Transformer. Refer to the exploded view drawing at the rear of the Power Module manuals for disassembly of the rear panel to expose the power transformer. Refer to the schematic diagram colorcoding information for correct wiring. After replacement, check out the power supply voltages before installing a plug-in module.
3. Cushion the instrument on all sides by tightly packing dunnage or urethane foam between carton and instrument, allowing three inches on all sides.
REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT 4. Seal carton with shipping tape or industrial stapler. Save and re-use the package in which your instrument was shipped If the original packaging is unfit for use or not available, repackage the instrument as 'follows: 1.
SHIPPING CARTON TEST STRENGTH Gross Weight (lb.) 0-10 10-30 30-120 120-140 140-160
Obtain a carton of corrugated cardboard having inside dimensions of no less than six inches more than the instrument dimensions; this will allow for cushioning. Refer to the following table for carton test strength requirements.
A-13
Carton Test Strength (lb.) 200 275 375 500 600
TM 11-6625-2980-14 DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS Symbols and Reference Designators Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted otherwise: Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF). Values less than one are in microfarads (uF). Resistors = Ohms (Ω). Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975. Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in terms of positive logic. Logic symbols depict the logic function performed and may differ from the manufacturer's data. The overline on a signal name indicates that the signal performs its intended function when it goes to the low state. Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1.1-1972. Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are: Y14.15, 1966 Drafting Practices. Y14.2, 1973 Line Conventions and Lettering. Y10.5, 1968 Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and Electrical Engineering. The following prefix letters are used as reference designators to identify components or assemblies on the diagrams. A AT B BT C CB CR DL DS E F FL
Assembly. separable or repairable (circuit board etc.) Attenuator. fixed or variable Motor Battery Capacitor. fixed or variable Circuit breaker Diode. signal or rectifier Delay line Indicating device (lamp) Spark Gap. Ferrite bead Fuse Filter
H HR HY J K L M P O R RT
Heat dissipating device (heat sink. heat radiator, etc) Heater Hybrid circuit Connector. stationary portion Relay Inductor. fixed or variable Meter Connector. movable portion Transistor or silicon-controlled rectifier Resistor, fixed or variable Thermistor
A-14
S T TC TP U V VR W Y Z
Switch or contactor Transformer Thermocouple Test point Assembly. Inseparable or non-repairable (integrated circuit. etc. ) Electron tube Voltage regulator (zener diode. etc. ) Wirestrap or cable Crystal Phase shifter
TM 11-6625-2980-14 POWER MODULE INTERFACE PIN ASSIGNMENTS FRONT VIEW
A-15
TM 11-6625-298014 DETAILED BLOCK DIAGRAM
A-16
TM 11-6625-2980-14 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS X000
Part first added at this serial number
OOX
Part removed after this serial number
Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right. Indented items are part of, and included with, the next higher indentation. The separation symbol - - - - - - indicates the end of
INDEX NUMBERS Items in this section are referenced by index numbers to the figure on page A-23.
Attaching parts must be purchased separately, unless otherwise specified.
INDICATION SYSTEM ITEM NAME
This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item relationships. Following is an example of the indentation system used in the description column. 12345
In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an Name may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further Item Name identification, the U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1can be utilized where possible.
Name & Description
Assembly and/or Component Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component ---*--Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component Attaching parts for Detail Part ---*--Parts of Detail Part Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part ---*---
ABBREVIATIONS “ # ACTR ADPTR ALIGN AL 1ASSEM .ASSY ATTEN AWG BD BRKT BRS BRZ BSHG CAB CAP CER CHAS CKT COMP CONN COV CPLG CRT DEG DWR
INCH NUMBER SIZE ACTUATOR ADAPTER ALIGNMENT ALUMINUM ASSEMBLED ASSEMBLY ATTENUATOR AMERICAN WIRE GAGE BOARD BRACKET BRASS BRONZE BUSHING CABINET CAPACITOR CERAMIC CHASSIS CIRCUIT COMPOSITION CONNECTOR COVER COUPLING CATHODE RAY TUBE DEGREE DRAWER
ELCTRN ELEC ELCTLT ELEM EPL EQPT EXT FIL FLEX FLH FLTR FR FSTNR FT FXD GSKT HDL HEX HEX HD HEX SOC HLCPS HLEXT HV IC ID IDENT IMPLR
ELECTRON ELECTRICAL ELECTROLYTIC ELEMENT ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST EQUIPMENT EXTERNAL FILLISTER HEAD FLEXIBLE FLAT HEAD FILTER FRAME or FRONT FASTENER FOOT FIXED GASKET HANDLE HEXAGON HEXAGONAL HEAD HEXAGONAL SOCKET HELICAL COMPRESSION HELICAL EXTENSION HIGH VOLTAGE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INSIDE DIAMETER IDENTIFICATION IMPELLER
IN INCH SE SINGLE END INCAND INCANDESCENT SECT SECTION INSUL INSULATOR SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR INTL INTERNAL SHLD SHIELD LPHLDR LAMPHOLDER SHLDR SHOULDERED MACH MACHINE SKT SOCKET MECH MECHANICAL SL SLIDE MTG MOUNTING SLFLKG SELF-LOCKING NIP NIPPLE SLVG SLEEVING NON WIRE NOT WIRE WOUND SPR SPRING OBD ORDER BY DESCRIPTIONSQ SQUARE OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER SST STAINLESS STEEL OVH OVAL HEAD STL STEEL PH BRZ PHOSPHOR BRONZE SW SWITCH PL PLAIN or PLATE T TUBE PLSTC PLASTIC TERM TERMINAL PN PART NUMBER THD THREAD PNH PAN HEAD THK THICK PWR POWER TNSN TENSION RCPT RECEPTACLE TPG TAPPING RES RESISTOR TRH TRUSS HEAD RGD RIGID V VOLTAGE RLF RELIEF VAR VARIABLE RTNR RETAINER W/ WITH SCH SOCKET HEAD WSHR WASHER SCOPE OSCILLOSCOPE XFMR TRANSFORMER SCR SCREW XSTR TRANSISTOR
A-19
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Index No. Qty -1
1
-2
2 1
-3 -4 -5 -6
-7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23
-24 -25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32
1 1
12345
Name & Description
COVER,CAL FXTR:W/HANDLE (ATTACHING PARTS) SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.188 INCH,PNH STL SCREW,MIACHINE:8-32 X 0.188,TRH,SST ---*--• COVER INCLUDES: • COVER,CAL FXTR:W/O HANDLE • HANDLE,CARRYING: (ATTACHING PARTS)
2 2
• RIVET,BLIND:0.125 OD X 0.357 L,DOMED HEAD • WSHR,SHOULDERED:O.143" ID X 0.75" OD,BRS ---*--1 EXTENSION SHAFT:13.612 L X 0.048 STL W/PB (ATTACHING PARTS) 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25" 100 DEG,FLH STL ---*--1 ADAPTER,SW ACTR: 1 SWITCH,PUSH-PUL:1OA,250VAC 1 BRACKET,ANGLE:CKT CARD SPRT,LEFT (ATTACHING PARTS) 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 4 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,STL 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312"100 DEG,FLH STL ---*--2 SWITCH,THERMO:(S3,S4) (ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 2 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL ---*--1 TERMINAL,LUG:0.146 INCH DIA DE,45 DEG BEND (ATTACHING PARTS) 1 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL ---*--1 TRANSFORMER: (T1 (ATTACHING PARTS) 4 SCREW,MACHINE:10-32 X 2.250" HEX.HD STL 4 NUT,EXTENDED WA:10-32 X 0.375 INCH,STL 4 INS SLV,ELEC:0.187 ID X 1.50 INCH LONG 4 WASHER,LOCK:INT,0.20 ID X0.376" OD,STL 1 TERMINAL,LUG:SE #10 ---*--1 TERMINAL,LUG:SE #8 (ATTACHING PARTS) 1 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:8-32 X 0.344 INCH,STL ---*--1 COVER,ELEC XFMR: 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:INTERFACE(A1) 14 CONTACT,ELEC:0.365 L X 0.25 PH BRZ GOLD PL 3 CONNECTOR,RCPT,:28/56 CONTACT 3 KEY,CONN PLZN: 4 CLIP,ELECTRICAL:FOR 0.25 INCH DIA FUSE 1 RETAINER,CAP: (ATTACHING PARTS) 2 SCR,ASSEM,WSHR:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 2 NUT,PLAIIJ,HEX. :6-32 X 0.25 INCH,BRS ---*---
A-20
TM 11-6625-2980-14
Index No. -33 -34 -35 -36 -37
-38 -39 -40 -41
-42 -43 -44 -45 -46 -47 -48 -49 -50 -51
-52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57
-58
-59
Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description 1 LINK,TERM. CONN:8,22 AWG,1.5 L 1 LINK,TERM. CONN:8,22 AWG,1.5 L 1 • BRACKET,REIF·F: (ATTACHING PARTS) • DELETED 4 • RIVET,BLIND:0.125 DIA GRIP,AL ---*--(ATTACHING PARTS FOR CKT BD ASSY) 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375 INCH,PNH STL 2 NUT,CHASSIS MTG: 6 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,STL 6 INSULATOR,WSHR:0.812 OD X 0.0025 INCH THK 6 WASHER,FLAT:0.15 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL ---*--1 HEAT SINK,XSTR: 1 HEAT SINK,XSTR: 1 BRACKET,ANGLE:CKT CARD SPRT,RIGHT (ATTACHING PARTS) 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 4 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,STL 2 SCREW,HACHINE:6-32 X 0.312"100 DEG,FLH STL ---*--4 LEG,ELEC EQUIP.:PLASTIC (ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) 1 SCREW,MACHINE:8-32 X 1.5 INCH,PNH,STL 1 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:8-32 X 0.344 INCH,STL --*--1 PANEL,REAR:OPTION 2 (ATTACHING PARTS) 2 NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,STL 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375 INCH,PNH STL ---*--1 BSHG,STRAIN RLF: 1 CABLE ASSY,PWR: 1 FUSEHOLDER: W/MOUNTING HARDWARE 1 WASHER,NONMETAL:0.5 ID X 0.688 INCH OD,NPRN 3 GUIDE,PL-IN:UPPER (ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) 1 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.188" 82 DEG,FLH,STL ---*-----*--2 HINGE BLOCK,STA:LEFT 2 HINGE BLOCK,STA:RIGHT 1 STAND,ELEC EQPT: 1 FLIPSTAND,CAB.: 1 COVER,PWR SPLY:BOTTOM 1 COVER,PWR SPLY:BOTTOM 1 CAB.BOT,PWR SUP: (ATTACHING PARTS) 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.188"100 DEG,FLH STL ---*---
A-21
TM 11-6625-2980-14
Index No Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description - • CABINET BOTTOM ASSEMBLY INCLUDES: -60 1 • CAB.BOT,PWR SUP: -61 2 • FOOT,CABINET:LEFT FRONT AND RIGHT REAR -62 2 • SPT PIVOT,FLIP:LEFT FRONT AND RIGHT REAR (ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) -63 2 • SCREW,IMACHINE:6-32 X 0.75 INCH,FILH STL -64 2 • NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,STL ---*---65 2 • FOOT,CABINET:RIGHT FRONT AND LEFT REAR -66 2 • SPT PIVOT,FLIP:RIGHT FRONT AND LEFT REAR (ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH) -67 2 • SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.75 INCH,FILH STL -68 2 • NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,STL ---*---69 3 GUIDE,SLIDE:BLACK (ATTACHING PARTS) -70 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312"100 DEG,FLH STL -71 1 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25" 100 DEG,FLH STL ---*--1 MARKER,IDENT:MARKED "CAUTION" 2 PLATE,IDENT:WARNING,TRANSISTORS -72 1 FRAME ASSY,CAB: -73 3 CONTACT,ELECTRICAL: (ATTACHING PARTS) -74 3 EYELET,METALLIC:0.089 OD X 0.125" L,BRASS ---*---
A-22
TM 11-6625-2980-14 STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Index No -1
Qty 4 1
12345
Nome & Description
BUMPER,PLASTIC:0.45 DIA X 0.195 GRAY POLY MANUAL, TECH: INSTRUCTION
TM 503 POWER MODULE A-25/(A-26 blank)
TM 11-6625-298-14
APPENDIX B REFERENCES
DA Pam 310-4
Index of Technical Publications: Technical Manuals, Technical Bulletins, Supply Manuals (Types 7, 8, and 9), Supply Bulletins, and Lubrications Orders.
DA Pam 310-7
US Army Index of Modification Work Orders.
SB 38-100
Preservation, Packaging, Packing and Marking Materials, Supplies, and Equipment Used by the Army.
TB 43-0118
Field Instructions for Painting and Preserving Electronics Command Equipment Including Camouflage Pattern Painting of Electrical Equipment Shelters.
TB 43-180
Calibration Requirements for the Maintenance of Army Materiel.
TM 38-750
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).
TM 750-244-2
Procedures for Destruction of Electronics Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use (Electronics Command).
TM 11-6625-2980-24P
Organizational, Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List (Including Depot Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools) Pulse Generator AN/USM-359A. (To be published)
B-1/(B-2 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
APPENDIX C COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS
Section I. INTRODUCTION
B-1. SCOPE
TOE/MTOE authorization of the end item.
This appendix lists components of end item and basic issue items for the pulse generator to help you inventory items required for safe and efficient operation.
B-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS The following provides an explanation of columns found in the tabular listings:
B-2. GENERAL
a. Column (1) - Illustration Number (Illus Number). This column indicates the number of the illustration in which the item is shown.
The Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists are divided into the following sections: a. Section II. Components of End Item. This listing is for informational purposes only, and is not authority to requisition replacements. These items are part of the end item, but are removed and separately packaged for transportation or shipment. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts. Illustrations are furnished to assist you in identifying the items.
b. Column (2) - National Stock Number. Indicates the National stock number assigned to the item and will be used for requisitioning purposes. c. Column (3) - Description. Indicates the Federal item name and, if required, a minimum description to identify and locate the item. The last line for each item indicates the FSCM (in parentheses) followed by the part number.
b. Section III. Basic Issue Items. These are the minimum essential items required to place the pulse generator in operation, to operate it, and to perform emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the pulse generator during operation and whenever it is transferred between property accounts. The illustrations will assist you with hard-to-identify items. This manual is your authority to request/requisition replacement BII, based on
d. Column (4) - Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual operational/ maintenance function. This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g., ea, in, pr). e. Column (5) - Quantity required (Qty rqr). Indicates the quantity of the item authorized to be used with/on the equipment.
C-1
TM 11-6625-2980-14
Pulse generator AN/USM-395A. SECTION II. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (1) Illus Number
(2) National Stock Number
1
(3) Description FSCM and Part Number
(4) Usable On Code
U/M
(5) Qty rqr
PANEL, BLANK: (80009) 016-0195-03
EA
1
2
6625-01-051-6639
PLUG-IN UNIT, ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT. SG-1178/USM-359A (80009) PG-508
EA
1
3
6625-00-373-7528
POWER SUPPLY. PP-7578/USM-359A (80009) TM-503
EA
1
C-2 TM 11-6625-2980-14
SECTION III. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
(1) Illus Number
(2) National Stock Number
(3) Description FSCM and Part Number
(4) Usable On Code
MANUAL, TECHNICAL: TM 11-6625-2980-14
C-3/(C-4 blank)
U/M
(5) Qty rqr
EA
1
TM 11-6625-2980-14 APPENDIX E MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION Section I. INTRODUCTION E-1.
Consists of comparisons of two instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared.
General
This appendix provides a summary of the maintenance operations for the Pulse Generator AN/USM-359A. It authorizes categories of maintenance for specific maintenance functions on repairable items and components and the tools and equipment required to perform each function. This appendix may be used as an aid in planning maintenance operations. E-2.
g. Install. The act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position an item, part, module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of the equipment or system. h. Replace. The act of substituting a serviceable like type part, subassembly, or module (component or assembly) for an unserviceable counterpart.
Maintenance Function
Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows:
i. Repair. The application of maintenance services (inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, replace) or other maintenance actions (welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, remachining, or resurfacing to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or system.
a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical characteristics with established standards through examination. b. Test. To verify serviceability and to detect incipient failure by measuring the mechanical or electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.
j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) necessary to restore an item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as prescribed by maintenance standards (i.e., DMWR) in appropriate technical publications. Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition.
c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating conditions, i.e., to clean (decontaminate), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, hydraulic fluids, or compressed air supplies. d. Adjust. To maintain, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting the operating characteristics to the specified parameters.
k. Rebuild. Consists of those services actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of material maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours, miles, etc.) considered in classifying Army equipments/components.
e. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance. f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test measuring and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement.
E-1
TM 11-6625-2980-14 E-3.
e. Column 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools) and special tools, test, and support equipment required to perform the designated function.
Column Entries (Section II)
a. Column 1.Group Number. Column 1 lists group numbers, the purpose of which is to identify components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly.
f. Column 6, Remarks. Column 6 contains an alphabetic code which leads to the remark in section IV, Remarks, which is pertinent to the item opposite the particular code.
b. Column 2, Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the noun names of components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized.
E-4.
c. Column 3, Maintenance Functions. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed in column 2. When items are listed without maintenance functions, it is solely for purpose of having the group numbers in the MAC and RPSTL coincide.
TOOL and Test Equipment Requirement (Section III)
a. Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The numbers in this column coincide with the numbers used in the tools and equipment column of the MAC. The numbers indicate the applicable tool or test equipment for the maintenance functions.
d. Column 4, Maintenance Category. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a "worktime" figure in the appropriate subcolumn(s), the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in column 3. This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of maintenance. If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at different maintenance categories, appropriate "worktime" figures will be shown for each category. The number of task-hours specified by the "worktime" figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time, troubleshooting time, and quality assurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. Subcolumns of column 4 are as follows:
b. Maintenance Category. The codes in this column indicate the maintenance category allocated the tool or test equipment. c. Nomenclature. This column lists the noun name and nonmenclature of the tools and test equipment required to perform the maintenance functions. d. National/NATO Stock Number. This column lists the National/NATO stock number of the specified tool or test equipment. e. Tool Number. This column lists the manufacturer's part number of the tool followed by the Federal Supply Code for manufacturers (5-digit) in parentheses. E-5. Remarks (Section IV) a. Reference Code. This code refers to the appropriate item in section II, column 6.
C - Operator/Crew O - Organizational F - Direct Support H - General Support D - Depot
b. Remarks. This column provides the required explanatory information necessary to clarify items appearing in section II. E-2
TM 11-6625-2980-14 SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR PULSE GENERATOR AN/USM-359A TEKTRONIX PG-508T NSN 6625-01-077-4620 (1) GROUP NUMBER
00
(2)
(3)
(4) MAINTENANCE LEVEL UNIT
MAINTENANCE FUNCTION
PULSE GENERATOR AN/USM-359A
Inspect
0.1
Test Calibrate Repair Overhaul Inspect Test Replace Repair Inspect Test Replace Repair Inspect Test Replace Repair Inspect Test Replace Repair Inspect Test Replace Repair Inspect Test Replace Repair Inspect Test Replace Repair Inspect Test Replace Repair Inspect Test Replace Repair
0.2
01
PLUG-IN UNIT, ELECTRONIC TEST EQUIPMENT SG-1178/USM-359A
0101
CIRCUIT CARD ASSY (Al) INPUT 670-4273-01
0102
CIRCUIT CARD ASSY (A2) TIMING 670-4274-02
0103
CIRCUIT ASSY (A3) TRANSITION TIMING 670-4275-02
0104
CIRCUIT ASSY (A4) OUTPUT 670-4276-01
0105
CIRCUIT CARD ASSY (A5) AUXILIARY 670-4272-00
0106
CIRCUIT CARD ASSY (A6) + CAM SWITCH 672-0557-001
0107
CIRCUIT ASSY (A7) + CAM SWITCH 672-0558-01
02
POWER SUPPLY PP-7578/USM-359A
E-3
(6)
INTERMEDIATE DEPOT TOOLS AND
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY
C
(5)
O
F
H
D
2.0 1.0 10.0 0.2 0.5 0.1 1.0 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.1 0.2
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
Visual External Simple Operational 1 thru 15 1 thru 15 1 thru 15 1 thru 15 15 1 thru 15 12 1 thru 15 12 7,9,12,15 12 1 thru 15 12 7,9.12,15 12 1 thru 15 12 1,7,9,12,15 12 1 thru 15 12 7,9,13,15 12 1 thru 15 12 7,9, 12 12 1 thru 15 12 1,7,9,12,15 12 1 thru 15 12 1,7,9,12,15 12 1 thru 15 12 1,7,9,12,15 12 1 thru 15
TM 11-6625-2980-14 SECTION II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR PULSE GENERATOR AN/USM-359A TEKTRONIX PG-508T NSN 6625-01-077-4620 (1) GROUP NUMBER
0201
03
(2)
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY
CIRCUIT CARD ASSY (Al) 670-2024-00 POWER MODULE TM-503 INTERFACE
BLANK PLUG-IN PANEL PN 016-0195-03
(3)
(4) MAINTENANCE LEVEL
MAINTENANCE FUNCTION
UNIT
C
(6)
INTERMEDIATE DEPOT TOOLS AND
O
F
H
Inspect Test Replace Repair
0.1 0.5 0.1
Inspect Replace Repair
0.1 0.1 0.1
D
0.2
E-4
(5)
EQUIPMENT REMARKS
12 1,7,9,12,15 12 1 thru 15 12 12 12
TM 11-6625-2980-14 SECTION III. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PULSE GENERATOR AN/USM-359A/TEKTRONIX PG-508T
TOOL OR TEST EQUIPMENT REF CODE
MAINTENANCE CATEGORY
NOMENCLATURE
NATIONAL/NATO STOCK NUMBER
1
H,D
Oscilloscope, 0S-262 (P)/U, Equivalent to TEKTRONIX Type 7623A
6625-01.007-9416
2
H,O
Amplifier, Dual Trace AM-6785/U, equivalent to TEKTRONIX Type 7A26
6625-00-361-5318
3
H,D
Time Base, TD-1159/U, equivalent to TEKTRONIX Type 7B53A
6625-00-261-5139
4
H,D
Digital Delay 7Dll
6625-00-506-1132
5
H,D
Generator, Square-Wave, equivalent to TEKTRONIX Type PG 501
6625-00-520-5179
6
H,D
Counter-Timer, equivalent to TEKTRONIX Type DC 504
6625-01-022-3254
7
H,D
Multimeter, ANIUSM-451, equivalent to Ballantine Type 9632M
6625-00-060-6804
8
H,D
Power Module, PP-7578/USM-359A, equivalent to TEKTRONIX Type TM 503
6625-00-373-7528
9
H,D
Extender, Plugin, equivalent to TEKTRONIX Part No. 067-0645-02
4931-01.0394036
10
H,D
Cable, 2 ea, 50 Ohms, RG-58/U, 41 In., equivalent to TEKTRONIX Part No. 012-0057-01
6625-00-4954831
11
H,D
Termination, equivalent to TEKTRONIX Part No. 011-0049-01
5985-00-087-4954
12
H,D
Tool, Kit, Electronic Equipment TK-100/G
5180-00-605-0079
13
H,D
Auto Transformer, Variable, TF 510/U, equivalent to General Radio W1OMT3VM
6210-00-054-7794
14
H,D
Test Set, Semiconductor, TS-1836D/U
6625-00-138-7320
15
H,D
Cable, 20 in. (Two Pin-to-Pin BNC) TEKTRONIX Part No. 175-1178-00
E-5/(E-6 blank)
TOOL NUMBER
TM 11-6625-2980-14 APPENDIX F EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST Section I. INTRODUCTION F-1.
SCOPE
This appendix lists expendable supplies and materials you will need to operate and maintain the pulse generator. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items). F-2.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS a.
Column(10)- Item number. Not used.
b.
Column(2)- Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
(enter as applicable) C - Operator/Crew 0 - Organizational Maintenance F - Direct Support Maintenance H - General Support Maintenance c. Column(3)- National Stock Number. This is the National stock number assigned to the item; use it to request or requisition the item. d. Column(4)- Description. Indicates the Federal item name and, if required, a description to identify the item. The last line for each item indicates the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) in parentheses followed by the part number. e. Column(5)- Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the actual maintenance function. This measure is expressed by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g., ea, in, pr). If the unit of measure differs from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue that will satisfy your requirements.
F-1
TM 11-6625-2980-14 SECTION II. EXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS (1) ITEM NUMBER
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
LEVEL
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
U/M
0 0 0 0 0 0
8020-00-721-9657 7920-00-862-6710
6850-00-105-3084
Brush, paint Cloth, lint-free Paint Sandpaper Detergent Trichlorotrifluoroethane
ea yd oz sh oz qt
*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1981- 703-029: 1049 F-2 By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
E. C. MEYER General, United States Army Chief of Staff
Official: J. C. PENNINGTON Major General, United States Army The Adjutant General
DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-34B, Requirements for TMDE/Calbr & Repair.
TM 11-6625-2980-14 Section 4-PG 508 CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS
FO-1. Controls and connectors 4-1/(4-2 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-2. Block Diagram 4-3/(4-4 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-3. Input circuit schematic diagram. 4-5/(4-6 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-4. Period generator schematic diagram 4-7/(4-8 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-5. Delay generator schematic diagram. 4-9/(4-10 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-6. Duration generator and control error circuit schematic diagram. 4-11/(4/12 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO 7. Transition time generator schematic diagram 4-13/(4-14 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO -8. Level control multiplier schematic diagram. 4-15/(4-16 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO -9. Output amplifier schematic diagram. 4-17/(4-18 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-10. Tracking voltage supply schematic diagram 4-19/(4-20 blank
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-11. PG 508 power supply schematic diagram. 4-21/(4-22 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-12. TM 503 power supply schematic diagram. 4-23/(4-24 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-13. A2 board component locations. 5-3/(5-4 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-14. A3 board component locations. 5-5/(5-6 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-15. A4 board component locations. 5-7/(5-8 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
FO-16. PG 508 exploded view. 5-9/(5-10 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
A-17/(A-18 blank)
TM 11-6625-2980-14
TM 503 POWER MODULE A-23/(A-24 blank)
